PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA INC
10KSB, 1999-03-01
PATENT OWNERS & LESSORS
Previous: ZWEIG SERIES TRUST, 485APOS, 1999-03-01
Next: ALLMERICA INVESTMENT TRUST, 497, 1999-03-01






                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-KSB
(Mark One)
|X|      ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
         OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: November 30, 1998

|_|      TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
         ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________________ to ______________.

Commission file Number:  0-18686

                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                  --------------------------------------------
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

            Colorado                                         89-0934575
 ------------------------------                          ------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of                           (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                           Identification No.)



3033 South Parker Road, Suite 1200, Aurora, Colorado            80014
- ----------------------------------------------------           --------
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)

Issuer's telephone number: 303-752-3500

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  NONE

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: 
                    Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

Check  whether the issuer (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by Section
13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during  the past 12  months,  and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES  X   NO ___

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent  filers in response to Item 405 of
Regulation S-B contained in this form, and no disclosure  will be contained,  to
the best of Issuer's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated  by reference  in Part III of this Form 10-KSB or any  amendment to
this Form 10-KSB. [X]

The Issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year were $4,615,467.

The aggregate market value of the Issuer's voting stock held as of a recent date
by  nonaffiliates  of the Issuer  cannot be  ascertained  due to the  absence of
reliable  information  as to quoted  prices with respect to the Issuer's  common
stock.

As of February 26, 1999, the Issuer had 2,989,483 shares of its $0.001 par value
common stock issued and outstanding.

Transitional small business disclosure format: YES       NO   X
                                                   -----    -----

<PAGE>



                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                         1998 FORM 10-KSB ANNUAL REPORT
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



PART I                                                                  Page No.
- ------                                                                  --------

Item 1.     Description of Business.......................................   1

Item 2.     Description of Property.......................................   6

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings.............................................   6

Item 4.     Submission of Matters to Vote of Security Holders.............   7

PART II
- -------

Item 5.     Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters......   8

Item 6.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
            Condition and Results of Operations ..........................   9

Item 7.     Financial Statements..........................................  12

Item 8.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
            Accounting and Financial Disclosure...........................  12

Part III
- --------

Item 9.     Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control
            Persons; Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act....  13

Item 10.    Executive Compensation........................................  15

Item 11.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
            Owners and Management.........................................  16

Item 12.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................  18

Item 13.    Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K .............................  19

            Signatures....................................................  21


<PAGE>
                                                    
                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

     (a) Business  Development.  Pak Mail Centers of America, Inc. (the "Issuer"
or "Company") was incorporated in the State of Colorado on January 27, 1984. The
Company is principally  engaged in  franchising of retail service  centers which
specialize  in the  packaging  and  shipping  business  ("Pak Mail  Centers"  or
"Centers").  Pak Mail Centers typically provide mailbox service, parcel shipping
and  receiving,  packaging,  freight  forwarding  and other  communications  and
information  products  and  services to  commercial  and  residential  customers
through a variety of carriers  and may offer a variety of related  items such as
stamps, greeting cards,  stationery supplies, keys and passport photographs.  In
February 1998,  holders of the Series A and Series B Preferred  Stock  exchanged
the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock for a new Series C Preferred Stock and
10 year warrants to purchase  884,264  shares of the  Company's  common stock at
$0.10 each.  The new Series C Preferred  Stock has a 6% annual  dividend that is
payable on March 31 of each year,  beginning  in 1999.  Effective  November  30,
1997, the holders of the Series A and Series B Preferred  Stock agreed that they
had no further  rights,  and that the Company had no further  obligations,  with
respect to the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock.

     (b) Business of Issuer.

          (1)(2)  Principal  Products or  Services;  Distribution  Methods.  The
Company's  principal business is the marketing of Pak Mail Center franchises and
its principal source of revenues is derived from royalties and franchise fees as
well as from the sale of certain  equipment,  supplies,  forms and  materials to
franchisees.  As of February 26, 1999, there were 370 individual  franchises and
33 area agreements in existence.

Franchise Program
- -----------------

     The Company  offers  individual  franchise  agreements  and area  marketing
agreements.  Individual franchisees are granted the nonexclusive right, within a
specified  area,  to use the Pak Mail name and  trademarks as well as Pak Mail's
proprietary operating procedures,  techniques,  forms, equipment and advertising
materials.  Area  marketers  and,  under a  previously  offered  area  franchise
program,  area developers are granted rights to sell  individual  franchises for
the Company in designated  areas and are required to provide site  selection and
start up assistance and continuing  support for  individual  franchisees  within
those areas. The Company locates prospective  franchisees  through  advertising,
referrals  from  existing  franchisees  and the  marketing  efforts  of its area
marketers and developers.


                                       1
<PAGE>

Franchise Agreements, Fees and Related Matters
- ----------------------------------------------

     Individual Franchises

     Each  individual   franchisee  enters  into  a  franchise   agreement  (the
"Franchise  Agreement")  with the  Company.  The  Franchise  Agreement  requires
payment  of an  initial  franchise  fee of  $26,950,  although  franchisees  who
initially  commit to acquire  more than one  franchise  are eligible for certain
discounts and may be eligible for financing of the discounted  initial franchise
fees for second and subsequent Centers.  Individual franchisees are also charged
an initial fee ranging between $580 and $900 for a grand opening advertising and
marketing  program  which is  provided  by the Company at or around the time the
individual  franchisee  commences  operation  of a Pak Mail  Center.  Under  the
Company's current standard  Franchise  Agreement,  individual  franchisees pay a
sliding  scale  monthly  royalty in each  calendar  year of five percent for the
first $200,000 of the  franchisee's  royalty based  revenues,  four and one-half
percent for the next  $50,000 of royalty  based  revenues,  four percent for the
next $50,000 of royalty based revenues,  three and one-half percent for the next
$50,000 of royalty based  revenues,  and then three  percent for all  subsequent
royalty based  revenues  received in that calendar  year. No royalty fee is paid
with respect to revenues from postage  stamps.  Individual  franchisees are also
required  to pay an  advertising  fee each month in the amount of two percent of
royalty  based  revenues,  with the  exception of  franchisees  operating  under
agreements  entered  into  prior  to  March  1990  who  are  required  to pay an
advertising fee of one percent of gross revenues.  The advertising fees are held
in a separate  legal trust  controlled  by the  Company.  These fees are used in
connection with the  formulation  and execution of national  advertising and for
other marketing purposes. The Company's current standard Franchise Agreement has
a term of ten years.  With the approval of the Company,  the  franchisee has the
right to transfer and assign their franchise rights.

     Area Marketing Agreement

     Each area marketer franchisee enters into an area marketing agreement which
requires  the payment of an initial  fee based upon  several  factors  including
population and other demographic  factors in the designated  geographic  region.
The area  marketing  agreement  grants the right to market  franchises  within a
specified  territory.  When an area marketer  successfully markets an individual
franchise in its territory,  the Company typically pays the area marketer 40% of
the franchise fee paid by the individual franchisee.  The area marketer receives
50% of the  royalties  paid to the  Company  by  individual  franchisees  in its
territory.  If an individual franchise is sold in an area where there is no area
marketer,  the  Company  retains  100% of all  fees  and  royalties  paid by the
franchisee.  There may be  variations  in the terms of specific  area  marketing
agreements based on special circumstances  affecting the geographic area and the
area marketer.

     Area Developer Franchises

     The  Company  no  longer  offers  area  developer  agreements.  Under  area
developer agreements previously entered into, initial franchise fees paid to the
Company by individual  franchisees  within an area are generally divided 60% and



                                       2

<PAGE>

40% between the Company and the area franchisee,  respectively.  Generally,  the
individual  franchise  royalty fees are divided  equally between the Company and
the area  franchisee.  All franchise fees and royalties are paid directly to the
Company, which then remits the portion of fees owed to the area franchisee.  For
individual  franchisees  in  locations  which  are  not  encompassed  by an area
franchise, the Company retains all fees and royalties.

     International Area Franchises

     The Company's  international area franchise  agreements require the payment
of an initial franchise fee based upon several factors including  population and
other demographic  factors in the designated  country or geographic  region. The
Company often finances a portion of the area  franchise  fee. The  international
area franchise is responsible for individual franchise marketing, site selection
assistance and lease negotiation,  on-site training and continuing local support
of the individual franchisees within their areas.

     Generally,  the division of initial franchise fees of individual franchises
within an international area and the individual franchise royalty fees within an
international  area is  negotiated  on a case by case basis.  As of November 30,
1998,  there were seven  international  franchise  agreements in existence  with
respect  to  geographic   areas  in  the  Mexican  cities  of  Mexico  City  and
Guadalajara,  the Mexican states of Baja California and Sonora and the countries
of Chile, Argentina, Venezuela, Australia, New Zealand and Japan. Because of the
large  number of factors  that exist with  respect to  different  countries  and
different geographic locations within a given country which may affect the terms
of  an   international   area  franchise   agreement,   the  specific  terms  of
international area franchises may vary significantly from one another.

     Related Matters

     The Company provides  various training and support to its franchisees.  The
Company furnishes to each franchisee an operations manual, which sets forth many
of the Company's  standards and  specifications  and contains certain provisions
designed  to  ensure  uniformity  in the  quality  of the Pak Mail  Center,  and
provides updates thereto.  In addition,  each franchisee is required to attend a
nine day training class with regard to packaging, pricing and available shipping
and mailing  services;  preparation  and execution of marketing and placement of
advertising;  record  keeping  and  systems  operation;  use of forms  and forms
management;   soliciting  and  servicing   customers;   selecting  and  training
personnel;  and stock location and operation.  There is no charge for the class,
but franchisees pay their own expenses, including travel, lodging and meals. The
Company  also  provides  three  days of  on-the-job  training  in an  individual
franchisee's Pak Mail Center.

     The Company offers to franchisees  various equipment,  supplies,  forms and
materials  necessary or useful in connection  with the operation of the Pak Mail
Center,  although,  with  the  exception  of  required  computer  software,  the
franchisees  are not required to purchase such items from the Company.  Prior to


                                       3

<PAGE>

and upon the opening of a new franchisee's Pak Mail Center,  the Company or area
franchisee provides  additional on site training to the franchisee.  The Company
maintains  ongoing  communications  with its franchisees  designed to inform the
franchisees of new services to be provided by the Company,  marketing techniques
and other operational aspects of the Pak Mail system.

Services
- --------

     The typical Pak Mail Center  offers a wide range of services  and  products
for personal and business support, communications services and convenience items
and services.  The type and importance of particular  services and products vary
from Center to Center.  Prices for services  and products are set by  individual
franchisees and depend on competitive  conditions in their respective  franchise
locations.

     Major  services  and  products  offered at typical  retail Pak Mail Centers
include the following:

     Shipping and Receiving.  Pak Mail Centers offer shipping services through a
variety of carriers  and can assist the  customer in  selecting  the fastest and
most cost  effective  method of  sending  goods.  Pak Mail  Centers  also act as
receiving agents for goods shipped to their  customers.  Pak Mail Centers advise
customers as to the  packaging  requirements  of the various  carriers,  provide
packaging of items for shipment and sell packaging materials.

     Business  Support  Products and Services.  Small businesses are often major
users of a Pak Mail Center.  Pak Mail Centers  provide a small  business  with a
variety of business services and products such as mailbox rental,  notary public
services, telecopy transmission, copying and office supplies.

     Communications  Services. Pak Mail Centers may offer customers a wide range
of  communications  services  such as  telecopies,  wire  transfer  of funds and
electronic mail and Internet access.

     Convenience   Items  and  Services.   Pak  Mail  Centers   generally  offer
convenience  items such as postage  stamps,  envelopes,  custom  rubber  stamps,
laminating,  passport and identification  photos and keys. Most Pak Mail Centers
also offer office supplies, greeting cards, gift wrapping and other gift items.

     Insurance. Also available at the customer's option is loss damage insurance
which can be purchased  either  through the courier's  insurance  carrier and/or
separate  parcel  insurance  which is  available  on an as needed basis from the
Company's  carrier.  The insurance prices for the Company's  insurance vary from
those charged by couriers.

                                       4

<PAGE>


     Private  Mailbox  Service.  Pak Mail Centers  usually offer private mailbox
rentals. Mailbox rental fees vary based on the size of the box, the rental terms
and the location of the Pak Mail Center.

          (3)  Status  of New  Product  or  Service.  There  has been no  public
announcement of, nor has the Company  otherwise made public  information  about,
any new  product or service  of the  Company  requiring  the  investment  by the
Company of a material amount of its total assets or which is otherwise  material
to the Company's operations.

          (4)  Competition.  The Company and its  franchisees  face  competition
primarily  from  independent  packaging and shipping  service  centers and other
franchised operations offering similar products and services. Mail Boxes Etc. is
the largest competitor. The Company's franchising approach and the operations of
a Pak Mail  Center are not unique or  patentable  and can be imitated by others.
Although the Company and its franchisees offer services similar to those offered
by the U.S.  Postal  Service,  such as  private  mail  box  service  and  parcel
handling,  the U.S.  Postal  Service  does not  offer  certain  of the  business
support, communications and personal services offered by most Pak Mail Centers.

          (5) Raw Materials and Supplies.  The Company  purchases  materials for
resale to its  franchisees.  These  materials  are  available  from a variety of
suppliers,  and the Company has not  experienced  any delays in  obtaining  such
materials.

          (6)  Customer  Dependence.  The Company  does not depend upon a single
customer,  or a few  customers,  for its  revenues,  the loss of any one or more
which would have a material adverse effect on the Company.

          (7) Patents, Trademarks, Licenses, Etc. The Company has registered the
service mark "Pak Mail" and the Pak Mail logo on the  Principal  Register of the
United  States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office   ("USPTO").   The  service  mark
registration  expires in 2000,  and the logo  expires in 2005.  The  Company has
registered  several other related service marks on the Principal Register of the
USPTO,  and has  registered the service mark "Pak Mail" and the Pak Mail logo in
several international countries.

          (8)(9)  Government  Regulations.  The  Federal  Trade  Commission  has
adopted  a rule  that  requires  franchisors  to  make  certain  disclosures  to
prospective  franchisees  prior to the  offer or sale of  franchises.  This rule
requires the  disclosure  of  information  necessary for a franchisee to make an
informed  decision  as to  whether to enter into a  franchise  relationship  and
delineates the circumstances in which franchisors may make predictions on future
sales,  income and  profits.  Failure to comply  with this rule  constitutes  an
unfair or deceptive act or practice under the Federal Trade Commission Act.

     Numerous states have adopted laws regulating  franchise  operations and the
franchisor/franchisee  relationship.  Applicable franchise laws vary from filing
and  disclosure  requirements  in  the  offer  and  sale  of  franchises  to the


                                       5

<PAGE>

application of statutory standards  regulating the establishment and termination
of franchise  relationships.  Although the foregoing  matters may result in some
modification of the Company's franchising  activities and the legal inability to
enforce all of the terms of its  franchise  agreements in certain  states,  such
inabilities have not had a material adverse effect on the operations or business
of the Company to date. However, the laws applicable to franchise operations and
relationships  are  subject to change,  and the Company is unable to predict the
effect,   if  any,  on  its  operations  of  additional  laws,   regulations  or
restrictions  that may be enacted or promulgated or of court  decisions that may
be adverse to the franchise industry.

          (10) Research and Development. The Company has not engaged in material
research and development activities during its last two fiscal years.

          (11)  Environmental  Regulation.  Compliance  with federal,  state and
local  environmental  law  provisions  does not have any material  effect on the
capital expenditures, earnings and competitive position of the Company.

          (12) Employees. As of November 30, 1998, the Company had 20 employees,
all of whom are fu time employees.

ITEM 2.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

     The Company's executive offices are located in approximately  12,000 square
feet of office space in Aurora,  Colorado  under a lease  expiring in April 2000
with a base rental  currently at  approximately  $13,000 per month and rising to
approximately  $13,300 per month by the end of the term. The offices are in good
condition.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company filed Civil Action No. 98-WM-2391 in the United States District
Court for the District of Colorado on October 30, 1998, against Golden Commerce,
Inc. ("Golden") and Jaime Mercado  ("Mercado").  The Company's claims arise from
the franchise agreement (the "Agreement") entered into by the Company and Golden
on or  about  January  30,  1996 as  well as  Mercado's  guarantee  of  Golden's
obligations under the Agreement.

     Golden  was  obligated  pursuant  to the  Agreement  to pay  royalties  and
advertising fees to Pak Mail. Golden subsequently  defaulted on such obligations
to the Company and, in addition,  failed to pay invoices for products  delivered
by the Company.  When after notice Golden did not cure its defaults,  its rights
as a franchisee were terminated on September 29, 1998.

     Golden  and  Mercado,  however,  continued  to  advertise  and to  use  the
trademarks  of the  Company,  continued  to  compete  against  the  Company  and
continued to use the proprietary software of the Company after termination. Thus
in the suit the  Company  not only  seeks  damages  suffered  as a result of the
unpaid  royalties and invoices but also requests an injunction  enjoining Golden


                                       6

<PAGE>

and  Mercado  from  engaging  or  participating  in any  packaging  and  mailing
business,  requiring  Golden and  Mercado to return  the  Company's  proprietary
software and  precluding  Golden and Mercado from using the Company's  federally
registered service marks.

     In response,  Golden and Mercado have alleged a number of generic  defenses
including laches, estoppel,  acquiescence,  excuse, impossibility and failure of
consideration.  Additionally,  Golden and  Mercado  have  counterclaimed  for an
unspecified  amount  based  on an  alleged  breach  of  contract  as  well as on
promissory  estoppel grounds.  This case entered the discovery stage in February
1999. Management intends to both pursue its claims and defend itself vigorously.

     Other than the civil action  described  above, no litigation is required to
be disclosed in this Item 3.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matter  was  submitted  during the  fourth  quarter  of the fiscal  year
covered by this report to a vote of the Company's security holders.


                                       7


<PAGE>



                                     PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     (a) Market Information.
        --------------------

     The Company's common stock is sporadically  traded in the  over-the-counter
market.  During fiscal 1998 and 1997 there was no established trading market for
the Company's  common stock,  and the Company has been unable to obtain reliable
information as to quoted prices with respect to the common stock.

     (b) Holders.
         --------

     As of February  23,  1998,  the Company had 1,165  holders of record of its
$0.001 par value common stock.

     (c) Dividends.
         ----------

     The Company has not declared cash dividends on its common stock in the last
two fiscal years and in any subsequent period for which financial information is
required.  The Company  does not  anticipate  paying any cash  dividends  on its
common stock in the foreseeable future.

     (d) Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
         ---------------------------------------

     On January 26, 1998, the Company  designated 2,500 shares of its $1,000 par
value preferred stock as Series C Preferred  Stock. In November 1997, the holder
of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock and the holder of the Company's Series
B Preferred  Stock  offered to exchange  their shares of preferred  stock for an
equal  number  of  shares  of Series C  Preferred  Stock,  and for a warrant  to
purchase shares of common stock of the Company. On February 4, 1998, the Company
issued  1,216.668 shares and 1,000 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock to two
shareholders in exchange for their shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series
B Preferred  Stock,  respectively.  In  connection  with this  transaction,  the
Company issued  warrants to the former  holders of Series A Preferred  Stock and
Series B Preferred Stock to purchase 604,264 and 280,000 shares of the Company's
common stock,  respectively.  The warrants  have an exercise  price of $0.10 per
share and expire on November 30, 2007.

     The offer and sale of the Series C Preferred  Stock and warrants  were made
in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended  ("Securities  Act"). In connection with such
offer, the purchasers  represented that they were "accredited investors" as that
term is defined in Regulation D adopted under the Securities  Act, and that they
were  provided  access to  complete  information  concerning  the  Company.  The
purchasers have represented that they will hold the Series C Preferred Stock for
the  purchaser's   own  account  and  that  they  have  no  present   agreement,


                                       8

<PAGE>

understanding or arrangement to subdivide,  sell, assign,  transfer or otherwise
dispose  of all or part of the  Series C  Preferred  to any  other  person.  The
purchasers further agreed that they understood that the Series C Preferred Stock
had not been  registered  under the Securities Act and that the purchaser  could
not  resell  the  securities  without  compliance  with  the  provisions  of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  All  certificates  issued to the purchasers
were  impressed  with  a  restrictive   legend   advising  that  the  securities
represented  by the  certificates  may  not be  sold,  transferred,  pledged  or
hypothecated  without  having first been  registered or the  availability  of an
exemption from registration established.  No underwriters were involved in these
transactions and no commissions were paid by the Company.

ITEM 6.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULT
         OF OPERATIONS

Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -------------------------------

     The Company had cash provided from operating  activities of $206,712 during
the fiscal year ended  November 30, 1998 compared to cash flow  deficiencies  of
$31,561 during the fiscal year ended  November 30, 1997.  During the fiscal year
ended November 30, 1997, the deficiency was financed through  payments  received
on notes  receivable.  The excess  cash  generated  during the fiscal year ended
November 30, 1998 was used to pay the capitalized software costs.

     At  November  30,  1998,  the  average  age  of  accounts   receivable  was
approximately 50 days.  Accounts  receivable  relate primarily to royalties from
franchisees and sales of equipment, supplies and services. Royalties are payable
on a monthly basis and invoices for equipment, supplies and services are payable
within 30 days. The Company continues to take an aggressive approach to managing
accounts  receivable  and reducing the average age by  implementing  a proactive
collection  system and hiring the personnel to maintain it. The Company believes
that cash flow from operating activities will be adequate to cover capital needs
for the next 12 months.  The Company does not have any material  commitments for
capital expenditures to be incurred in the next 12 months.

Results of Operations
- ---------------------

     Fiscal 1998 Compared to Fiscal 1997
     -----------------------------------

     The Company  recorded net income  before income tax benefit was $430,686 as
compared to $191,820 in the fiscal year ended  November 30,  1997.  The $238,866
increase was  attributable  to an increase in revenues (up 10.8% from $4,164,330
to $4,615,467)  offset by a lesser  increase in costs and expenses (up 5.2% from
$3,972,510 to $4,179,781).

     The $451,137 increase in revenues during the fiscal year ended November 30,
1998 is primarily  attributable  to increases in royalties from  franchisees (up
14.3% from $1,947,464 to $2,225,581) and area marketer franchise fees (up 195.7%
from  $231,194 to $683,633)  offset by a decrease in individual  franchise  fees
(down 25.3% from $1,152,990 to $860,800).

                                       9

<PAGE>


     The $278,117  increase in royalties from  franchisees is due to an increase
in the  average  sales  volume  per  store and the  number  of  stores  open and
operating throughout the year.

     The $452,439  increase in area marketer  franchise  fees  represents  three
domestic  awards  and one  international  award  during  the  fiscal  year ended
November 30, 1998 compared to one domestic  award and two  international  awards
during the fiscal year ended  November 30, 1997.  The  international  franchises
sold during  fiscal year 1998  governed  the country of Japan,  with the Company
realizing  area marketer  franchise  fees of $500,000  during fiscal 1998 on the
sale.  Although the Company awarded more new international  franchises in fiscal
1997 than in fiscal 1998, only the cash  downpayments  of the two  international
franchises  were  recognized as income during fiscal 1997.  The note portions of
the two international franchises were deferred as of November 30, 1998, and will
be recognized at the time the note payments are received.

     The $292,190  decrease in individual  franchise  fees is  represented  by a
decrease in franchise sales recognized during the fiscal year ended November 30,
1998 compared to the fiscal year ended  November 30, 1997 and a differing mix of
franchise  revenue  recognition.  The  Company  awarded  50  and  54  individual
franchises  during the fiscal year ended  November  30, 1998 and the fiscal year
ended  November 30, 1997,  respectively.  In the fiscal year ended  November 30,
1998,  the  Company  recognized  revenue on 36 of the 50  individual  franchises
awarded,  whereas  the  Company  recognized  revenue on 49 of the 54  individual
franchises  awarded in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1997. The revenue from
four  individual  franchises  awarded and deferred in 1997 was recognized in the
fiscal year ended November 30, 1998. There were 10 individual franchises awarded
but deferred as of November 30, 1998.

     The $212,271  increase in costs and expenses is primarily  attributable  to
increases  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  (up  5.3%  from
$1,765,735 to $1,859,272) and royalties paid to area  franchisees (up 22.3% from
$677,555 to $828,848).

     The $93,537  increase in selling,  general and  administrative  expenses is
primarily due to increases in personnel and legal offset by a decrease in travel
and entertainment costs during fiscal 1998.

     The  $151,293  increase  in  royalties  paid  to  area  franchisees  is due
primarily to the higher  proportion of stores  operating  within area franchisee
regions  during the fiscal year ended  November  30,  1998  compared to the same
prior year period.

     The Company is aware of the issues  associated with the programming code in
existing  computer systems as the year 2000 approaches.  The "Year 2000" problem
is pervasive and complex as virtually every computer  operation will be affected
in some way by the  rollover  of the  two-digit  year  value to 00. The issue is
whether computer systems will properly recognize date-sensitive information when


                                       10

<PAGE>

the  year  changes  to  2000.  Systems  that  do  not  properly  recognize  such
information could generate erroneous data or cause a system to fail.

     The  Company  is  utilizing  internal  resources  to  identify,  correct or
reprogram,  and test its  systems  for Year 2000  compliance  and to assess  the
potential  impact  of third  parties  with  which  the  Company  has a  material
relationship. It is anticipated that all reprogramming efforts will be completed
in fiscal  1999.  The Company has asked  ReSource,  Inc.,  the  developer of the
Company's  primary  software  program that will be in use until July 1999, about
Year 2000 compliance and has been assured by ReSource,  Inc. that the program is
Year 2000 compliant.  The Company has also been assured by the developers of its
proprietary software program "Pack, Ship and Sell," which will be implemented in
July  1999,  that  Pack,  Ship and Sell is Year 2000  compliant.  The  Company's
decision  to  implement  and timing  for  implementing  the Pack,  Ship and Sell
software  program  was  made  independent  and  irrespective  of any  Year  2000
compliance issues.

     The  Company is aware that  certain  software  comprising  a portion of its
operating  system  is  not  currently  Year  2000  compliant.  The  Company  has
implemented  a plan to replace  the  non-Year  2000  compliant  software.  It is
anticipated  that the project  will be  completed by the end of July 1999 and is
estimated not to exceed $50,000.

     The Company has made formal  inquiries  of all of its major  suppliers  and
some of its franchisees' suppliers and, based on the responses received to date,
management  believes that all major systems are Year 2000 compliant.  Therefore,
to date, management has not implemented,  and does not feel that it is necessary
to implement,  a Year 2000  contingency  plan.  Management  believes that in the
event its major  suppliers or its  franchisees'  suppliers  experience Year 2000
complications,  a sufficient  number of alternate  suppliers exist to handle the
Company's needs.

     To date,  management  believes that the costs of Year 2000  compliance will
not be material  and does not  anticipate  any material  adverse  effects on its
operation or those of its franchisees with respect to Year 2000 compliance.

     The foregoing discussion contains certain forward looking statements within
the meaning of Section 27A of the  Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  which are intended to be covered by the safe
harbors created thereby.  These  statements  include the plans and objectives of
management for future operations, including plans and objectives relating to the
development of the Company.  The forward looking statements  included herein are
based on current  expectations  that involve  numerous risks and  uncertainties.
Assumptions  relating to the foregoing  involve judgments with respect to, among
other things,  future  economic,  competitive  and market  conditions and future
business  decisions,  all of  which  are  difficult  or  impossible  to  predict
accurately and many of which are beyond the control of the Company. Although the
Company believes that the assumptions  underlying the forward looking statements
are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate and, therefore, there


                                       11

<PAGE>

can be no assurance that the forward  looking  statements  included in this Form
10-KSB  will prove to be  accurate.  In light of the  significant  uncertainties
inherent in the forward looking  statements  included  herein,  the inclusion of
such information  should not be regarded as a  representation  by the Company or
any other person that the objectives and plans of the Company will be achieved.
 
ITEM 7.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     See Financial Statements in this report following the signature page.

ITEM 8.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON  ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     During the Company's two most recent fiscal years,  and any interim period,
the principal  independent  accountant of the Company did not resign (or decline
to stand for re-election) and was not dismissed.



                                       12


<PAGE>



                                    PART III

ITEM 9.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL
         PERSONS; COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT.

     (a) Identification of Directors and Executive Officers.
     -------------------------------------------------------

     The present term of office of each  director will expire at the next annual
meeting of  shareholders.  The  executive  officers  of the  Company are elected
annually at the first  meeting of the  Company's  Board of Directors  held after
each annual meeting of shareholders.  Each executive  officer holds office until
his or  her  successor  is  duly  elected  and  qualified  or  until  his or her
resignation  or until he or she shall be removed in the manner  provided  by the
Company's Bylaws. The name, position with the Company,  the age of each director
and  executive  officer,  and the  period  during  which  each has served are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Name, Age and                             Director or              Principal Occupation
Position in the Company                   Officer Since            During the Last Five Years
- -----------------------                   -------------            --------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                      <C>                           
John E. Kelly, 58                         September, 1989          Executive officer of the Company since
(President, Chief Executive                                        September, 1989.
Officer and Director)

P. Evan Lasky, 57                         March, 1988              Executive officer of the Company since March,
(Executive Vice President and                                      1988.
Chief Operating Officer)

Raymond S. Goshorn, 40                    December, 1988           Executive officer of the Company since
(Chief Financial Officer,                                          December, 1988.
Treasurer, Secretary)

Tonya D. Sarina, 37                       December, 1996           Executive officer of the Company since
(Vice President of Sales                                           December 1996; marketing manager of the
and Marketing)                                                     Company from March, 1991 through November, 1996.

Alex Zai, 39                              May, 1996                Executive officer of the Company since May,
(Vice President of                                                 1996; director of store operations of the
Store Operations)                                                  Company since April, 1994.


                                       13

<PAGE>

Name, Age and                             Director or              Principal Occupation
Position in the Company                   Officer Since            During the Last Five Years
- -----------------------                   -------------            --------------------------

J. S. Corcoran, 55                        September, 1989          Self-employed as a business consultant since
(Director)                                                         October, 1996; executive officer of D.P.
                                                                   Kelly & Associates L.P., a firm offering
                                                                   management services, from November, 1988 to
                                                                   January, 1997; executive officer of Envirodyne
                                                                   Industries, Inc., a manufacturer of food packaging
                                                                   and food service supplies, from June, 1989 to
                                                                   March, 1996.

John W. Grant, 74                         September, 1989          Retired since September, 1987.
(Director)

F. Edward Gustafson, 57                   September, 1989          Executive officer of D.P. Kelly & Associates
(Director)                                                         L.P., a firm offering management services,
                                                                   since November, 1988; executive officer of
                                                                   Envirodyne Industries, Inc., a manufacturer
                                                                   of food packaging and food service supplies,
                                                                   since June, 1989; director of Envirodyne
                                                                   Industries, Inc. since December, 1993;
                                                                   executive officer of Viskase Corporation, a
                                                                   wholly-owned subsidiary of Envirodyne Industries,
                                                                   Inc., from February, 1990 to August, 1993.

William F. White, 68                      September, 1989          Executive officer of Whitnell & Co., an
(Director)                                                         investment advisory firm, since January,
                                                                   1988; executive officer of Donegal, Inc., an
                                                                   investment management firm, since January, 1991.
</TABLE>

     (b) Identification of Certain Significant Employees.
     ----------------------------------------------------

     Not Applicable.

     (c) Family Relationships.
     -------------------------

     Not Applicable.

                                       14

<PAGE>


     (d) Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings.
     ---------------------------------------------

     Not Applicable.

     (e) Compliance With Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.
     ------------------------------------------------------

     Not Applicable.

ITEM 10. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Cash Compensation.
     ------------------

     The  following  table shows all cash  compensation  paid by the Company for
services rendered during the fiscal years ended November 30, 1998,  November 30,
1997 and  November  30,  1996 to John E. Kelly and P. Evan Lasky  (there were no
other  executive  officers of the Company whose annual salary and bonus exceeded
$100,000).

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


Name and                                                            Other Annual
Principal Position       Fiscal Year      Salary         Bonus      Compensation
- ------------------       -----------      ------         -----      ------------
John E. Kelly                1998         $138,000     $47,472(1)    $7,980(2)
President and Chief          1997         $131,040     $44,554(1)    $7,980(2)
Executive Officer            1996         $126,000     $16,630(1)    $7,980(2)

P. Evan Lasky                1998         $ 96,000     $28,205(1)       -0-
Executive Vice               1997         $ 91,000     $21,840(1)       -0-
President and Chief          1996         $ 86,000     $11,000(1)       -0-
Operating Officer


     (1) Bonus was earned in the fiscal  year  indicated,  although  it may have
been paid in the following fiscal year.

     (2) The amount for each of fiscal 1998,  1997 and 1996 consists of a $4,800
car allowance and $3,180 of country club dues.

     Option/SAR Grants and Long-Term Incentive Plans.
     ------------------------------------------------

     Not Applicable.

                                       15

<PAGE>


     Compensation of Directors--Standard Arrangement.
     ------------------------------------------------

     Members of the Board of Directors, other than members who are also officers
of the  Company,  are  entitled to receive a fee of $2,000 per year and $250 for
each attended meeting of the Board of Directors.

     Compensation of Directors--Other Arrangements.
     ----------------------------------------------

     Not Applicable.

     Employment  Contracts and  Termination  of Employment and Change of Control
Arrangements.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Not Applicable.

ITEM 11. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND  MANAGEMENT.

     (a) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.
     ----------------------------------------------------

     The  following  persons  are the only  persons  known to the Company who on
February 26, 1999, owned  beneficially  more than 5% of the Company's $0.001 par
value common stock, its only class of outstanding voting securities:

                                              Amount and Nature of       Percent
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner          Beneficial Ownership(1)   of Class
- ------------------------------------          -----------------------   --------
D.P. Kelly and Associates, L.P.                 298,400(2)                 9.1%
701 Harger Road, Suite 190
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523

Pak Mail Investment Partnership L.P.           2,404,264(3)                66.9%
701 Harger Road, Suite 190
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523

Janie M. D'Addio                                188,833(4)                 6.3%
c/o Security Manufacturing Corporation
815 South Main Street
Grapevine, Texas 76051


(1)  The  beneficial  owners listed have sole voting and  investment  power with
     respect to the shares shown unless otherwise indicated.

(2)  Includes  280,000 shares of common stock underlying  presently  exercisable
     warrants.

                                       16

<PAGE>



(3)  Includes  604,264 shares of common stock underlying  presently  exercisable
     warrants.

(4)  Information with respect to Ms. D'Addio's common stock is given to the best
     of the Company's knowledge based upon the records of the Company's transfer
     agent.

     (b) Security Ownership of Management.
     -------------------------------------

     The  following  table  shows as of  February  26,  1999,  the shares of the
Company's  $0.001 par value common stock  beneficially  owned by each  director,
each  executive  officer and by all the  executive  officers and  directors as a
group:

 Name and Address of                     Amount and Nature of           Percent
  Beneficial Holder                      Beneficial Ownership          of Class
  -----------------                      --------------------          --------
J. S. Corcoran                                 1,000(1)                   (4)
701 Harger Road, Suite 190
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523

John W. Grant                                    800(2)                   (4)
701 Harger Road, Suite 190
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523

F. Edward Gustafson                           20,000(1)(3)                (4)
701 Harger Road, Suite 190
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523

John E. Kelly                                  12,000                     (4)
3033 S Parker Rd Suite 1200
Aurora, Colorado 80014

William F. White                                2,000                     (4)
701 Harger Road, Suite 190
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523

P. Evan Lasky                                     -0-                     (4)
3033 S Parker Rd Suite 1200
Aurora, Colorado 80014

All directors and executive officers          36,912(1)                  1.2%
as a group (9 persons)

(1)  Excludes  1,800,000  shares of common  stock  owned by Pak Mail  Investment
     Partners,  L.P.  ("PMIP")  and 604,264  shares of common  stock  underlying
     presently  exercisable  warrants  owned  by  PMIP.  Mr.  Corcoran  and  Mr.
     Gustafson are officers, directors and shareholders of Norcross Corporation,



                                       17

<PAGE>

     701 Harger Road,  Suite 190, Oak Brook,  Illinois  60523,  which  exercises
     control over PMIP,  and therefore may be deemed to have the ability to vote
     or dispose of  securities  owned by PMIP.  Messrs.  Corcoran and  Gustafson
     disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned by PMIP.

(2)  Shares owned jointly by Mr. Grant and his wife.

(3)  Includes  6,000 shares of common stock owned by Mr.  Gustafson's  children,
     for whom he acts as  custodian;  excludes  280,000  shares of common  stock
     underlying   presently   exercisable  warrants  owned  by  D.P.  Kelly  and
     Associates,  L.P. ("D.P.  Kelly"). Mr. Gustafson is an executive officer of
     D.P. Kelly but disclaims beneficial ownership of the 280,000 shares.

(4)  Less than 1%.

     (c) Changes in Control. Not Applicable.
         -------------------

ITEM 12. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     (a)(b)  Transactions  With  Management  and  Others  and  Certain  Business
Relationships.

     The Company  purchases  mailboxes from Security  Manufacturing  Corporation
("Security") for resale to the Company's franchisees.  Security is controlled by
Janie M. D'Addio,  who owns 6.3% of the Company's $0.001 par value common stock.
During  fiscal 1998 and fiscal  1997,  the Company  made  purchases in the total
amounts of $62,350 and $82,128, respectively, from Security.

     (c) Parent  Companies.  PMIP owns a  controlling  interest  in the  Company
through  its  ownership  of  1,800,000  shares  of  common  stock,  representing
approximately  60.2% of the  outstanding  common stock.  In addition,  PMIP owns
presently  exercisable  warrants to  purchase  604,264  shares of common  stock,
which, if exercised,  will increase PMIP's ownership to  approximately  66.9% of
the outstanding common stock of the Company.

     (d) Transactions With Promoters. Not Applicable.


                                       18



<PAGE>



ITEM 13. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

     (a) Exhibits.
         ---------

(3)(a)         Articles of  Incorporation  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
               (3)(a) of the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form  10-KSB  for the
               fiscal year ended November 30, 1995.

(3)(b)         Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation filed with
               the Colorado  Secretary of State on January 26, 1998 incorporated
               by reference to Exhibit (3)(b) of the Company's  Annual Report on
               Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1997.

(3)(c)         Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation filed with
               the Colorado Secretary of State on July 13, 1998, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 3(a) of the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on
               Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended May 31, 1998.

(3)(d)         Bylaws incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) of the Company's
               Quarterly  Report on Form  10-QSB for the  quarter  ended May 31,
               1998.

(4)(a)         Letter of  Exchange  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock for  Series C
               Preferred  Stock  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit (4)(a) of
               the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year
               ended November 30, 1997.

(4)(b)         Letter of  Exchange  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock for  Series C
               Preferred  Stock  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit (4)(b) of
               the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year
               ended November 30, 1997.

(4)(c)         Warrant to Purchase  Shares of Common Stock granted in connection
               with exchange of Series A Preferred  Stock for Series C Preferred
               Stock   incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (4)(c)  of  the
               Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended
               November 30, 1997.

(4)(d)         Warrant to Purchase  Shares of Common Stock granted in connection
               with exchange of Series B Preferred  Stock for Series C Preferred
               Stock   incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (4)(d)  of  the
               Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended
               November 30, 1997.

(10)(a)*       Individual Franchise Agreement.

(10)(b)*       Area Marketing Agreement.

(10)(c)*       International Area Marketing Agreement.

(10)(d)        Agreement by and between Security  Manufacturing  Corporation and
               the Company  dated July 10, 1995  incorporated  by  reference  to
               Exhibit (10)(3) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
               the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996.


                                       19

<PAGE>


(10)(e)        Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. Management  Incentive Plan for
               Fiscal Year 1997  incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d) of
               the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year
               ended November 30, 1997.

(10)(f)*       Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. Management  Incentive Plan for
               Fiscal Year 1998.

(10)(g)*       Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. Management  Incentive Plan for
               Fiscal Year 1999.

(10)(h)*       Pak Mail Centers of America, Inc. 1999 Incentive and Nonstatutory
               Employee Stock Option Plan.

(21)*          Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

(27)*          Financial Data Schedule.


     (b) 8-K Reports. None.
         -----------


*  Filed herewith.


                                       20

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  the registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                      PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.,
                                      a Colorado corporation

                                      By:   /s/ John E. Kelly
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          John E. Kelly, President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer


                                      By:   /s/ Raymond S. Goshorn
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Raymond S. Goshorn, Chief Financial
                                         Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

     Dated: February 26, 1999.

     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name and Title               Signature                               Date
- --------------               ---------                               ----

J.S. Corcoran              /s/ J.S. Corcoran                   February 26, 1999
Director                   --------------------------


John W. Grant              /s/ John W. Grant                   February 26, 1999
Director                   --------------------------


F. Edward Gustafson        /s/ F. Edward Gustafson             February 26, 1999
Director                   --------------------------


John E. Kelly              /s/ John E. Kelly                   February 26, 1999
Director                   --------------------------


William F. White           /s/ William F. White               February 26, 1999
Director                   --------------------------


                                       21
<PAGE>
                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                                 AND SUBSIDIARY

                            Financial Statements and
                          Independent Auditors' Report
                           November 30, 1998 and 1997



<PAGE>



                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY





                   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                                                           Page


Independent Auditors' Report..............................................F - 1

Financial Statements

        Consolidated Balance Sheets - November 30, 1998 and 1997..........F - 2

        Consolidated Statements of Income - For the Years Ended
         November 30, 1998 and 1997.......................................F - 3

        Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity - For the
         Years Ended November 30, 1998 and 1997...........................F - 4

        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - For the Years Ended
         November 30, 1998 and 1997.......................................F - 5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................F - 6

Accompanying Schedule

       Independent Auditors' Report on Accompanying Schedule.............F - 16

       Schedule of Selling, General and Administrative Expenses..........F - 17




<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Pak Mail Centers of America, Inc. and Subsidiary
Aurora, Colorado


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pak Mail Centers
of  America,  Inc.  and  Subsidiary  as of November  30, 1998 and 1997,  and the
related consolidated statements of income,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows
for the years  then  ended.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes  examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  consolidated  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Pak Mail Centers of
America,  Inc. and  Subsidiary as of November 30, 1998 and 1997, and the results
of their  operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.






                                       Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC

January 7, 1999
Denver, Colorado


                                      F-1

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                                      Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                                                       November 30,
                                                            --------------------------------
                                                               1998                 1997
                                               Assets       -----------          -----------
<S>                                                        <C>                   <C>    
    Cash and cash equivalents                               $   230,964          $    87,405
    Restricted cash (Note 8)                                      3,880               23,780
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance of
      $69,981 (1998) and $101,039 (1997)                        365,277              262,791
    Inventories                                                  56,237               34,514
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets                    37,500               31,805
    Deferred income tax benefit - current (Note 9)              275,000              136,100
                                                            -----------          -----------
              Total current assets                              968,858              576,395
                                                            -----------          -----------
Furniture and equipment, net of accumulated
      depreciation (Note 2)                                     110,169               61,892
                                                            -----------          -----------
Other assets
    Notes receivable, net (Note 3)                              666,408              722,478
    Deposits and other                                           95,253               90,130
    Deferred franchise costs, net of accumulated
      amortization of $54,711
     (1998) and $36,360 (1997)                                  197,732              175,943
    Capitalized software costs                                  351,207              124,202
                                                            -----------          -----------
              Total other assets                              1,310,600            1,112,753
                                                            -----------          -----------

                                                            $ 2,389,627          $ 1,751,040
                                                            ===========          ===========

                                  Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities
    Current portion of long-term debt (Note 4)              $      --            $   100,000
    Trade accounts payable                                      189,754              191,565
    Preferred stock dividends payable                           133,000                 --
    Accrued commissions                                          31,085               52,950
    Accrued bonuses                                             120,936               92,790
    Other accrued expenses                                       32,394               18,580
    Due to advertising fund (Note 7)                              3,880               23,780
                                                            -----------          -----------
              Total current liabilities                         511,049              479,665
                                                            -----------          -----------

Deferred revenue                                                704,135              533,518
                                                            -----------          -----------
Commitments (Notes 11 and 12)

Stockholders' equity (Note 5)
    Series C redeemable preferred stock,
     $1,000 par value; 6% cumulative; 2,500
     shares authorized 2,216.668 shares
     issued and outstanding (liquidation
     preference $2,349,668)                                   2,216,668            2,216,668
    Common stock, $.001 par value;
     200,000,000 shares authorized,
     2,989,483 shares issued and outstanding                      2,990                2,990
    Additional paid-in capital                                5,026,453            5,026,453
    Accumulated deficit                                      (6,071,668)          (6,508,254)
                                                            -----------          -----------
              Total stockholders' equity                      1,174,443              737,857
                                                            -----------          -----------

                                                            $ 2,389,627          $ 1,751,040
                                                            ===========          ===========

                                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                                        F-2
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                        Consolidated Statements of Income

                                                           For the Years Ended
                                                             November 30,
                                                        ------------------------
                                                           1998         1997
                                                        ----------    ----------
Revenue
    Royalties from franchisees                          $2,225,581    $1,947,464
    Individual franchise fees                              860,800     1,152,990
    Sales of equipment, supplies, and services             749,071       748,148
    Area franchise fees                                    683,633       231,194
    Interest income                                         19,378        16,723
    Other                                                   77,004        67,811
                                                        ----------    ----------
                                                         4,615,467     4,164,330
                                                        ----------    ----------
Costs and expenses
    Selling, general and administrative                  1,859,272     1,765,735
    Cost of sales of equipment, supplies
      and services (Note 10)
                                                           672,451       675,685
    Royalties paid to area franchisees                     828,848       677,555
    Commissions on franchise sales                         589,357       614,449
    Advertising                                            166,698       178,783
    Depreciation and amortization                           66,463        57,810
    Interest                                                 1,692         2,493
                                                        ----------    ----------
                                                         4,184,781     3,972,510
                                                        ----------    ----------

Net income before income tax benefit                       430,686       191,820

Income tax benefit (Note 9)                                138,900       136,100
                                                        ----------    ----------

Net income                                                 569,586       327,920

Preferred stock dividend (Note 5)                          133,000          --
                                                        ----------    ----------

Net income attributable to common shares                $  436,586    $  327,920
                                                        ==========    ==========

Net income per common share (Note 6)
    Basic                                               $      .15    $      .11
                                                        ==========    ==========

    Diluted                                             $      .12    $      .11
                                                        ==========    ==========

Shares used in per share calculation (Note 6)
    Basic                                                2,989,483     2,989,483
                                                        ==========    ==========

    Diluted                                              3,716,489     2,989,483
                                                        ==========    ==========

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F - 3

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                              PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                               Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
                               For the Years Ended November 30, 1998 and 1997


                                 Preferred Stock               Preferred Stock         
                                     Series A                      Series B            
                             --------------------------    -------------------------- 
                                Shares         Amount         Shares       Amount      
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    ----------- 

<S>                            <C>          <C>                  <C>      <C>        
Balance, November 30, 1996     1,216,668    $ 1,216,668          1,000    $ 1,000,000

Exchange of Series A and
  B for Series C
  preferred stock (Note 5)    (1,216,668)    (1,216,668)        (1,000)    (1,000,000)

Net income                          --             --             --             --   
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Balance, November 30, 1997          --             --             --             --   

Net income                          --             --             --             --   
                             -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Balance, November 30, 1998          --      $      --             --      $      --   
                             ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========




                                 Preferred Stock                              
                                     Series C                   Common Stock         Additional                     Total     
                             -------------------------   -------------------------    Paid-in    Accumulated      Stockholers'
                                Shares       Amount        Shares       Amount        Capital     Deficit          Equity
                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------  ------------     ------------

Balance, November 30, 1996         --      $      --       2,989,483   $    2,990    $ 5,026,453   $(6,836,174)   $   409,937

Exchange of Series A and      
  B for Series C             
  preferred stock (Note 5)     2,216,668     2,216,668          --            --            --            --             --

Net income                          --            --            --            --            --         327,920        327,920
                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------

Balance, November 30, 1997     2,216,668     2,216,668     2,989,483         2,990     5,026,453    (6,508,254)       737,857

Net income                          --            --            --            --            --         436,586        436,586
                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------

Balance, November 30, 1998     2,216,668   $ 2,216,668     2,989,483   $     2,990   $ 5,026,453   $(6,071,668)   $ 1,174,443
                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========    ===========



                                   See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                         F-4

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                                         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                                                                          For the Years Ended
                                                                                              November 30,
                                                                                     ------------------------------
                                                                                        1998                1997
                                                                                     ---------            ---------
Cash flows from operating activities                                                   
<S>                                                                                  <C>                  <C>      
    Net income                                                                       $ 436,586            $ 327,920
                                                                                     ---------            ---------
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to
     net cash provided by (used in) by
     operating activities -
        Depreciation and amortization                                                   66,463               55,114
        Provision for loss on accounts receivable                                      (31,058)             (14,533)
        Provision for loss on notes receivable                                          (8,039)                  36
        Deferred franchise costs                                                       (40,140)             (51,981)
        Franchise fee revenue financed through notes receivable                        (39,257)             (95,816)
        Deferred income taxes                                                         (138,900)            (136,100)
        Changes in operating assets and liabilities -
             Accounts receivable                                                       (71,428)              16,621
             Inventories                                                               (21,723)                (745)
             Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                  (5,695)               6,643
             Deposits and other                                                         (5,123)             (37,945)
             Trade accounts payable                                                     (1,811)             (18,148)
             Accrued expenses                                                           20,095               56,785
             Due to advertising fund                                                   (19,900)             (36,563)
             Deferred revenue                                                           66,642             (102,849)
                                                                                     ---------            ---------
                                                                                      (229,874)            (359,481)
                                                                                     ---------            ---------
                 Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                   206,712              (31,561)
                                                                                     ---------            ---------

Cash flows from investing activities
    Capital expenditures                                                               (96,389)             (58,321)
    Capitalized software costs                                                        (227,005)            (124,202)
    Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale                                            --                 20,000
    Payments on notes receivable                                                       207,341              168,073
                                                                                     ---------            ---------
                 Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities                  (116,053)               5,550
                                                                                     ---------            ---------

Cash flows from financing activities
    Payments on long-term debt                                                        (100,000)             (15,276)
    Preferred stock dividends payable                                                  133,000                 --
    Decrease (increase) in restricted cash                                              19,900               56,513
                                                                                     ---------            ---------
                 Net cash provided by financing activities                              52,900               41,237
                                                                                     ---------            ---------

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                                              143,559               15,226

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                            87,405               72,179
                                                                                     ---------            ---------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                               $ 230,964            $  87,405
                                                                                     =========            =========

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information -
        Cash paid during the year for interest was  approximately  $1,700 (1998) and $2,500 (1997).

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
        At November 30, 1998 and 1997 $103,975 and $176,000 of notes  receivable additions are included in deferred revenue.


                                        See notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                                               F-5
<PAGE>

                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
- --------------------------------------------------------------------

Organization

Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. was  incorporated  in Colorado in 1984 and is
engaged in the business of marketing and franchising Pak Mail Retail and Service
Centers which  specialize  in custom  packaging of items to be mailed or shipped
throughout the United States and Mexico.

The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of Pak Mail Centers
of America,  Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary,  Pak Mail Crating and Freight
Service,  Inc.,  collectively  referred  to  as  the  Company.  All  significant
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The following table summarizes the number of Pak Mail Retail and Service Centers
in  operation  during  the  last  two  fiscal  years:

                                                           November 30,
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                      1998              1997
                                                   ----------         --------- 
Franchises:
   Franchise centers in operation:
     Domestic                                          315               299
     International                                      17                12
   Rights to franchisec enters sold and
    not in operation                                    27                 5
                                                    ------             -----
                                                       359               316
                                                    ======             =====

Cash and Cash Equivalents
- -------------------------

The Company  considers cash on hand and investments with original  maturities of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
- -----------------------------------

The  carrying  amounts  of  financial   instruments   including  cash,  accounts
receivable,  accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair values as of
November  30,  1998,  as a result  of the  relatively  short  maturity  of these
instruments.

The fair value of the notes  receivable  approximate  the carrying value as both
the stated rate and discount rate on the notes approximate the estimated current
market rate.

Inventories
- -----------

Inventories consist of equipment and supplies held for resale to franchisees for
use at their store locations or held at corporate owned stores for resale to the
public  and are  stated  at the  lower  of  cost  (determined  on the  first-in,
first-out method) or market.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>


                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Property and Equipment
- ----------------------

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is computed  using the
straight-line method over an estimated useful life of three years.

Franchise Fee Revenue Recognition
- ---------------------------------

The  Company  has  awarded  franchise  rights  under  the  following   franchise
agreements:

*    Individual  franchise  agreement - Right to operate one store at a location
     to be  determined.  Franchise  fees  are  payable  in  cash or  notes  upon
     execution of agreement.

*    Area  developer  agreement  - Right to develop  stores  within a  specified
     geographic   area.  The  area  franchise  fee  (based  upon  the  estimated
     development  potential  of the  area) is  payable  in cash and  notes  upon
     execution of the area  developer  agreement.  Upon  awarding of  individual
     franchises within the franchise area, the Company typically receives 60% of
     the individual  franchise fee and the area developer receives 40%. The area
     developer receives 50% to 60% of the royalties from individual  franchisees
     within the area.  Although  the Company  currently  has several  franchises
     operating  under this  agreement,  during  fiscal  year 1994,  the  Company
     changed the terms of this  agreement  as  specified  in the area  marketing
     agreement below.

*    Area marketing  agreement - Right to market  franchises  within a specified
     geographic region. The area marketing fee is payable in cash and notes upon
     execution  of the area  marketing  agreement.  Upon  selling of  individual
     franchises  within the area,  the  Company  typically  receives  60% of the
     individual  franchise  fee and the area  marketer  receives  40%.  The area
     marketer receives 50% of the royalties from individual  franchisees  within
     the area.

*    International area franchise  agreement - Right to market franchises within
     a designated  country or specified  geographic  region.  The  international
     franchise fee is payable in cash and notes upon  execution of the franchise
     agreement.  The Company's participation in franchise fees and royalties for
     individual  franchises sold within the international area are negotiated on
     a case by case basis.  Additionally,  the  Company  agrees to train all new
     individual franchisees for a flat fee.

Individual  franchise  fees outside a marketing  area are  recognized as revenue
when all  material  services  and  conditions  relating  to the sale  have  been
substantially   performed  by  the  Company  and  the  franchise  has  commenced
operations.

                                      F-7

<PAGE>

                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Franchise Fee Revenue Recognition (continued)
- ---------------------------------------------

Domestic  area  developer  fees are  deferred  and  recognized  as  revenue on a
straight-line  basis as the stores within the area are opened or upon completion
of the  initial  training  program  depending  on the  terms  of the  agreement.
Individual  franchise fees within a domestic area are recognized as revenue when
all  material   services  and   conditions   relating  to  the  sale  have  been
substantially performed by the Company, principally site selection and training.

Area  marketing  fees are  recognized  as income upon  completion of the initial
training by the area marketer and  collection of the marketing  fee. The Company
has the option to terminate the agreement  before training is completed at which
time the marketing fee is refundable.

International  area  franchise  fees are deferred and recognized as revenue upon
completion  of the  material  service  to the area  marketer,  which is  initial
training to the area marketer,  and upon  collection of notes  receivable  being
reasonably assured.

Royalties From Franchisees
- --------------------------

Royalties  from  individual  franchisees  are based  upon a  percentage  of each
franchisee's  sales and are  recognized  when earned based upon  reported  sales
activity by each franchisee.

Software Revenue Recognition
- ----------------------------

The Company's  products are  generally  licensed to  franchisees  for a one-time
initial fee and  subsequent  annual  license and  maintenance  fees. The initial
license  fee is  recognized  as revenue  upon  execution  of a signed  contract,
delivery of licensed  software and when the Company believes that the collection
of the receivable is probable.

Net Income Per Common Share
- ---------------------------

Basic net income per share is computed  based on the weighted  average number of
common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per share is computed based on the
weighted  average number of common shares  outstanding  plus potential  dilutive
shares of common shares  outstanding  plus potential  dilutive  shares of common
stock including common stock warrants granted to preferred shareholders.



                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income Taxes
- ------------

The Company  recognizes  deferred  tax  liabilities  and assets for the expected
future tax  consequences  of events  that have been  included  in the  financial
statements  or tax returns.  Under this method,  deferred  tax  liabilities  and
assets are determined based on the difference  between the financial  statements
and tax basis of assets and  liabilities  using the  enacted tax rates in effect
for the year in which the differences  are expected to reverse.  The measurement
of  deferred  tax  assets is  reduced,  if  necessary,  by the amount of any tax
benefits that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized.

Deferred Franchise Costs
- ------------------------

Costs related to the development of the franchise operations are capitalized and
amortized  over the  expected  period of benefit of five years.  These costs are
primarily comprised of costs incurred to develop the franchise documents.

Incremental direct development costs, such as commissions, are deferred, but not
in excess of the deferred  revenue and are expensed  when the related  franchise
fee revenue is recognized.

Capitalized Software Costs
- --------------------------

Capitalized  software costs consist of costs of internally  developed  software.
Capitalization   of  internally   developed   software  costs  begins  upon  the
establishment of the technological  feasibility of a product. The recoverability
of capitalized software costs requires  considerable judgment by management with
respect  to  certain   external   factors,   including,   but  not  limited  to,
technological feasibility, anticipated future gross revenues, estimated economic
life  and  changes  in  software  and  hardware  technologies.  Amortization  of
internally developed software costs are provided on a  product-by-product  basis
using  the  amount  computed  by the  straight-line  method  over the  remaining
economic life of the product.  Generally, an original estimated economic life of
three years is assigned to capitalized software costs.

Concentration of Credit Risk
- ----------------------------

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of
credit  risk  consist  of cash and cash  equivalents,  and  accounts  and  notes
receivable  from  franchisees,  area  developers  and marketing  directors.  The
Company places its temporary cash  investments in high credit quality  financial
institutions  which at times may  exceed  federally  insured  limits.  To reduce
credit risk, the Company  reserves the right to terminate  franchise  agreements
for   non-payment  of  amounts  owed.   Additionally,   at  November  30,  1998,
approximately  $352,000 of notes receivable are offset by comparable  amounts in
deferred revenue.


                                      F-9

<PAGE>

                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Use of Estimates
- ----------------

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The  Company  has  recorded  an  allowance  for  doubtful  collection  on  notes
receivable  of  approximately  $45,000 (Note 3). This  allowance is  continually
reviewed based upon changes in the nature of the notes  receivable  outstanding.
Accordingly,  the  allowance  is  subject to changes  due to  circumstances  not
presently known.

The Company has  recorded a valuation  allowance  for  potentially  unrealizable
deferred  tax assets of  approximately  $1,716,900  (Note 8). This  allowance is
reviewed based upon historical and projected  financial  results of the Company.
Accordingly,  the  allowance  is  subject to changes  due to  circumstances  not
presently known.

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
- ------------------------------------

In December 1997, the FASB issued  Statement No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income" (FAS 130).  FAS 130  incorporates  the  all-inclusive  concept of income
recognition.  It requires  that all items that are required to be  recognized as
comprehensive  income  (adjustments  to  equity)  be  reported  in  a  financial
statement  that is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other  financial
statements.  FAS 130 is effective for fiscal years  beginning after December 15,
1997,  consequently,  the Company has not yet adopted FAS 130.  The Company does
not anticipate a significant change from adopting FAS 130.

Advertising Costs
- -----------------

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred.

Reclassifications
- -----------------

Certain  amounts in the 1997  financial  statements  have been  reclassified  to
conform to the 1998 presentation.


                                      F-10


<PAGE>

                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



Note 2 - Furniture and Equipment
- --------------------------------

Furniture and equipment consists of the following:
                                                       November 30,
                                          -------------------------------------
                                               1998                   1997
                                          --------------         --------------
Office equipment                          $      393,610         $      305,167
Furniture and fixtures                           151,509                143,563
                                          --------------         --------------
                                                 545,119                448,730
Less accumulated depreciation                   (434,950)              (386,838)
                                          --------------         --------------

                                          $      110,169          $      61,892
                                          ==============          =============

Note 3 - Notes Receivable
- -------------------------

Notes  receivable  consist of franchise  fees and area marketer fees financed by
the Company. The notes are collateralized by the underlying franchise agreements
and by essentially all of the franchisees' assets incidental to the operation of
the franchise centers. Most of the notes are personally guaranteed by the owners
of each franchise.

Notes receivable consist of the following:
                                                             November 30,
                                                      -----------------------
                                                         1998           1997
                                                      ----------    ----------
Non-interest-bearing notes; interest
imputed at 8%, net of unamortized
discounts of $6,513 (1998 and 1997)                   $  401,403    $  479,073

Interest-bearing notes; interest
rates from 6% to 8%                                      310,099       296,538
                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                         711,502       775,611
       Less allowance for doubtful collections           (45,094)      (53,133)
                                                      ----------    ----------

                                                      $  666,408    $  722,478
                                                      ==========    ==========

It is the  Company's  policy not to impute  interest  on these  notes  until the
earnings process is complete. Included in these notes are financed area marketer
fees, the maturities of which are based upon the expected  opening of franchises
within the area.

                                      F-11


<PAGE>

                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 3 - Notes Receivable (continued)
- -------------------------------------

Future minimum  principal  payments to be received  pursuant to the notes are as
follows:

        Year Ending November 30,

               1999                                        $     500,332
               2000                                              148,426
               2001                                               56,670
               2002                                                5,949
               2003                                                1,200
              Thereafter                                           5,438
                                                           -------------
                                                                 718,015
             Less unamortized discount                            (6,513)
                                                           -------------
                                                           $     711,502
                                                           =============


At the time the notes receivable are executed, the Company reserves an allowance
for doubtful collections. The provision for uncollectible amounts is continually
reviewed and adjusted to maintain the allowance at a level  considered  adequate
to  cover  future  losses.  The  allowance  is  management's  best  estimate  of
uncollectible  amounts and is determined based on historical  performance of the
notes which is tracked by the Company on an ongoing basis. The losses ultimately
incurred could differ  materially in the near term from the amounts estimated in
determining the allowance.


Note 4 - Long-Term Debt
- -----------------------

The note payable to an affiliate was paid in full during fiscal year 1998.

In January  1999,  the Company  entered  into a  line-of-credit  agreement.  The
agreement requires monthly interest payments at 9.25% and matures January 2000.


Note 5 - Stockholders' Equity
- -----------------------------

Dividends on Series C Preferred Stock accrue at 6% per year commencing  December
1, 1997. Dividends are payable annually commencing March 31, 1999 and each March
31  thereafter  for the  previous  year end. The  preferred  stock does not vote
although  holders  of 51% must  approve  certain  items  such as any  change  in
control,  sale of the Company or a sale of the majority of the Company's assets.
The Series C Preferred Stock may be redeemed at the Company's option any time at
$1,000 per share plus accrued dividends.

                                      F-12


<PAGE>

                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 5 - Stockholders' Equity (continued)
- -----------------------------------------

During  fiscal year 1997, as an incentive to exchange for the Series C preferred
stock, the holders of Series A and Series B preferred stock were granted a total
of 884,264  warrants to purchase common stock at .10 per share at any time prior
to November 30, 2007.  There was no fair value  attributed to the warrants as no
material imputed value was estimated in the Company's pricing model.

The fair values of the warrants  granted are  estimated on the date of the grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions used for grants:  dividend yield of 0; expected  volatility of 133%;
discount rate of 5.25% and expected lives of 10 years.


Note 6 - Earnings Per Share
- ---------------------------

The following is an  illustration  of the  reconciliation  of the numerators and
denominators of the basic and diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) computations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          For the Year Ended November 30, 1998
                                                             --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Income               Shares              Per-Share
                                                                 (Numerator)        (Denominator)             Amount
                                                                 -----------        -------------             ------

<S>                                                          <C>                     <C>                 <C>
Net income                                                   $         569,586
Less preferred stock dividends                                        (133,000)
                                                             -----------------

Basic EPS
  Income available to common stockholders                              436,586             2,989,483    $            .15
                                                             -----------------                          ================

Effect of dilutive securities
  Warrants                                                                  -                727,006
                                                             -----------------     -----------------

Diluted EPS
  Income available to common stockholders
  plus assumed conversions                                             436,586             3,716,489    $            .12
                                                             =================     =================    ================

</TABLE>

Note 7 - Advertising Fund
- -------------------------

The Company has established an advertising  trust to administer  funds collected
from  franchisees for  advertising.  The  advertising  trust is a separate legal
entity  and,  therefore,  the Company is not  contingently  liable for any trust
liabilities  incurred;  nor is the trust activity  reflected in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-13


<PAGE>


                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 8 - Restricted Cash
- ------------------------

At November 30, 1998 and 1997, the amounts due the  advertising  trust of $3,880
and $23,780, respectively, are included in restricted cash.


Note 9 - Income Taxes
- ---------------------

During 1998, the Company  utilized  approximately  $58,000 in net operating loss
carryforwards to offset current taxable income.  This resulted in tax savings of
approximately  $20,000.  In addition the Company reduced its operating valuation
allowance  on its  remaining  net  operating  loss  carryforward  resulting in a
deferred tax asset of $275,000.  This estimate is based on the  Company's  three
consecutive years of taxable income.

The components of long-term deferred tax assets are as follows:

                                                       November 30,
                                              ------------------------------
                                                  1998              1997
                                              ------------      ------------
 Deferred tax assets
        Net operating loss carryforward       $  2,061,600      $  2,058,700
        Reserves and other deferrals                41,300            54,600
        Depreciation and amortization             (111,000)          (26,500)
                                              ------------      ------------
               Total deferred tax assets         1,991,900         2,086,800
        Valuation allowance                     (1,716,900)       (1,950,700)
                                              ------------      ------------

                                              $    275,000      $    136,100
                                              ============      ============

At November 30, 1998, the Company has net operating loss  carryforwards  for tax
purposes of  approximately  $6,063,000.  If not used, these  carryforwards  will
expire in varying amounts during the years 1999 to 2009.


Note 10 - Related Party Transactions
- ------------------------------------

The Company purchases certain equipment for resale through an exclusive supplier
agreement with a stockholder and former director of the Company.  Purchases were
$62,350 and $82,128, in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

                                      F-14


<PAGE>

                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plan
- -------------------------------

Effective  December 1, 1991, the Company  established the Pak Mail 401(k) Profit
Sharing  Plan (the Plan).  All  employees of the Company who are 21 years of age
and have completed one year of eligibility  service, as defined, may participate
in the Plan.  Participants may make tax deferred  contributions in any amount up
to the  maximum  allowable  under  current  federal tax laws.  The Company  will
contribute an amount equal to 50% of each participant's contribution, limited to
3% of the  participant's  compensation as defined in the Plan. Costs incurred by
the Company in connection with the Plan were approximately $9,910 and $6,794 for
the years ended November 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.


Note 12 - Commitments
- ---------------------

Operating Lease Commitments
- ---------------------------

The  Company  leases  office  space and  office  equipment  under  noncancelable
operating  leases.   Aggregate  future  minimum  rental  commitments  for  these
operating leases as of November 30, 1998 are as follows:

         Year Ending November 30,
         ------------------------
                   1999                                      $       177,400
                   2000                                               99,300
                   2001                                               12,900
                   2002                                                3,400
                                                             ---------------

                                                             $       293,000
                                                             ===============

Rental  expense  for  1998 and 1997 was  approximately  $198,000  and  $210,000,
respectively.

Subsequent Event
- ----------------

Effective  January 1, 1999,  the Company  adopted an Incentive and  Nonstatutory
Stock Option Plan.  The plan covers an  aggregate of 400,000  shares.  Under the
terms of the plan, options are granted to eligible employees at 100% of the fair
value of the common stock of the Company on the date of grant.  The Common stock
options are exercisable at the date of grant and expire January 2009.

                                      F-15


<PAGE>

                              ACCOMPANYING SCHEDULE

<PAGE>



              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT ON ACCOMPANYING SCHEDULE





To the Board of Directors
Pak Mail Centers of America, Inc. and Subsidiary
Aurora, Colorado


Our audits  were  conducted  for the  purpose of forming an opinion on the basic
financial  statements taken as a whole.  The accompanying  schedule is presented
for  purposes of  additional  analysis  and is not a required  part of the basic
financial  statements.  Such  information  has been  subjected  to the  auditing
procedures  applied in the audits of the basic financial  statements and, in our
opinion,  is fairly  stated in all  material  respects  in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole.





                                             Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC


January 7, 1999
Denver, Colorado


<PAGE>

                PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

              Schedule of Selling, General and Administrative Expenses


                                                          For the Year Ended
                                                              November 30,
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                         1998             1997
                                                     ----------       ----------
General and Administrative Expenses
    Salaries and bonuses                             $  867,149       $  813,814
    Repairs and maintenance                               8,791            7,020
    Rent                                                197,991          209,861
    Operating insurance                                   9,007            6,114
    Payroll taxes                                        68,760           58,169
    Employee benefits                                    36,206           34,883
    Supplies                                             24,750           15,675
    Training                                             25,217           38,202
    Trade shows                                          15,582           12,285
    Telephone                                            38,041           56,569
    Freight                                               7,966            7,904
    Health insurance                                     67,278           59,812
    Other taxes                                          12,865           10,874
    Contract labor                                          840            5,531
    Professional services                               153,532          108,243
    Travel and entertainment                            106,387          164,185
    Bad debts, net of recoveries                         36,850           25,158
    Dues and fees                                        24,787           18,406
    Printing                                             44,956           26,051
    Subscriptions                                         6,635            3,890
    Postage                                              28,466           19,714
    Miscellaneous expense and other                      72,205           62,218
    Donations                                             5,011            1,157
                                                     ----------       ----------

                                                     $1,859,272       $1,765,735
                                                     ==========       ==========
                                      F-18

<PAGE>


Directors of the Company                             Officers of the Company
- ------------------------                             -----------------------


John E. Kelly                                                      John E. Kelly
President                                                              President
Chief Executive Officer                                  Chief Executive Officer
Pak Mail Centers of America, Inc.

J.S. Corcoran                                                      P. Evan Lasky
Self employed Business Consultant                       Executive Vice President
                                                         Chief Operating Officer

John W. Grant                                                 Raymond S. Goshorn
Retired                                                  Chief Financial Officer
                                                             Corporate Treasurer
                                                             Corporate Secretary

F. Edward Gustafson
Executive Officer                                                Tonya d. Sarina
D.P. Kelly & Associates L.P.               Vice President of Sales and Marketing
Envirodyne Industries, Inc.

William F. White                                                        Alex Zai
Executive Officer                             Vice President of Store Operations
Whitnell & Co.
Donegal, Inc.






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                          <C>                                          <C>   
TRANSFER AGENT               INDEPENDENT AUDITORS                        CORPORATE COUNSEL
American Stock Transfer      Ehrhardt, Keefe, Steiner & Hottman P.C.     Smith McCullough, P.C.
40 Wall Street               7979 E. Tufts Avenue, Suite 400             4643 S. Ulster Street, Suite 900
New York, NY 10005           Denver, CO 80237                            Denver, CO 80237

</TABLE>






<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


(3)(a)         Articles of  Incorporation  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
               (3)(a) of the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form  10-KSB  for the
               fiscal year ended November 30, 1995.

(3)(b)         Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation filed with
               the Colorado  Secretary of State on January 26, 1998 incorporated
               by reference to Exhibit (3)(b) of the Company's  Annual Report on
               Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1997.

(3)(c)         Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation filed with
               the Colorado Secretary of State on July 13, 1998, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 3(a) of the  Company's  Quarterly  Report on
               Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended May 31, 1998.

(3)(d)         Bylaws incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) of the Company's
               Quarterly  Report on Form  10-QSB for the  quarter  ended May 31,
               1998.

(4)(a)         Letter of  Exchange  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock for  Series C
               Preferred  Stock  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit (4)(a) of
               the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year
               ended November 30, 1997.

(4)(b)         Letter of  Exchange  of  Series B  Preferred  Stock for  Series C
               Preferred  Stock  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit (4)(b) of
               the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year
               ended November 30, 1997.

(4)(c)         Warrant to Purchase  Shares of Common Stock granted in connection
               with exchange of Series A Preferred  Stock for Series C Preferred
               Stock   incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (4)(c)  of  the
               Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended
               November 30, 1997.

(4)(d)         Warrant to Purchase  Shares of Common Stock granted in connection
               with exchange of Series B Preferred  Stock for Series C Preferred
               Stock   incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (4)(d)  of  the
               Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year ended
               November 30, 1997.

(10)(a)*       Individual Franchise Agreement.

(10)(b)*       Area Marketing Agreement.

(10)(c)*       International Area Marketing Agreement.

(10)(d)        Agreement by and between Security  Manufacturing  Corporation and
               the Company  dated July 10, 1995  incorporated  by  reference  to
               Exhibit (10)(3) of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for
               the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996.


                                       22

<PAGE>


(10)(e)        Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. Management  Incentive Plan for
               Fiscal Year 1997  incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d) of
               the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB for the fiscal year
               ended November 30, 1997.

(10)(f)*       Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. Management  Incentive Plan for
               Fiscal Year 1998.

(10)(g)*       Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. Management  Incentive Plan for
               Fiscal Year 1999.

(10)(h)*       Pak Mail Centers of America, Inc. 1999 Incentive and Nonstatutory
               Employee Stock Option Plan.

(21)*          Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

(27)*          Financial Data Schedule.




- -------------

*   Filed herewith



                                       23





                                                                   Exhibit 10(a)



                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.


                               FRANCHISE AGREEMENT











                                            Franchisee:
                                                      --------------------------
                                            Date:
                                                --------------------------------
                                            Franchised Location:
                                                               -----------------

                                            ------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                               FRANCHISE AGREEMENT
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                    EXHIBITS
                                    --------


1.   PURPOSE.................................................................1

2.   GRANT OF FRANCHISE......................................................1
     2.1.     Grant of Franchise.............................................1
     2.2.     Scope of Franchise Operation...................................1

3.   FRANCHISED LOCATION AND TERRITORIAL RIGHTS..............................2
     3.1.     Franchised Location............................................2
     3.2.     Protected Territory............................................2
     3.3.     Limitation on Franchise Rights.................................2
     3.4.     A.M. P.M. MOVERS Program.......................................2
     3.5.     Franchisor's Reservation of Rights.............................2

4.   INITIAL FRANCHISE FEE...................................................3
     4.1.     Initial Franchise Fee..........................................3

5.   DEVELOPMENT OF FRANCHISED LOCATION......................................3
     5.1.     Approval of Franchised Location................................3
     5.2.     Approval of Lease..............................................3
     5.3.     Conversion and Design..........................................3
     5.4.     Signs..........................................................4
     5.5.     Equipment......................................................4
     5.6.     Permits and Licenses...........................................4
     5.7.     Commencement of Operations.....................................4

6.   TRAINING................................................................5
     6.1.     Initial Training Program.......................................5
     6.2.     Length of Training.............................................5
     6.3.     Additional Training............................................5

7.   DEVELOPMENT ASSISTANCE..................................................5
     7.1.     Franchisor's Development Assistance............................5

8.   OPERATIONS MANUAL.......................................................6
     8.1.     Operations Manual..............................................6
     8.2.     Confidentiality of Operations Manual Contents..................7
     8.3.     Changes to Operations Manual...................................7

9.   OPERATING ASSISTANCE....................................................7
     9.1.     Franchisor's Services..........................................7
     9.2.     Additional Franchisor Services.................................8

10.  FRANCHISEE'S OPERATIONAL COVENANTS......................................8
     10.1.    Business Operations............................................8

11.  ROYALTIES...............................................................9
     11.1.    Monthly Royalty................................................9
     11.2.    Royalty Based Revenues........................................10
     11.3.    Royalty Payments..............................................10
     11.4.    Application of Payments.......................................10


<PAGE>


12.  ADVERTISING............................................................10
     12.1.    Approval of Advertising.......................................10
     12.2.    Marketing Material Beginning Inventory........................11
     12.3.    Advertising Contribution......................................11
     12.4.    Regional Advertising Programs.................................12

13.  QUALITY CONTROL........................................................13
     13.1.    Compliance with Operations Manual.............................13
     13.2.    Standards and Specifications..................................13
     13.3.    Inspections...................................................13
     13.4.    Restrictions on Services and Products.........................13
     13.5.    Approved Suppliers............................................13
     13.6.    Request to Approve Supplier...................................14
     13.7.    Shopping Service..............................................14

14.  MARKS, TRADE NAMES AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS...........................14
     14.1.    Marks.........................................................14
     14.2.    No Use of Other Marks.........................................14
     14.3.    System........................................................15
     14.4.    Mark Infringement.............................................15
     14.5.    Franchisee's Business Name....................................15
     14.6.    Change of Marks...............................................15

15.  REPORTS, RECORDS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................16
     15.1.    Franchisee Reports............................................16
     15.2.    Verification..................................................16
     15.3.    Books and Records.............................................16
     15.4.    Audit of Books and Records....................................16

16.  TRANSFER...............................................................17
     16.1.    Transfer by Franchisee........................................17
     16.2.    Pre-Conditions to Franchisee's Transfer.......................17
     16.3.    Franchisor's Approval of Transfer.............................18
     16.4.    Right of First Refusal........................................18
     16.5.    Specific Types of Transfers...................................19
     16.6.    Assignment by the Franchisor..................................19
     16.7.    Franchisee's Death or Disability..............................19

17.  TERM AND EXPIRATION....................................................20
     17.1.    Term..........................................................20
     17.2.    Rights Upon Expiration........................................20
     17.3.    Exercise of Option for Successor Franchise....................20
     17.4.    Conditions of Refusal.........................................20

18.  DEFAULT AND TERMINATION................................................21
     18.1.    Termination by Franchisee.....................................21
     18.2.    Termination by Franchisor - Effective Upon Notice.............21
     18.3.    Termination by Franchisor - Thirty Days Notice................22
     18.4.    Right to Purchase.............................................23
     18.5.    Obligations of Franchisee Upon Termination or Expiration......23
     18.6.    Acknowledgement...............................................24
     18.7.    State and Federal Law.........................................24

<PAGE>


19.  BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP..................................................25
     19.1.    Independent Businesspersons...................................25
     19.2.    Payment of Third Party Obligations............................25
     19.3.    Indemnification...............................................25

20.  RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS..................................................25
     20.1.    Non-Competition During Term...................................25
     20.2.    Post-Termination Covenant Not to Compete......................26
     20.3.    Confidentiality of Proprietary Information....................26
     20.4.    Confidentiality Agreement.....................................27

21.  INSURANCE..............................................................27
     21.1.    Insurance Coverage............................................27
     21.2.    Proof of Insurance Coverage...................................27

22.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS...............................................27
     22.1.    Governing Law/Consent to Venue and Jurisdiction...............27
     22.2.    Modification..................................................28
     22.3.    Entire Agreement..............................................28
     22.4.    Delegation by the Franchisor..................................28
     22.5.    Effective Date................................................28
     22.6.    Review of Agreement...........................................28
     22.7.    Attorneys' Fees...............................................28
     22.8.    Injunctive Relief.............................................29
     22.9.    No Waiver.....................................................29
     22.10.   No Right to Set Off...........................................29
     22.11.   Invalidity....................................................29
     22.12.   Notices.......................................................29
     22.13.   Acknowledgement...............................................29



                                    EXHIBITS
                                    --------

I.            Addendum to Franchise Agreement - Location Approval

II.           Guaranty and Assumption of Franchisee's Obligations

III.          Statement of Ownership

IV.           Authorization Agreement for Prearranged Payments

V.            Build-Out Program Addendum



<PAGE>


                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                        ---------------------------------
                               FRANCHISE AGREEMENT
                               -------------------


     THIS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made this ____ day of ________,  199__,
by and  between  PAK MAIL  CENTERS OF  AMERICA,  INC.,  a Colorado  corporation,
located  at 3033 S.  Parker  Road,  Suite  1200,  Aurora,  Colorado  80014  (the
"Franchisor") and _____________________________________________________________,
located at _____________________________________________________________________
(the  "Franchisee"),  who,  on the  basis of the  following  understandings  and
agreements, agree as follows:


                                   1. PURPOSE

1.1. The  Franchisor  has  developed  methods for  establishing,  operating  and
promoting  stores offering a variety of packaging,  shipping,  crating,  freight
forwarding, mailing, communications and information services ("PAK MAIL Centers"
or "Centers")  which use the service mark "PAK MAIL" and related trade names and
trademarks ("Marks") and the Franchisor's  proprietary methods of doing business
("System").

1.2. The Franchisor grants the right to others to develop and operate a PAK MAIL
Center, under the Marks and pursuant to the System.

1.3.  The  Franchisee  desires  to  establish  a PAK MAIL  Center at a  location
identified herein or to be later identified, and the Franchisor desires to grant
the Franchisee the right to operate a PAK MAIL Center at such location under the
terms and conditions which are contained in this Agreement.


                             2. GRANT OF FRANCHISE

2.1 Grant of Franchise.
- -----------------------

     The Franchisor  grants to the Franchisee,  and the Franchisee  accepts from
the  Franchisor,  the right to use the Marks and System in  connection  with the
establishment and operation of a PAK MAIL Center,  at the location  described in
Article 3 of this Agreement.  The Franchisee agrees to use the Marks and System,
as they may be changed,  improved,  and further developed by the Franchisor from
time to  time,  only  in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement.

2.2 Scope of Franchise Operation.
- ---------------------------------

     The Franchisee  agrees at all times to faithfully,  honestly and diligently
perform the  Franchisee's  obligations  hereunder,  and to continuously use best
efforts to promote the PAK MAIL  Center.  The  Franchisee  agrees to utilize the
Marks and System to operate all aspects of the business franchised  hereunder in
accordance  with the methods and systems  developed and prescribed  from time to
time by the Franchisor,  all of which are a part of the System. The Franchisee's
PAK MAIL Center shall offer all products  and services as the  Franchisor  shall
designate  and shall be  restricted  from  offering or selling any  products and
services not previously approved by the Franchisor in writing.

                                
<PAGE>


                 3. FRANCHISED LOCATION AND TERRITORIAL RIGHTS

3.1 Franchised Location.
- ------------------------

     The  Franchisee is granted the right and franchise to own and operate a PAK
MAIL Center at the address and  location  which shall be set forth in Exhibit I,
attached hereto  ("Franchised  Location").  If, at the time of execution of this
Agreement,  the Franchised  Location cannot be designated as a specific  address
because a location has not been selected and approved, then the Franchisee shall
promptly  take steps to choose and  acquire a location  for its PAK MAIL  Center
within the Designated Area, set forth in Exhibit I. In such  circumstances,  the
Franchisee shall select and propose to the Franchisor for the Franchisor's prior
approval a specific location for the Franchised Location which, once approved by
the Franchisor, shall hereinafter be set forth in the rider to Exhibit I.

3.2 Protected Territory.
- ------------------------

     So long  as the  Franchisee  is in  compliance  with  this  Agreement,  the
Franchisor  shall not establish or license another person or entity to establish
a PAK MAIL  Center  within a certain  geographic  area as set forth in Exhibit I
("Protected Territory").

3.3 Limitation on Franchise Rights.
- -----------------------------------

     The  rights  that  are  granted  to the  Franchisee  are for  the  specific
Franchised  Location and  Protected  Territory and cannot be  transferred  to an
alternative  Franchised Location or Protected Territory,  or any other location,
without the prior written  approval of the Franchisor,  which approval shall not
be  unreasonably  withheld.  The Franchisee  shall not operate another Center or
offer  services  which  are  part of the  System  at any  site  other  than  the
Franchised  Location  without the  Franchisor's  prior written  approval,  which
approval can be withheld for any reason, in the Franchisor's sole discretion.

3.4 A.M. P.M. MOVERS Program.
- -----------------------------

     The Franchisor  may offer the Franchisee the  opportunity to participate in
the "A.M.  P.M. MOVERS  Program,"  whereby local moving services for individuals
and small business  customers are either  provided by the Franchisee or arranged
by the  Franchisee  with a third  party using the A.M.  P.M.  MOVERS  Mark.  The
Franchisee  may not  participate  in the A.M. P.M.  MOVERS  Program  without the
Franchisor's prior written  permission,  which will be given when the Franchisor
and the Franchisee sign the  Franchisor's  then current A.M. P.M. MOVERS Program
Amendment to this Agreement.

3.5 Franchisor's Reservation of Rights.
- ---------------------------------------

     The  Franchisee  acknowledges  that its  franchise  rights as  granted  are
non-exclusive and that the Franchisor  retains the rights,  among others: (1) to
use, and to license  others to use, the Marks and System in connection  with the
operation of a Pak Mail  Center,  at any  location  other than in the  Protected
Territory;  (2) to use the Marks to identify  services and  products  other than
those which the Franchisee  sells,  promotional and marketing efforts or related
items,  or to  identify  services  and  products  similar  to  those  which  the
Franchisee sells, made available through  alternative  channels of distribution,
at any location;  and (3) to use and license the use of other  proprietary marks
or methods in connection with the sale of products and services similar to those
which the Franchisee will sell, whether in alternative  channels of distribution
or in connection  with the operation of packaging and mailing  businesses at any
location, which businesses are the same as, or similar to, or different from PAK
MAIL Centers, on any terms and conditions as the Franchisor deems advisable.

                                       2
<PAGE>


                            4. INITIAL FRANCHISE FEE

4.1 Initial Franchise Fee.
- --------------------------

     In consideration  for the right to develop and operate one PAK MAIL Center,
the  Franchisee  agrees to pay to the  Franchisor  an initial  franchise  fee of
$26,950  as  of  the  date  of  execution  of  this  Agreement.  The  Franchisee
acknowledges  and agrees that the initial  franchise fee represents  payment for
the initial grant of the rights to use the Marks and System, that the Franchisor
has earned the initial  franchise  fee upon receipt  thereof and that the fee is
under no  circumstances  refundable to the Franchisee  after it is paid,  unless
otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement.


                     5. DEVELOPMENT OF FRANCHISED LOCATION

5.1 Approval of Franchised Location.
- ------------------------------------

     The Franchisee shall follow the Franchisor's  site selection  procedures in
locating a Franchised  Location for the PAK MAIL Center.  The  Franchisee  shall
seek the Franchisor's approval of any site proposed as a Franchised Location, by
submitting a complete site submittal package,  including  demographics and other
materials  requested by the Franchisor,  containing all  information  reasonably
required  by the  Franchisor  to  assess a  proposed  Franchised  Location.  The
Franchisor will not unreasonably withhold approval of a proposed site that meets
all of the Franchisor's site selection criteria.

5.2 Approval of Lease.
- ----------------------

     The Franchisee shall obtain the Franchisor's  prior written approval before
executing any lease or purchase agreement for the Franchised Location. Any lease
for the Franchised  Location shall,  at the option of the Franchisor,  contain a
provision:  (1) allowing for  assignment  of the lease to the  Franchisor in the
event that this  Agreement  is  terminated  or not renewed  for any reason;  (2)
giving the Franchisor the right to cure any default by the Franchisee under such
lease; and (3) providing the Franchisor with the right,  exercisable upon and as
a condition of the  approval of the  Franchised  Location,  to execute the lease
agreement or other document  providing  entitlement to the use of the Franchised
Location in its own name or jointly with the  Franchisee as lessee and, upon the
exercise of such option,  the Franchisor  shall provide the Franchisee  with the
right to use the premises as its sublessee,  assignee, or other similar capacity
upon the same terms and  conditions  as  obtained by the  Franchisor.  The lease
shall  be   collaterally   assigned  to  the  Franchisor  as  security  for  the
Franchisee's  timely  performance of all obligations  under this Agreement;  the
Franchisee shall obtain the lessor's consent to such collateral assignment.  The
Franchisee shall deliver a copy of the signed lease for the Franchised  Location
to the Franchisor within 15 days of its execution.  The Franchisee  acknowledges
that approval of a lease for the Franchised  Location by the Franchisor does not
constitute a  recommendation,  endorsement or guarantee by the Franchisor of the
suitability  or  profitability  of the location or the lease and the  Franchisee
should take all steps necessary to ascertain whether such location and lease are
acceptable to the Franchisee.

5.3 Conversion and Design.
- --------------------------

     The Franchisee  acknowledges that the layout, design,  decoration and color
scheme of PAK MAIL Centers are an integral part of the Franchisor's  proprietary
System and accordingly,  the Franchisee  shall convert,  design and decorate the
Franchised Location in accordance with the Franchisor's plans and specifications
and with the assistance of contractors and suppliers  designated by or otherwise
approved by the Franchisor. The Franchisee shall obtain the Franchisor's written

                                       3
<PAGE>


consent  to  any  conversion,  design  or  decoration  of  the  premises  before
remodeling  or  decorating  begins,  recognizing  that any related costs are the
Franchisee's sole responsibility. It shall be the Franchisee's responsibility to
have prepared all required  construction  plans and  specifications  to suit the
shape and dimensions of the Franchised  Location and to insure  compliance  with
applicable laws and the lease.

5.4 Signs.
- ----------

     The Franchisee shall purchase or otherwise obtain for use at the Franchised
Location and in connection  with the PAK MAIL Center signs which comply with the
standards and  specifications  of the  Franchisor as set forth in the Operations
Manual,  as that term is defined in Section  8.1.  It is the  Franchisee's  sole
responsibility to insure that any signs comply with applicable local ordinances,
mall regulations,  building codes and zoning  regulations.  Any modifications to
the Franchisor's  standards and  specifications for signs which must be made due
to local  ordinances,  codes or regulations shall be submitted to the Franchisor
for prior written approval. The Franchisee  acknowledges the Marks, or any other
name,  symbol or identifying marks on any signs shall only be used in accordance
with the  Franchisor's  standards  and  specifications  and only  with the prior
written approval of the Franchisor.

5.5 Equipment.
- --------------

     The Franchisee shall purchase or otherwise obtain for use at the Franchised
Location  equipment of a type and in an amount which complies with the standards
and specifications of the Franchisor. The Franchisee acknowledges that the type,
quality,  configuration,  capability and/or performance of the equipment are all
standards and  specifications  which are a part of the System and therefore such
equipment must be purchased,  leased,  or otherwise  obtained in accordance with
the Franchisor's  standards and specifications and only from sources approved by
the  Franchisor.  The  Franchisee  shall  equip the  Center  with  point-of-sale
systems, computer hardware and software,  copiers,  facsimile machines and other
designated  equipment as are consistent with the standards and specifications of
the Franchisor.

5.6 Permits and Licenses.
- -------------------------

     The Franchisee agrees to obtain all such permits and  certifications as may
be required  for the lawful  construction  and  operation of the PAK MAIL Center
together with all certifications from government authorities having jurisdiction
over the site that all  requirements  for  construction  and operation have been
met,  including  without  limitation,   zoning,  access,  sign,  health,  safety
requirements,  building and other required construction permits,  licenses to do
business  and  fictitious  name  registrations,  sales tax  permits,  health and
sanitation  permits and ratings and fire  clearances.  The Franchisee  agrees to
obtain all customary  contractors'  sworn  statements and partial and final lien
waivers for construction,  remodeling,  decorating and installation of equipment
at the  Franchised  Location.  Copies  of  all  subsequent  inspection  reports,
warnings,  certificates and ratings issued by any governmental entity during the
term of this  Agreement  in  connection  with the conduct of the PAK MAIL Center
which  indicates  the  Franchisee's  failure  to meet or  maintain  the  highest
governmental  standards, or less than full compliance by the Franchisee with any
applicable law, rule or regulation,  shall be forwarded to the Franchisor within
five days of the Franchisee's receipt thereof.

5.7 Commencement of Operations.
- -------------------------------

     Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Franchisor and the Franchisee,
the Franchisee has 180 days from the date of this Agreement within which to: (1)
secure all necessary financing for the Center; (2) complete the initial training
program  described  in Section  6.1 of this  Agreement;  (3)  select,  lease and
develop the Franchised Location;  (4) purchase an opening inventory of materials
and  supplies;  (5) obtain and provide  evidence of  insurance  as  described in
Section  21.1 below;  and (6) commence  operation  of the PAK MAIL  Center.  The
Franchisor  will  extend  the  time in  which  the  Franchisee  has to  commence
operations  for a  reasonable  period of time in the event  factors  beyond  the
Franchisee's  reasonable  control  prevent  the  Franchisee  from  meeting  this

                                       4
<PAGE>


development  schedule,  so  long  as the  Franchisee  has  made  reasonable  and
continuing  efforts  to  comply  with  such  development   obligations  and  the
Franchisee  requests,  in writing, an extension of time in which to have its PAK
MAIL Center  established  before such development  period lapses. The Franchisee
shall obtain the Franchisor's approval prior to opening the Center for business.


                                  6. TRAINING

6.1 Initial Training Program.
- -----------------------------

     The  Franchisee  or, if the  Franchisee  is not an  individual,  the person
designated by the Franchisee to assume primary responsibility for the management
of the PAK MAIL  Center  ("Principal  Operator"),  is  required  to  attend  and
successfully  complete  the  initial  training  program  which is offered by the
Franchisor at one of the Franchisor's designated training facilities.  Up to two
individuals  are eligible to participate in the  Franchisor's  initial  training
program without charge of a tuition or fee. The Franchisee  shall be responsible
for any and all  traveling  and living  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with
attendance at the training  program.  At least one individual must  successfully
complete the initial training program prior to the Franchisee's  commencement of
operation of its PAK MAIL Center.

6.2 Length of Training.
- -----------------------

     The initial  training  program shall consist of a total of 12 days, nine of
which shall be classroom  instruction at a location designated by the Franchisor
and three of which shall be on-site at the Franchised  Location at or around the
time the Center opens for  business.  The  Franchisee,  and if  applicable,  the
Principal  Operator,  shall  attend  the  on-site  training  at  the  Franchised
Location.  The Franchisor  reserves the right to waive a portion of the training
program or alter the training schedule,  if in the Franchisor's sole discretion,
the  Franchisee  or  Principal  Operator  has  sufficient  prior  experience  or
training.

6.3 Additional Training.
- ------------------------

     From time to time,  the  Franchisor  may present  seminars,  conventions or
continuing  development  programs  or conduct  meetings  for the  benefit of the
Franchisee. The Franchisee or its Principal Operator shall be required to attend
any  ongoing  mandatory  seminars,  conventions,  programs or meetings as may be
offered by the Franchisor.  The Franchisor shall give the Franchisee at least 30
days prior written notice of any ongoing seminar, convention or program which is
deemed  mandatory.  The Franchisor shall not require that the Franchisee  attend
any ongoing training more often than once a year. All mandatory training will be
offered without charge of a tuition or fee;  provided,  however,  the Franchisee
will be responsible  for all traveling and living  expenses which are associated
with attendance at the same.

                           7. DEVELOPMENT ASSISTANCE

7.1 Franchisor's Development Assistance.
- ----------------------------------------

     The Franchisor  shall provide the Franchisee with assistance in the initial
establishment of the PAK MAIL Center as follows:

          a.  Provision of the initial  training  program to be conducted at the
     Franchisor's   designated   training  facilities  or  at  another  location
     designated by the Franchisor, as described in Article 6 above.

                                       5
<PAGE>


          b. Provision of written specifications for a Franchised Location which
     shall include,  without limitation,  specifications for space requirements,
     build out and the  demographics  and  character of the  surrounding  market
     area. The Franchisee  acknowledges  that the Franchisor shall have no other
     obligation  to  provide  assistance  in the  selection  and  approval  of a
     Franchised Location other than the provision of such written specifications
     and  approval  or  disapproval  of a proposed  Franchised  Location,  which
     approval or  disapproval  shall be based on  information  submitted  to the
     Franchisor in a form  sufficient to assess the proposed  location as may be
     reasonably required by the Franchisor.

          c. Directives regarding the required conversion, design and decoration
     of the PAK MAIL Center  premises,  plus  specifications  concerning  signs,
     decor, color, equipment, machines, uniforms and equipment.

          d.  Information  regarding  the  selection of suppliers of  equipment,
     items and materials  used and  inventory  and services  offered for sale in
     connection with the PAK MAIL Center. After execution of this Agreement, the
     Franchisor will provide the Franchisee  with a list of approved  suppliers,
     if any, of such equipment, items, materials, inventory and services and, if
     available,  a  description  of any national or central  purchase and supply
     agreements  offered by such approved  suppliers for the benefit of PAK MAIL
     franchisees.

          e.  Provision of an operations  manual in accordance  with Section 8.1
     below.

          f. The  Franchisor  will make available to the Franchisee at or around
     the  commencement  of  operations  of the  Franchisee's  PAK MAIL  Center a
     representative to be present for three days during the initial operation of
     the  Franchisee's  PAK MAIL  Center.  The  representative  will  assist the
     Franchisee's  employees  in the initial  operation  of the Center at a time
     scheduled by the Franchisor, unless in the Franchisor's determination,  the
     Franchisee or the Principal  Operator have had sufficient prior training or
     experience.

          g.  The  Franchisor   will  grant  the   Franchisee  a   nonexclusive,
     nontransferable  license to use certain  proprietary  computer programs and
     related  materials  developed  for use in the operation of Pak Mail Centers
     ("Program") in accordance with the terms of the  Franchisor's  then current
     standard Software License Agreement  ("Software  License  Agreement").  The
     Franchisee  will  use the  Program  in  accordance  with  the  terms of the
     Software  License  Agreement,  including using certain  computer  equipment
     designated  by the  Franchisor as meeting its  specifications  ("Designated
     Equipment").

                              8. OPERATIONS MANUAL

8.1 Operations Manual.
- ----------------------

     The  Franchisor  agrees to provide to the  Franchisee  one or more manuals,
technical  bulletins,  or other written materials  (collectively  referred to as
"Operations   Manual")  covering  certain  standards  and   specifications   for
packaging,  shipping,  crating,  freight forwarding,  mailing and communications
services and other  operating and marketing  techniques for the PAK MAIL Center.
The  Franchisee  agrees that it shall  comply with the  Operations  Manual as an
essential  aspect of its  obligations  under this  Agreement  and failure by the
Franchisee to substantially  comply with the Operations Manual may be considered
by the Franchisor to be a breach of this Agreement.

                                       6
<PAGE>


8.2 Confidentiality of Operations Manual Contents.
- --------------------------------------------------

     The Franchisee  agrees to use the Marks and System only as specified in the
Operations  Manual. The Operations Manual is the sole property of the Franchisor
and shall be used by the  Franchisee  only during the term of this Agreement and
in strict accordance with the terms and conditions  hereof. The Franchisee shall
not duplicate the  Operations  Manual nor disclose its contents to persons other
than  its  employees  or  officers  who  have  signed  a   confidentiality   and
noncompetition  agreement in a form approved by the  Franchisor.  The Franchisee
shall  return  the  Operations  Manual to the  Franchisor  upon the  expiration,
termination or assignment of this Agreement.

8.3 Changes to Operations Manual.
- ---------------------------------


     The Franchisor reserves the right to revise the Operations Manual from time
to time as it deems  necessary  to  update  or change  operating  and  marketing
techniques or standards and specifications.  The Franchisee, upon receipt of any
updated  information,  shall  update  its  copy  of  the  Operations  Manual  as
instructed by the Franchisor  and shall conform its operations  with the updated
provisions within a reasonable time thereafter. The Franchisee acknowledges that
a master copy of the  Operations  Manual  maintained  by the  Franchisor  at its
principal  office shall be controlling in the event of a dispute relative to the
content of any Operations Manual.

                            9. OPERATING ASSISTANCE

9.1 Franchisor's Services.
- --------------------------

     The Franchisor  agrees that,  during the Franchisee's  operation of the PAK
MAIL Center, the Franchisor shall make available to the Franchisee the following
services:

          a. Upon the  reasonable  request of the  Franchisee,  consultation  by
     telephone,  facsimile or electronic mail, regarding the continued operation
     and management of a PAK MAIL Center and advice  regarding the packaging and
     shipping services, quality control, inventory issues, customer and supplier
     relations issues and similar advice.

          b. Access to advertising and promotional materials as may be developed
     by the Franchisor, the cost of which may be passed on to the Franchisee, at
     the Franchisor's option.

          c.  On-going  updates  of  information  and  programs   regarding  the
     packaging and shipping industry, the competition,  the PAK MAIL concept and
     the System, including, without limitation, information about special or new
     products which may be developed and made available to PAK MAIL  franchisees
     as a part of the System.

          d. The Franchisor shall make the initial training program available to
     replacement  or  additional  Principal  Operators  during  the term of this
     Agreement.  The Franchisee  shall be responsible  for all travel and living
     expenses  incurred  by its  personnel  during  the  training  program.  The
     availability   of  the  training   programs   shall  be  subject  to  space
     considerations and prior commitments to new PAK MAIL franchisees.

                                       7
<PAGE>


9.2 Additional Franchisor Services.
- -----------------------------------

     Although not obligated to do so, the  Franchisor  may make its employees or
designated  agents available to the Franchisee for on-site advice and assistance
in  connection  with the on-going  operation of the PAK MAIL Center  governed by
this Agreement.

                     10. FRANCHISEE'S OPERATIONAL COVENANTS

10.1 Business Operations.
- -------------------------

     The  Franchisee   acknowledges  that  it  is  solely  responsible  for  the
successful  operation of its PAK MAIL Center and that the  continued  successful
operation thereof is, in part,  dependent upon the Franchisee's  compliance with
this Agreement and the Operations  Manual.  In addition to all other obligations
contained  in  this  Agreement  and in the  Operations  Manual,  the  Franchisee
covenants that:

          a. The Franchisee shall maintain clean, efficient and high quality PAK
     MAIL Center  operations  and shall operate the business in accordance  with
     the  Operations  Manual  and in such a  manner  as not to  detract  from or
     adversely  reflect upon the name and  reputation of the  Franchisor and the
     goodwill associated with the PAK MAIL name and Marks.

          b. The Franchisee  will conduct itself and operate its PAK MAIL Center
     in compliance with all applicable laws, health  department  regulations and
     other  ordinances and in such a manner so as to promote a good public image
     in the business community. In connection therewith,  the Franchisee will be
     solely and fully responsible for obtaining any and all licenses to carry on
     business at the PAK MAIL Center.

          c. The Franchisee  acknowledges that proper management of the PAK MAIL
     Center is important  and shall insure that the  Franchisee  or a designated
     Principal  Operator who has completed  the  Franchisor's  initial  training
     program be responsible for the management of the PAK MAIL Center.

          d. The Franchisee  shall offer only products and services  through its
     Center  which  meet or exceed  the  minimum  standards  and  specifications
     established  by the  Franchisor  more  fully  described  in the  Operations
     Manual.  The  Franchisee  shall offer all types of products and services as
     from time to time may be  prescribed  by the  Franchisor  and shall refrain
     from  offering  any other types of products or  services,  or  operating or
     engaging in any other type of business or  profession,  from or through the
     PAK MAIL Center.

          e. The Franchisee will pay on a timely basis all amounts due and owing
     to  the  Franchisor   pursuant  to  any  separate  agreements  between  the
     Franchisee  and  the  Franchisor  and all  amounts  due  and  owing  by the
     Franchisee  to all third  parties,  including  national  vendors and taxing
     authorities,  with whom the  Franchisee  does  business  at or through  the
     Center.  In connection  with any amounts due and owing by the Franchisee to
     third parties, the Franchisee expressly  acknowledges that a default by the
     Franchisee  with respect to such  indebtedness  may be considered a default
     hereunder and the Franchisor may avail itself of all remedies  provided for
     herein in the event of default.

          f. The Franchisee  shall comply with all agreements with third parties
     related to the PAK MAIL Center including, in particular,  all provisions of
     any premises lease and the Software License Agreement.

                                       8

<PAGE>


          g. The Franchisee and all employees of the Franchisee  shall present a
     professional  appearance,  as described in the Operations Manual, and shall
     render competent and courteous  service to customers of the PAK MAIL Center
     while working at the Franchised  Location.  The Franchisee is required,  at
     the  Franchisee's  expense,  to purchase  specified  wearing  apparel  from
     suppliers approved by the Franchisor. All Principal Operators, employees of
     the  Franchisee,  the Franchisee  and its owners,  shall wear the specified
     uniform  at all  times  while  working  at  the  Franchised  Location.  The
     Franchisor has the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to change or
     modify such dress code guidelines.

          h. The Franchisee agrees to renovate,  refurbish,  remodel or replace,
     at its own expense,  the real and personal  property and equipment  used in
     the  operation  of the PAK MAIL  Center,  when  reasonably  required by the
     Franchisor  in order to comply with the image,  standards of operation  and
     performance  capability established by the Franchisor from time to time. If
     the Franchisor  changes its image or standards of operation,  it shall give
     the Franchisee a reasonable period of time within which to comply with such
     changes.

          i.  The  Franchisee  shall  be  responsible  for  training  all of its
     employees  who work in any  capacity  in the PAK MAIL  Center  and shall be
     fully  responsible  for all  employees'  compliance  with  the  operational
     standards  which are part of the System.  The  Franchisee  must conduct its
     employee  training  in  the  manner  and  according  to  the  standards  as
     prescribed   in  the   Operations   Manual.   Any  employee  who  does  not
     satisfactorily  complete the training shall not work in any capacity in the
     Franchisee's PAK MAIL Center.

          j. The Franchisee shall at all times during the term of this Agreement
     own and control the PAK MAIL Center authorized  hereunder.  Upon request of
     the Franchisor, the Franchisee shall promptly provide satisfactory proof of
     such  ownership  to the  Franchisor.  The  Franchisee  represents  that the
     Statement  of  Ownership,  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  III  and by  this
     reference  incorporated  herein,  is  true,  complete,   accurate  and  not
     misleading,  and,  in  accordance  with the  information  contained  in the
     Statement of Ownership, the controlling ownership of the PAK MAIL Center is
     held  by  the  Franchisee.   The  Franchisee  shall  promptly  provide  the
     Franchisor with a written notification if the information  contained in the
     Statement  of  Ownership  changes  at any  time  during  the  term  of this
     Agreement  and  shall  comply  with  the  applicable   transfer  provisions
     contained  in Article 16  herein.  In  addition,  if the  Franchisee  is an
     entity,  all of the  owners  of the  Franchisee  shall  sign  the  Personal
     Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit II.

          k. The Franchisee shall at all times during the term of this Agreement
     keep  its  PAK  MAIL  Center  open  during  the  business  hours  as may be
     designated by the Franchisor from time to time in the Operations Manual and
     shall  maintain   sufficient  supplies  of  products  and  employ  adequate
     personnel at all times so as to operate the Center at its maximum  capacity
     and efficiency.

                                 11. ROYALTIES

11.1 Monthly Royalty.
- ---------------------

     The  Franchisee   agrees  to  pay  to  the  Franchisor  a  monthly  royalty
("Royalty")  equal to 5% of the total  amount of its  "Royalty  Based  Revenues"
(defined in Section 11.2 below) for the first  $200,000 of the Center's  Royalty
Based  Revenues,  4 1/2% for the next  $50,000  of the  Center's  Royalty  Based
Revenues, 4% for the next $50,000 of the Center's Royalty Based Revenues, 3 1/2%
for the next  $50,000 of the Center's  Royalty  Based  Revenues,  and 3% for all
subsequent Royalty Based Revenues of the Center received in that calendar year.

                                       9

<PAGE>


11.2 Royalty Based Revenues.
- ----------------------------

     "Royalty Based Revenues" shall mean and include the aggregate amount of all
sales of services,  products or merchandise  of every kind or nature  performed,
sold from, at or in  connection  with the operation of the Center or arising out
of the operation or conduct of business by the Center,  including  sales made at
or away from the Center,  whether for cash or credit,  but  excluding  all:  (i)
federal,  state or municipal sales or service taxes collected from customers and
paid to the appropriate taxing authority; (ii) income generated from the sale of
postage  stamps;  (iii)  key  deposits;  and  (iv)  other  exclusions  as may be
authorized in writing by the Franchisor.

11.3 Royalty Payments.
- ----------------------

     Royalty  payments  shall  be made  monthly  and sent to the  Franchisor  by
electronic funds transfer no later than the 10th day of each month or such other
day which the Franchisor  will designate from time to time ("Due Date") based on
Royalty Based Revenues for the immediately  preceding month. At the Franchisor's
request  and in no event  later than 30 days prior to the opening of the Center,
the Franchisee shall execute an Authorization  Agreement for Prearranged Payment
of Royalties by electronic  transfer of funds from the Franchisee's bank account
to the  Franchisor's  bank account,  in the form  attached to this  Agreement as
Exhibit  IV. No later  than the Due Date of each  month,  the  Franchisee  shall
report to the  Franchisor  by  electronic  means or in written  form,  as may be
reasonably  directed  by the  Franchisor,  in a manner more fully  described  in
Section  15.1  below,  with  such  information  and  pursuant  to such  standard
transmittal  procedures  regarding the  Franchisee's  Royalty Based Revenues and
such  additional  information  as  may  be  requested  by  the  Franchisor.  The
Franchisor reserves the right to require Royalty payments be made on a weekly or
bi-weekly  basis if the Franchisee  does not timely or fully submit the required
payments or reports.  The Franchisor shall have the right to verify such Royalty
payments from time to time as it deems necessary,  in any reasonable  manner. In
the event that the Franchisee  fails to have sufficient  funds in its account or
otherwise  fails to pay any Royalties as of the Due Date, the  Franchisee  shall
owe, in addition to such  Royalties,  interest after the Due Date at the highest
applicable legal rate for open account business credit, not to exceed 1 1/2% per
month. The Franchisee  acknowledges  that this Section 11.3 shall not constitute
the Franchisor's or its affiliates' agreement to accept such payments after they
are due or a commitment  to extend credit to or otherwise  finance  operation of
the Center. The Franchisor reserves the right to automatically  assess a monthly
$50 late charge for any report and/or financial statement required under Section
15.1 below which is not timely filed by the  Franchisee.  Such late charge shall
continue to accrue each month that said  report(s)  and  financial  statement(s)
remain  unfiled,  and  shall  be due and  payable  in full  upon  demand  by the
Franchisor.  In the event such late charge(s)  is/are not paid upon demand,  the
Franchisor  may  elect to  pursue  its  remedies  as  further  set forth in this
Agreement.  In no event shall the  Franchisee  be required to pay a late payment
and/or  interest at a rate greater than the maximum  interest rate  permitted by
applicable law.

11.4 Application of Payments.
- -----------------------------

     Notwithstanding  any  designation by the Franchisee,  the Franchisor  shall
have sole  discretion to apply any payments by the  Franchisee,  and any credits
received by the Franchisor on the Franchisee's  behalf from third party vendors,
to any of  Franchisee's  past due  indebtedness  to  Franchisor  for  Royalties,
Advertising  Contributions,  purchases  from the  Franchisor or its  affiliates,
interest or any other indebtedness.

                                12. ADVERTISING

12.1 Approval of Advertising.
- -----------------------------

     The Franchisee shall obtain the Franchisor's  prior written approval of all
written advertising or other marketing or promotional programs regarding the PAK
MAIL  Center,  including,   without  limitation,   "Yellow  Pages"  advertising,

                                       10

 <PAGE>


newspaper  ads,  flyers,  brochures,   coupons,  direct  mail  pieces,  Internet
advertising,  including on the World Wide Web,  specialty  and novelty items and
radio  and  television  advertising.   The  Franchisee  shall  also  obtain  the
Franchisor's  prior written  approval before using any promotional  materials as
may be provided by vendors. The proposed written advertising or a description of
the marketing or  promotional  program  shall be submitted to the  Franchisor at
least  30  days  prior  to   publication,   broadcast  or  use.  The  Franchisee
acknowledges  that  advertising  and promoting the PAK MAIL Center in accordance
with the Franchisor's standards and specifications is an essential aspect of the
System,  and the Franchisee agrees to comply with all advertising  standards and
specifications. The Franchisee shall display all required promotional materials,
signs, point of purchase displays and other marketing  materials in its PAK MAIL
Center and in the manner prescribed by the Franchisor.

12.2 Marketing Material Beginning Inventory.
- --------------------------------------------

     If this Agreement governs the first Center to be opened and operated by the
Franchisee,  then the Franchisee shall pay to the Franchisor and other suppliers
a nonrefundable,  nonrecurring fee for marketing  material  beginning  inventory
("Marketing  Material  Beginning  Inventory") in an amount between $580 and $900
for Franchisor's  provision of a beginning  inventory of marketing  material for
the  Franchisee's  PAK MAIL Center.  The exact amount  payable for the Marketing
Material Beginning Inventory fee shall be determined by the Franchisee. All or a
part of  that  amount  will  be due and  payable  to the  Franchisor  and  other
suppliers by the Franchisee on or before the  Franchisee's  commencement  of the
initial training program.  The Marketing  Material  Beginning  Inventory will be
provided by the Franchisor  and other  suppliers at or around the opening of the
Franchisee's Center.

12.3 Advertising Contribution.
- ------------------------------

     The Franchisee  shall  contribute to an advertising fund established by the
Franchisor  ("Advertising  Fund") a fee equal to 2% of the  total  amount of the
Franchisee's   Royalty  Based   Revenues   ("Advertising   Contribution").   The
Advertising  Contribution  shall  be  paid  to the  Franchisor  in  addition  to
Royalties and the following terms and conditions shall apply:

          a. The Advertising Contribution shall be payable to "Pak Mail National
     Ad Fund"  and  made  concurrently  with the  payment  of the  Royalties  by
     electronic  transfer of funds from the Franchisee's  bank account to a bank
     account  designated by the  Franchisor,  no later than the 10th day of each
     month, for the Advertising Contribution based on the Royalty Based Revenues
     of the immediately preceding month.

          b. The  Advertising  Contributions  will be  subject  to the same late
     charges as the Royalties, in an amount and manner set forth in Section 11.3
     above.

          c.  Upon the  request  of the  Franchisee,  the  Franchisor  will make
     available  to the  Franchisee,  no later than 30 days after the end of each
     fiscal quarter,  an unaudited  financial  statement which indicates how the
     Advertising Fund has been spent.

          d. The Franchisor shall direct all advertising and marketing  programs
     financed by the  Advertising  Fund,  with sole discretion over the creative
     concepts, materials and endorsements used therein,  geographic,  market and
     media  placement  and  allocation,  and  the  administration  thereof.  The
     Franchisee agrees that the Advertising Fund may be used to pay the costs of
     preparing and producing video and audio and written advertising  materials;
     administering  multi-regional  advertising  programs,   including,  without
     limitation,   purchasing  direct  mail  and  other  media  advertising  and
     employing   advertising  agencies  and  staff  to  assist  therewith;   and
     supporting  public  relations,  market  research and other  advertising and
     marketing activities.

                                       11

   
<PAGE>


          e. The  Advertising  Fund shall be accounted for  separately  from the
     Franchisor's  other  funds  and  shall  not be  used to  defray  any of the
     Franchisor's  general  operating  expenses,   except  for  such  reasonable
     administrative  costs, salaries and overhead as the Franchisor may incur in
     activities  related to the  administration  of the Advertising Fund and its
     marketing  programs,  including,  without  limitation,   conducting  market
     research,  preparing  material,  incurring  related  accounting  and  legal
     expenses,  collecting and accounting for Advertising Fund contributions and
     all costs and expenses  related to the Franchise  System Advisory  Council.
     The  Franchisor may spend in any fiscal year an amount greater or less than
     the aggregate  contribution of all PAK MAIL Centers to the Advertising Fund
     in that year and the  Advertising  Fund may borrow from the  Franchisor  or
     other lenders to cover deficits or cause the Advertising Fund to invest any
     surplus for future use. All interest  earned on monies  contributed  to the
     Advertising  Fund will be first used to pay costs. The Advertising Fund may
     be incorporated or operated  through an entity separate from the Franchisor
     at such time as the Franchisor deems appropriate, and such successor entity
     shall have all rights and duties of the Franchisor pursuant to this Section
     12.3.

          f. The Franchisee  understands and  acknowledges  that the Advertising
     Fund is intended to maximize  recognition of the Marks and patronage of PAK
     MAIL  Centers.  Although  the  Franchisor  will  endeavor  to  utilize  the
     Advertising  Fund  to  develop  advertising  and  marketing  materials  and
     programs and to place  advertising  that will benefit all PAK MAIL Centers,
     the Franchisor  undertakes no obligation to ensure that expenditures by the
     Advertising  Fund in or affecting any geographic area are  proportionate or
     equivalent  to the  contributions  by PAK MAIL  Centers  operating  in that
     geographic  area or that any PAK MAIL  Center will  benefit  directly or in
     proportion to its  contribution  from the  development of  advertising  and
     marketing  materials or the placement of  advertising.  Except as expressly
     provided in this Section 12.3, the Franchisor assumes no direct or indirect
     liability or obligation to the Franchisee with respect to the  maintenance,
     direction or administration of the Advertising Fund.

          g. The  Franchisor  reserves  the right to terminate  the  Advertising
     Fund, upon 30 days' written notice to the Franchisee. All unspent monies on
     the  date  of  termination   shall  be  distributed  to  the   Franchisor's
     franchisees  in  proportion  to  their  respective   contributions  to  the
     Advertising Fund during the preceding 12 month period. The Franchisor shall
     have the right to reinstate  the  Advertising  Fund upon the same terms and
     conditions  set forth  herein  upon 30 days'  prior  written  notice to the
     Franchisee.

12.4 Regional Advertising Programs.
- -----------------------------------

     The Franchisor reserves the right, upon 30 days prior written notice to the
Franchisee, to create a regional advertising association ("Association") for the
benefit of PAK MAIL franchisees located within a particular  geographic area. If
an Association is established for the area where the Franchisee is located,  the
Franchisee will be required to participate in the Association for the purpose of
selecting and participating in regional marketing and promotion programs for PAK
MAIL Centers.  The  Franchisor,  in its sole  discretion,  may  contribute up to
one-half  of the  Advertising  Fund  payments  received by the  Franchisor  from
franchisees in the Association for such marketing and advertising programs.  The
Franchisee  will be required to remain a member of and be bound by the decisions
of the  majority  of the  members  of the  Association  regarding  expenditures,
assessments and dues of the Association, to the extent that they are approved by
the Franchisor. Each Association has the right, by majority vote, to require its
members to pay additional  monthly dues to the  Association.  The failure of the
Franchisee to  participate  in the  Association  or pay any dues required by the
Association,  may, at the option of the Franchisor,  be deemed to be a breach of
this Agreement.  The Franchisor has the right, in its sole  discretion,  to form
and  terminate  all  Associations  and  to  determine  the  composition  of  all
geographic  territories and market areas for the implementation of such regional

                                       12

<PAGE>


advertising  and  promotion   campaigns  and  to  require  that  the  Franchisee
participate  in such  regional  advertising  programs  as and  when  they may be
established by the Franchisor.  If a regional advertising program is implemented
on behalf of a  particular  region by the  Franchisor,  the  Franchisor,  to the
extent  reasonably  calculable,  will  only  use  contributions  from  PAK  MAIL
franchisees within such region for the particular regional  advertising program.
The  Franchisor  also reserves the right to establish an Association in the form
of a cooperative for a particular region and enable the cooperative  Association
to self-administer the regional advertising program.

                              13. QUALITY CONTROL

13.1 Compliance with Operations Manual.
- ---------------------------------------

     The  Franchisee  agrees to  maintain  and  operate  the PAK MAIL  Center in
compliance with this Agreement and the standards and specifications contained in
the  Operations  Manual,  as the same may be  modified  from time to time by the
Franchisor.

13.2 Standards and Specifications.
- ----------------------------------

     The  Franchisor  will  make  available  to  the  Franchisee  standards  and
specifications  for  products  and  services  offered at or through the PAK MAIL
Center and for decor, displays, uniforms,  materials, forms, items, supplies and
services used in connection with the Center.  The Franchisor  reserves the right
to change standards and  specifications  for services and products offered at or
through the PAK MAIL Center and for the decor,  displays,  uniforms,  materials,
forms, items,  supplies and services used in connection with the Center, upon 30
days prior written notice to the Franchisee.  The Franchisee  shall,  throughout
the term of this  Agreement,  remain in compliance and strictly adhere to all of
the Franchisor's current standards and specifications for the PAK MAIL Center as
prescribed from time to time.

13.3 Inspections.
- -----------------

     The  Franchisor  shall have the right to examine the  Franchised  Location,
including the inventory,  products,  equipment,  materials, supplies or services
used or sold there, to ensure  compliance with all standards and  specifications
set by the  Franchisor.  The Franchisor  shall conduct such  inspections  during
regular  business hours and the  Franchisee may be present at such  inspections.
The Franchisor,  however,  reserves the right to conduct the inspections without
prior notice to the Franchisee.

13.4 Restrictions on Services and Products.
- -------------------------------------------

     The  Franchisee  is  prohibited  from  offering or selling any  products or
services not authorized by Franchisor as being a part of the System. However, if
the  Franchisee  proposes to offer,  conduct or utilize any products,  services,
materials, forms, items, supplies or services for use in connection with or sale
through the PAK MAIL Center which are not previously  approved by the Franchisor
as meeting its specifications,  the Franchisee shall first notify the Franchisor
in writing requesting approval. The Franchisor may, in its sole discretion,  for
any reason  whatsoever,  elect to withhold such approval;  however,  in order to
make  such   determination,   the   Franchisor   may   require   submission   of
specifications,  information, or samples of such products, services,  materials,
forms,  items or supplies.  The Franchisor  will advise the Franchisee  within a
reasonable  time whether such products,  services,  materials,  forms,  items or
supplies meet its specifications.

13.5 Approved Suppliers.
- ------------------------

     The  Franchisee  shall  purchase  all  products,   services,  supplies  and
materials  required  for the  operation  of the PAK MAIL Center  from  suppliers
designated  or  approved  by the  Franchisor  or, if there is no  designated  or
approved supplier for a particular product,  service,  supply or material,  from
such  other  suppliers  who  meet  all of the  Franchisor's  specifications  and
standards as to quality,  composition,  finish,  appearance and service, and who
shall  adequately  demonstrate  their  capacity  and  facilities  to supply  the
Franchisee's  needs in the  quantities,  at the times,  and with the reliability
requisite to an efficient operation of the PAK MAIL Center.


                                       13

<PAGE>


13.6 Request to Approve Supplier.
- ---------------------------------

     In the event the Franchisee desires to purchase or use products,  services,
supplies or materials from suppliers other than those previously approved by the
Franchisor,  the  Franchisee  shall,  prior  to  purchasing  from  or  otherwise
utilizing  any supplier  give the  Franchisor  a written  request to approve the
supplier.  In the event the Franchisor  rejects the  Franchisee's  requested new
supplier, the Franchisor must, within 60 days of the receipt of the Franchisee's
request  to  approve  the  supplier  notify  the  Franchisee  in  writing of its
rejection.  The  Franchisor  may  continue  from  time to time  to  inspect  any
suppliers'  facilities and products to assure  compliance with the  Franchisor's
standards  and  specifications.  Permission  for  such  inspection  shall  be  a
condition of the continued approval of such supplier.  The Franchisor may at its
sole discretion,  for any reason  whatsoever,  elect to withhold approval of the
supplier;  however,  in order to make such  determination,  the  Franchisor  may
require that samples from a proposed new supplier be delivered to the Franchisor
for testing prior to approval and use. A charge not to exceed the actual cost of
the test may be made by the Franchisor and shall be paid by the Franchisee.

13.7 Shopping Service.
- ----------------------

     The Franchisor reserves the right to use third party shopping services from
time to time to  evaluate  the  conduct  of the  Franchisee's  PAK MAIL  Center,
including such things as customer service, cleanliness, merchandising and proper
use of  registers.  Franchisor  may use such  shopping  services  to inspect the
Franchisee's  PAK MAIL Center at any time at the Franchisor's  expense,  without
prior notification to the Franchisee. The Franchisor may make the results of any
such service  evaluation  available to the Franchisee,  in the Franchisor's sole
discretion.

                14. MARKS, TRADE NAMES AND PROPRIETARY INTERESTS

14.1 Marks.
- -----------

     The Franchisee  acknowledges that the Franchisor has the sole right to own,
license and control the  Franchisee's use of the PAK MAIL service mark and other
of the Marks,  and that such Marks  shall  remain  under the sole and  exclusive
ownership and control of the Franchisor. The Franchisee acknowledges that it has
not acquired any right,  title or interest in such Marks except for the right to
use such marks in the operation of its PAK MAIL Center as it is governed by this
Agreement.  Except as may be permitted in the Operations  Manual, the Franchisee
agrees not to use any of the Marks as part of an  electronic  mail address or on
any sites on the Internet or the World Wide Web and the Franchisee agrees not to
use or register any of the Marks as a domain name on the Internet.

14.2 No Use of Other Marks.
- ---------------------------

     The  Franchisee  agrees that no service  mark other than "PAK MAIL" or such
other  Marks  as may be  specified  by  the  Franchisor  shall  be  used  in the
identification, marketing, promotion or operation of the PAK MAIL Center.

                                       14

   
<PAGE>


14.3 System.
- ------------

     The  Franchisee  acknowledges  that the  Franchisor  owns and  controls the
distinctive plan for the establishment,  operation and promotion of the PAK MAIL
Center and all related licensed methods of doing business, previously defined as
the  "System",  which  include,  but are not limited to,  methods for  shipping,
crating,  freight  forwarding,  mailing,  communications,   inventory  type  and
control,   technical  equipment   standards,   customer   relations,   marketing
techniques, written promotional materials,  advertising, and accounting systems,
all of which constitute  confidential  trade secrets of the Franchisor,  and the
Franchisee  acknowledges  that the Franchisor has valuable rights in and to such
trade secrets.  The Franchisee further acknowledges that it has not acquired any
right, title or interest in the System except for the right to use the System in
the  operation  of the PAK MAIL Center as it is governed by this  Agreement  and
that it is obligated to maintain the confidentiality of the System in accordance
with Section 20.3 below.

14.4 Mark Infringement.
- -----------------------

     The  Franchisee  agrees to notify the Franchisor in writing of any possible
infringement  or illegal use by others of a trademark the same as or confusingly
similar  to  the  Marks  which  may  come  to  its  attention.   The  Franchisee
acknowledges  that the Franchisor  shall have the right, in its sole discretion,
to  determine  whether  any  action  will be taken on  account  of any  possible
infringement  or illegal use.  The  Franchisor  may  commence or prosecute  such
action in the  Franchisor's  own name and may join the  Franchisee as a party to
the action if the  Franchisor  determines it to be reasonably  necessary for the
continued protection and quality control of the Marks and System. The Franchisor
shall bear the reasonable cost of any such action,  including  attorneys'  fees.
The  Franchisee  agrees  to  fully  cooperate  with the  Franchisor  in any such
litigation.

14.5 Franchisee's Business Name.
- --------------------------------

     The  Franchisee  acknowledges  that the Franchisor has a prior and superior
claim to the "PAK MAIL" trade name. The Franchisee  shall not use the words "PAK
MAIL" in the legal name of its  corporation,  partnership  or any other business
entity used in  conducting  the  business  provided for in this  Agreement.  The
Franchisee also agrees not to register or attempt to register a trade name using
the word "PAK  MAIL" in the  Franchisee's  name or that of any  other  person or
business entity, without prior written consent of the Franchisor. The Franchisee
shall not  identify  itself as being "Pak Mail  Centers of America,  Inc." or as
being associated with the Franchisor in any manner other than as a franchisee or
licensee.  The Franchisee  further agrees that in all  advertising and promotion
and  promotional  materials it will  display its  business  name only in obvious
conjunction with the phrase "PAK MAIL Licensee" or "PAK MAIL Franchisee" or with
such other words and in such other phrases to identify  itself as an independent
owner of the PAK MAIL  Center,  as may from  time to time be  prescribed  in the
Operations Manual.

14.6 Change of Marks.
- ---------------------

     In the event that the Franchisor,  in its sole discretion,  shall determine
it  necessary  to modify or  discontinue  use of any  proprietary  Marks,  or to
develop  additional  or  substitute  marks,  the  Franchisee  shall,   within  a
reasonable  time  after  receipt  of written  notice of such a  modification  or
discontinuation from the Franchisor,  take such action, at the Franchisee's sole
expense, as may be necessary to comply with such modification,  discontinuation,
addition or substitution.

                                       15
<PAGE>


                 15. REPORTS, RECORDS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15.1 Franchisee Reports.
- ------------------------

     The  Franchisee   shall  establish  and  maintain,   at  its  own  expense,
bookkeeping,  accounting  and  data  processing  systems  which  conform  to the
specifications  which the Franchisor may prescribe from time to time (including,
without limitation, requirements for timely entry of information into data bases
of the Program,  periodic  printouts of reports generated by the Program and the
Franchisor's  access to all  Program  data by modem).  Each  transaction  of the
Center  shall be  processed  on the  Program  in the  manner  prescribed  by the
Franchisor. The Franchisor shall have the right of access to the Program and all
data processed thereon with respect to the Center.  The Franchisee shall provide
access to the  Franchisor  at any time by  installing  a modem  which  meets the
Company's  standards  and  specifications.  The  Franchisee  shall supply to the
Franchisor such types of reports in a manner and form as the Franchisor may from
time to time reasonably require, including:

          a. within 10 days after the end of each  calendar  month (or weekly if
     the  Franchisor  requires the  Franchisee  to pay the Royalty  described in
     Section 5.B.  hereof on a weekly basis),  a report on the Center's  Royalty
     Based Revenues for such calendar month (or week);

          b. within 90 days after the end of the  Franchisee's  fiscal  year,  a
     balance  sheet and profit and loss  statement  for the Center for such year
     (or monthly or quarterly if required by the Franchisor,  in which case such
     statements shall also reflect year-to-date information); and

          c. upon request of the  Franchisor,  within 10 days after such returns
     are filed,  exact copies of federal and state  income,  sales and any other
     tax returns and such other forms,  records,  books and other information as
     the Franchisor may periodically require.

The  Franchisor  reserves  the  right to  require  that the  Franchisees  submit
financial  statements  on a  quarterly  or monthly  basis and  within  such time
periods  as may be  reasonable  under the  circumstances.  The  Franchisor  also
reserves  the  right  to  disclose  data  derived  from  such  reports,  without
identifying  the  Franchisee,   except  to  the  extent  identification  of  the
Franchisee  is  required  by law.  The  Franchisee  consents  to the  Franchisor
obtaining  financial  and  account  information  regarding  the  Center  and its
operations  from third parties with whom the Franchisee  does  business,  as and
when deemed necessary by the Franchisor.

15.2 Verification.
- ------------------

     Each report and  financial  statement  to be  submitted  to the  Franchisor
pursuant to this Agreement shall be signed and verified by the Franchisee.

15.3 Books and Records.
- -----------------------

     The Franchisee shall maintain all books and records for its PAK MAIL Center
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  consistently
applied, and in a manner as reasonably  prescribed by the Franchisor,  and shall
preserve  these  records  for at least five years after the fiscal year to which
they relate.

15.4 Audit of Books and Records.
- --------------------------------

     The  Franchisee  shall permit the Franchisor to inspect and audit the books
and records of the PAK MAIL Center at any reasonable  time, at the  Franchisor's
expense. If any audit discloses a deficiency in amounts for payments owed to the
Franchisor   pursuant  to  this  Agreement,   then  such  amounts  shall  become
immediately payable to the Franchisor by the Franchisee,  with interest from the
date such  payments  were due at the  lesser of 1 1/2% per month or the  maximum
rate allowed by law. In the event such  inspection or audit is made necessary by
the Franchisee's  failure to furnish  required  reports,  supporting  records or
other  information,  or to furnish such information on a timely basis for two or

                                       16
<PAGE>


more consecutive  reporting  periods,  or if the Franchisee has received advance
notice from the Franchisor and fails to have the books and records available for
such audit or otherwise fails to cooperate  therewith or if an understatement of
Royalty  Based  Revenues for the period of any audit is  determined  by any such
audit or inspection to be greater than 5%, the  Franchisee  shall  reimburse the
Franchisor  for  the  cost of  such  audit  or  inspection,  including,  without
limitation,  the charges of attorneys and any  independent  accountants  and the
travel expenses, room and board and compensation of the Franchisor's employees.

                                  16. TRANSFER

16.1 Transfer by Franchisee.
- ----------------------------

     The franchise  granted herein is personal to the Franchisee  and, except as
stated below, the Franchisor shall not allow or permit any transfer, assignment,
subfranchise or conveyance of this Agreement or any interest hereunder.  As used
in this  Agreement,  the term  "transfer"  shall mean and include the voluntary,
involuntary,  direct or indirect assignment,  sale, gift or other disposition by
the  Franchisee  (or any of its owners) of any interest in: (1) this  Agreement;
(2) the  ownership  of the  Franchisee;  or (3) the  Center or any assets of the
Center.  Transfer shall include an assignment,  sale, gift or other  disposition
resulting  from a divorce,  insolvency,  corporate  or  partnership  dissolution
proceeding or otherwise by operation of law or, in the event of the death of the
Franchisee,  or an owner of the Franchisee,  by will, declaration of or transfer
in trust or under the laws of intestate succession.

16.2 Pre-Conditions to Franchisee's Transfer.
- ---------------------------------------------

     The  Franchisee  shall not transfer its rights under this  Agreement or any
interest  in it, or any part or portion of any  business  entity that owns it or
all or a  substantial  portion of the assets of the PAK MAIL Center,  unless the
Franchisee  obtains  the  Franchisor's  written  consent and  complies  with the
following requirements:

          a. Payment of all amounts due and owing  pursuant to this Agreement by
     the  Franchisee  to the  Franchisor  or its  affiliates or to third parties
     holding a security interest in any asset of the franchised business;

          b. Agreement by the proposed transferee to satisfactorily complete the
     initial training program described in this Agreement, which training may be
     completed by the transferee  either prior to or immediately  after transfer
     of rights under this Agreement;

          c. Execution of a Franchise Agreement in a form then currently offered
     by the Franchisor, which shall supersede this Agreement in all respects. If
     a new Franchise  Agreement is signed, the terms thereof may differ from the
     terms of this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  the transferee  will not be
     required to pay any additional initial franchise fee;

          d.  Provision by the Franchisee of written notice to the Franchisor 30
     days' prior to the proposed effective date of the transfer,  such notice to
     contain  information  reasonably  detailed  to  enable  the  Franchisor  to
     evaluate the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer;

          e. The proposed  transferee  shall have  provided  information  to the
     Franchisor   sufficient   for  the   Franchisor   to  assess  the  proposed
     transferee's business experience, aptitude and financial qualification, and
     the Franchisor shall have  ascertained  that the proposed  transferee meets
     such qualifications;

                                       17
<PAGE>


          f.  Execution  by  Franchisee  of  a  general   release,   in  a  form
     satisfactory  to  the  Franchisor,  of  any  and  all  claims  against  the
     Franchisor,  its  affiliates  and  their  respective  officers,  directors,
     employees and agents;

          g. Payment by the Franchisee or the proposed transferee of $2,500; and

          h.  Agreement  by the  Franchisee  to  abide  by the  post-termination
     covenant not to compete set forth in Section 20.2 below.

16.3 Franchisor's Approval of Transfer.
- ---------------------------------------

     The  Franchisor  has 30 days  from the date of the  written  notice  of the
proposed  transfer  to approve or  disapprove  in writing,  of the  Franchisee's
proposed  transfer.  The Franchisee  acknowledges  that the proposed  transferee
shall be evaluated for approval by the Franchisor  based on the same criteria as
is currently  being used to assess new  franchisees  of the  Franchisor and that
such  proposed  transferee  shall  be  provided,   if  appropriate,   with  such
disclosures  as may be required by state or federal  law. The  Franchisor  shall
have the right to approve the material  terms and  conditions  of the  transfer,
including,  without limitation, the right to confirm that the price and terms of
payment are not so burdensome as to affect adversely the transferee's  operation
of the Center.  If the Franchisee  (and/or the transferring  owners) finance any
part of the sale price of the  transferred  interest,  if any,  unless waived in
writing by the Franchisor,  the Franchisee and/or its owners must agree that all
obligations  of the  transferee  under  or  pursuant  to any  promissory  notes,
agreements or security interests reserved by the Franchisee or its owners in the
assets of the Center or the  Franchised  Location  shall be  subordinate  to the
transferee's  obligations  to pay royalty fees,  Advertising  Contributions  and
other amounts due to the Franchisor  and its affiliates and to otherwise  comply
with this Agreement.  If the Franchisee and the proposed  transferee comply with
all  conditions for assignment set forth herein and the Franchisor has not given
the Franchisee  notice of its approval or disapproval  within the 30 day period,
approval is deemed granted.

16.4 Right of First Refusal.
- ----------------------------

     In the event the  Franchisee  wishes to  transfer  its  rights  under  this
Agreement or any  interest in it, or any part or portion of any business  entity
that  owns it, or all or a  substantial  portion  of the  assets of the PAK MAIL
Center, the Franchisee agrees to grant to the Franchisor a 30 day right of first
refusal  to  purchase  such  rights,  interest  or assets on the same  terms and
conditions as are  contained in the written  offer to purchase  submitted to the
Franchisee  by  the  proposed  purchaser;   provided,   however,  the  following
additional terms and conditions shall apply:

          a. The Franchisee shall notify the Franchisor of such offer by sending
     a written notice to the Franchisor  (which notice may be the same notice as
     required by Section 16.2(d)  above),  enclosing a copy of the written offer
     from the proposed purchaser;

          b. The 30 day right of first refusal period will run concurrently with
     the  period  in which the  Franchisor  has to  approve  or  disapprove  the
     proposed transferee;

          c. Such right of first refusal is effective for each proposed transfer
     and any material change in the terms or conditions of the proposed transfer
     shall be  deemed  a  separate  offer  on which a new 30 day  right of first
     refusal shall be given to the Franchisor;

                                       18
<PAGE>


          d. If the  consideration or manner of payment offered by a third party
     is such that the  Franchisor  may not reasonably be required to furnish the
     same, then the Franchisor may purchase the interest which is proposed to be
     sold for the reasonable cash equivalent. If the parties cannot agree within
     a reasonable time on the cash consideration, an independent appraiser shall
     be designated by the Franchisor,  whose  determination will be binding upon
     the  parties.  All  expenses  of the  appraiser  shall be paid for  equally
     between the Franchisor and the Franchisee; and

          e. If the  Franchisor  chooses  not to  exercise  its  right  of first
     refusal,  the  Franchisee  shall be free to complete the sale,  transfer or
     assignment,  subject  to  compliance  with  Sections  16.2 and 16.3  above.
     Absence of a reply to the Franchisee's notice of a proposed sale within the
     30 day period is deemed a waiver of such right of first refusal.

16.5 Specific Types of Transfers.
- ---------------------------------

     The  Franchisee  acknowledges  that the  Franchisor's  right to  approve or
disapprove of a proposed transfer, and all other requirements and rights related
to such  proposed  transfer,  as  provided  for  above,  shall  apply (1) if the
Franchisee is a partnership  or other business  association,  to the addition or
deletion  of a partner or  members of the  association  or the  transfer  of any
partnership  or  membership  among  existing  partners  or  members;  (2) if the
Franchisee  is a  corporation,  to any  proposed  transfer of 25% or more of the
stock of the  corporate  Franchisee,  whether such  transfer  occurs in a single
transaction or several transactions; and (3) if the Franchisee is an individual,
to the transfer from such individual or individuals to a corporation  controlled
by them, in which case the Franchisor's  approval will be conditioned  upon: (i)
the continuing  personal  guarantee of the individual (or  individuals)  for the
performance  of  obligations  under this  Agreement;  (ii) the  issuance  and/or
transfer of shares  which would  affect a change in  ownership of 25% or more of
the stock in the corporation being conditioned on the Franchisor's prior written
approval;  (iii) a limitation on the corporation's  business activity to that of
operating the PAK MAIL Center and related activities;  and (iv) other reasonable
conditions.  With respect to a proposed  transfer as described in subsection (1)
and (3) of this Section, the Franchisor's right of first refusal to purchase, as
set forth above,  shall not apply and the Franchisor will waive any transfer fee
chargeable to the Franchisee for a transfer under these circumstances.

16.6 Assignment by the Franchisor.
- ----------------------------------

     This Agreement is fully assignable by the Franchisor and shall inure to the
benefit of any assignee or other legal successor in interest, and the Franchisor
shall in such event be fully released from the same.

16.7 Franchisee's Death or Disability.
- --------------------------------------

     Upon  the  death  or  permanent   disability  of  the  Franchisee  (or  the
Franchisee's  individual  controlling  the  Franchisee  entity),  the  executor,
administrator,  conservator,  guardian or other personal  representative of such
person  shall  transfer  the  Franchisee's  interest in this  Agreement  or such
interest in the Franchisee  entity to an approved third party.  Such disposition
of this Agreement or such interest (including,  without limitation,  transfer by
bequest or  inheritance)  shall be completed  within a reasonable  time,  not to
exceed  120 days from the date of death or  permanent  disability,  and shall be
subject to all terms and  conditions  applicable to transfers  contained in this
Article 16.  Provided,  however,  that for purposes of this Section 16.7,  there
shall be no fee  charged by the  Franchisor  for the  initial  training  program
offered to the transferee. Failure to transfer the interest in this Agreement or
such  interest  in the  Franchisee  entity  within  said  period  of time  shall
constitute  a  breach  of this  Agreement.  For the  purposes  hereof,  the term
"permanent disability" shall mean a mental or physical disability, impairment or
condition  that is  reasonably  expected to prevent or actually does prevent the
Franchisee or the owner of a controlling  interest in the Franchisee entity from
supervising  the management and operation of the PAK MAIL Center for a period of
120 days from the onset of such disability, impairment or condition.

                                       19
<PAGE>


                            17. TERM AND EXPIRATION

17.1 Term.
- ----------

     The term of this  Agreement  is for a period  of 10 years  from the date of
this Agreement, unless sooner terminated as provided herein.

17.2 Rights Upon Expiration.
- ----------------------------

     At the end of the initial term hereof the Franchisee  shall have the option
to renew its  franchise  rights for an additional  term, by acquiring  successor
franchise  rights,  if the Franchisor does not exercise its right not to offer a
successor franchise in accordance with Section 17.4 below and if the Franchisee:

          a. At least 30 days prior to expiration of the term, executes the form
     of Franchise Agreement then in use by the Franchisor;

          b. Has  complied  with all  provisions  of this  Agreement  during the
     current term,  including the payment on a timely basis of all Royalties and
     other fees due hereunder.  "Compliance" shall mean, at a minimum,  that the
     Franchisee has not received any written notification from the Franchisor of
     breach hereunder more than four times during the term hereof;

          c. Upgrades  and/or remodels the PAK MAIL Center and its operations at
     the Franchisee's  sole expense (the necessity of which shall be in the sole
     discretion of the  Franchisor) to conform with the then current  Operations
     Manual;

          d.  Executes  a  general  release,  in  a  form  satisfactory  to  the
     Franchisor,   of  any  and  all  claims  against  the  Franchisor  and  its
     affiliates, and their respective officers, directors,  employees and agents
     arising out of or relating to this Agreement; and

          e. Pays a successor franchise fee of $2,500.

17.3 Exercise of Option for Successor Franchise.
- ------------------------------------------------

     The Franchisee may exercise its option for a successor  franchise by giving
written  notice of such exercise to the Franchisor not later than 180 days prior
to the  scheduled  expiration  of this  Agreement.  The  Franchisee's  successor
franchise rights shall become effective by signing the Franchise  Agreement then
currently being offered to new franchisees of the Franchisor.

17.4 Conditions of Refusal.
- ---------------------------

     The  Franchisor  shall not be obligated to offer the Franchisee a successor
franchise  upon the  expiration  of this  Agreement if the  Franchisee  fails to
comply with any of the above  conditions  of renewal.  In such event (except for
failure to execute the then current  Franchise  Agreement  or pay the  successor
franchise fee) the Franchisor  shall give notice of expiration at least 180 days
prior to the expiration of the term, and such notice shall set forth the reasons
for such refusal to offer  successor  franchise  rights.  Upon the expiration of
this Agreement,  the Franchisee shall comply with the provisions of Section 18.5
below.

                                       20
<PAGE>


                          18. DEFAULT AND TERMINATION

18.1 Termination by Franchisee.
- -------------------------------

     If the Franchisee and its owners are in compliance  with this Agreement and
the  Franchisor  fails to comply with this  Agreement  and fails to correct such
failure within 30 days after written notice of failure to comply is delivered to
the  Franchisor,  the Franchisee may terminate this Agreement  effective 10 days
after delivery to the Franchisor of notice of termination. A termination of this
Agreement by the Franchisee for any other reason, or without notice and right to
cure,  shall be deemed a termination by the  Franchisee  without cause and in no
way  shall  release  the  Franchisee  from  the  terms  and  conditions  of this
Agreement.

18.2 Termination by Franchisor - Effective Upon Notice.
- -------------------------------------------------------

     The  Franchisor  shall have the right,  at its option,  to  terminate  this
Agreement and all rights granted the Franchisee hereunder, without affording the
Franchisee any opportunity to cure any default (subject to any state laws to the
contrary,  where state law shall  prevail),  effective upon receipt of notice by
the Franchisee,  addressed as provided in Section 22.12,  upon the occurrence of
any of the following events:

          a.  Abandonment.  If the  Franchisee  ceases to  operate  the PAK MAIL
     Center or  otherwise  abandons  the PAK MAIL  Center  for a period of three
     consecutive  days,  or any shorter  period that  indicates an intent by the
     Franchisee to discontinue operation of the PAK MAIL Center, unless and only
     to the extent that full  operation  of the PAK MAIL Center is  suspended or
     terminated  due to fire,  flood,  earthquake or other similar causes beyond
     the  Franchisee's  control and not related to the  availability of funds to
     the Franchisee;

          b. Insolvency;  Assignments. If the Franchisee becomes insolvent or is
     adjudicated  a bankrupt;  or any action is taken by the  Franchisee,  or by
     others  against  the  Franchisee   under  any  insolvency,   bankruptcy  or
     reorganization  act, (this  provision may not be enforceable  under federal
     bankruptcy law, 11 U.S.C.  ss.ss.  101 et seq.), or if the Franchisee makes
     an assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  or a receiver is appointed by
     the Franchisee;

          c. Unsatisfied Judgments; Levy; Foreclosure.  If any material judgment
     (or several  judgments  which in the  aggregate  are  material) is obtained
     against the Franchisee and remains  unsatisfied or of record for 30 days or
     longer  (unless a supersedeas  or other appeal bond has been filed);  or if
     execution  is  levied  against  the  Franchisee's  business  or  any of the
     property used in the operation of the PAK MAIL Center and is not discharged
     within five days; or if the real or personal  property of the  Franchisee's
     business  shall be sold after levy  thereupon  by any  sheriff,  marshal or
     constable;

          d. Criminal Conviction.  If the Franchisee is convicted of a felony, a
     crime involving moral turpitude, or any crime or offense that is reasonably
     likely,  in  the  sole  opinion  of  the  Franchisor,   to  materially  and
     unfavorably affect the System, Marks, goodwill or reputation thereof;

          e.  Failure  to Make  Payments.  If the  Franchisee  fails  to pay any
     amounts due the Franchisor or  affiliates,  including any amounts which may
     be due as a result  of any  subleases  or  lease  assignments  between  the
     Franchisee and the Franchisor,  within 10 days after receiving  notice that
     such fees or amounts are overdue;

          f. Misuse of Marks.  If the Franchisee  misuses or fails to follow the
     Franchisor's  directions and guidelines  concerning use of the Franchisor's
     Marks and fails to  correct  the  misuse or  failure  within ten days after
     notification from the Franchisor;

                                       21
<PAGE>


          g.  Unauthorized  Disclosure.   If  the  Franchisee  intentionally  or
     negligently  discloses  to any  unauthorized  person the contents of or any
     part of the  Franchisor's  Operations  Manual or any other trade secrets or
     confidential information of the Franchisor;

          h. Repeated Noncompliance. If the Franchisee has received two previous
     notices  of  default  from the  Franchisor  and is again in default of this
     Agreement  within a 12 month  period,  regardless  of whether the  previous
     defaults were cured by the Franchisee; or

          i.  Unauthorized  Transfer.  If the  Franchisee  sells,  transfers  or
     otherwise  assigns  the  Franchise,  an interest  in the  Franchise  or the
     Franchisee  entity,  this  Agreement,  the PAK MAIL Center or a substantial
     portion  of the  assets  of the PAK MAIL  Center  owned  by the  Franchisee
     without complying with the provisions of Article 16 above.

18.3 Termination by Franchisor - Thirty Days Notice.
- ----------------------------------------------------

     The Franchisor shall have the right to terminate this Agreement (subject to
any state laws to the contrary,  where state law shall prevail),  effective upon
30 days written notice to the Franchisee,  if the Franchisee  breaches any other
provision  of this  Agreement  and fails to cure the default  during such 30 day
period.  In that event,  this Agreement will terminate without further notice to
the Franchisee,  effective upon expiration of the 30 day period.  Defaults shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:

          a. Failure to Maintain Standards. The Franchisee fails to maintain the
     then current  operating  procedures  and adhere to the  specifications  and
     standards  established  by the  Franchisor  as set  forth  herein or in the
     Operations Manual or otherwise communicated to the Franchisee;

          b. Deceptive  Practices.  The Franchisee  engages in any  unauthorized
     business or practice or sells any unauthorized product or service under the
     Franchisor's Marks or under a name or mark which is confusingly  similar to
     the Franchisor's Marks;

          c.  Failure  to Obtain  Consent.  The  Franchisee  fails,  refuses  or
     neglects to obtain the  Franchisor's  prior written  approval or consent as
     required by this Agreement;

          d. Failure to Comply with Manual.  The Franchisee  fails or refuses to
     comply with the then-current requirements of the Operations Manual; or

          e. Breach of Related Agreement. The Franchisee defaults under any term
     of the  purchase  contract,  lease,  sublease or lease  assignment  for the
     Franchised  Location,  any other agreement material to the PAK MAIL Center,
     any other Franchise  Agreement between the Franchisor and the Franchisee or
     any other  agreement  between the  Franchisor  and the  Franchisee and such
     default is not cured within the time  specified in such purchase  contract,
     lease,  sublease,  other agreement or other Franchise Agreement.  Provided,
     however,  so long as  financing  from  the  United  States  Small  Business
     Administration  remains outstanding,  the Franchisee will be given the same
     opportunity to cure defaults under any agreement  between the Franchisor or
     its  affiliates and the  Franchisee,  as the Franchisee is given under this
     Agreement.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if the breach is  curable,  but is of a nature
which cannot be  reasonably  cured within such 30 day period and the  Franchisee
has  commenced  and is  continuing to make good faith efforts to cure the breach
during  such  30 day  period,  the  Franchisee  shall  be  given  an  additional
reasonable  period  of time to cure the  same,  and  this  Agreement  shall  not
automatically terminate without written notice from the Franchisor.

                                       22
<PAGE>


18.4 Right to Purchase.
- -----------------------

     Upon  termination  or  expiration  of this  Agreement  for any reason,  the
Franchisor shall have the option to purchase the PAK MAIL Center or a portion of
the assets of the Center,  which may include, at the Franchisor's option, all of
the Franchisee's  interest, if any, in and to the real estate upon which the PAK
MAIL  Center is  located,  and all  buildings  and other  improvements  thereon,
including leasehold interests, at fair market value, less any amount apportioned
to the goodwill of the PAK MAIL Center which is attributable to the Franchisor's
Marks and System, and less any amounts owed to the Franchisor by the Franchisee.
The following additional terms shall apply to the Franchisor's  exercise of this
option:

          a. The Franchisor's option hereunder shall be exercisable by providing
     the Franchisee  with written notice of its intention to exercise the option
     given to the Franchisee no later than the effective date of termination, in
     the case of termination, or at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the
     term of the franchise, in the case of non-renewal.

          b.  The  Franchisor  and the  Franchisee  agree  that  the  terms  and
     conditions of this right and option to purchase may be recorded,  if deemed
     appropriate  by the  Franchisor,  in the  real  property  records  and  the
     Franchisor  and the  Franchisee  further  agree to execute such  additional
     documentation  as may be  necessary  and  appropriate  to  effectuate  such
     recording.

          c. The  Franchisor  shall set the closing for the  purchase of the PAK
     MAIL  Center to take place no later than 60 days after the  termination  or
     nonrenewal  date. The Franchisor will pay the purchase price in full at the
     closing,  or, at its option, in five equal consecutive monthly installments
     with interest at a rate of ten percent per annum.  The Franchisee must sign
     all documents of assignment  and transfer as are  reasonably  necessary for
     purchase of the PAK MAIL Center or its assets by the Franchisor.

          d. During the time after the Franchisor notifies the Franchisee of the
     exercise  of the  option but before the  closing  ("Interim  Period"),  the
     Franchisor  has the right to obtain an  independent  appraisal  of the fair
     market value of the assets being purchased and, if the Franchisor  requests
     that such an appraisal be obtained, the Franchisor and the Franchisee shall
     each select an  appraiser  who, in turn,  shall  select a third  appraiser,
     whose  appraisal  shall be binding on both parties.  The  obligation of the
     Franchisor to close shall be contingent on the appraisal  being  acceptable
     to the Franchisor.

In the event that the  Franchisor  does not exercise the  Franchisor's  right to
purchase the  Franchisee's  PAK MAIL Center as set forth above,  the  Franchisee
will be free to keep or to sell,  after such  termination or expiration,  to any
third  party,  all of the  physical  assets  of its PAK MAIL  Center;  provided,
however,  that all  appearances  of the  Marks  are  first  removed  in a manner
approved in writing by the Franchisor.

18.5 Obligations of Franchisee Upon Termination or Expiration.
- --------------------------------------------------------------

     The  Franchisee  is  obligated  upon  termination  or  expiration  of  this
Agreement to immediately:

          a. Pay to the  Franchisor all  Royalties,  Advertising  Contributions,
     other  fees,  and any and all  amounts or  accounts  payable  then owed the
     Franchisor or its affiliates pursuant to this Agreement, or pursuant to any
     other  agreement,  whether written or oral,  including  subleases and lease
     assignments, between the parties;

                                       23
<PAGE>


          b.  Cease to  identify  itself as a PAK MAIL  franchisee  or  publicly
     identify itself as a former Franchisee or use any of the Franchisor's trade
     secrets,  signs,  symbols,  devices,  trade  names,  trademarks,  or  other
     materials.

          c. Immediately cease to identify the Franchised  Location as being, or
     having been, associated with the Franchisor and, if deemed necessary by the
     Franchisor,  paint or  otherwise  change the  interior  and exterior of the
     Center to distinguish it from a PAK MAIL Center and immediately cease using
     any  proprietary  mark of the  Franchisor or any mark in any way associated
     with the PAK MAIL Marks and System;

          d. Deliver to the  Franchisor  all items which bear the PAK MAIL Mark,
     signs, sign-faces, advertising materials, forms and other materials bearing
     any of the Marks or otherwise  identified  with the Franchisor and obtained
     by and in connection with this Agreement;

          e. Immediately deliver to the Franchisor the Operations Manual and all
     other  information,  documents and copies thereof which are  proprietary to
     the Franchisor;

          f.  Promptly  take  such  action  as may be  required  to  cancel  all
     fictitious or assumed names or equivalent registrations relating to its use
     of any Marks which are under the exclusive control of the Franchisor or, at
     the option of the Franchisor, assign the same to the Franchisor;

          g. Notify the telephone company and all telephone directory publishers
     of the  termination  or  expiration  of the  Franchisee's  right to use any
     telephone number and any regular,  classified or other telephone  directory
     listings  associated with any Mark and to authorize transfer thereof to the
     Franchisor or its designee.  The Franchisee  acknowledges  that, as between
     the  Franchisee and the  Franchisor,  the Franchisor has the sole rights to
     and interest in all telephone,  telecopy or facsimile  machine  numbers and
     directory listings associated with any Mark. The Franchisee  authorizes the
     Franchisor,  and hereby  appoints the Franchisor and any of its officers as
     the Franchisee's attorney-in-fact,  to direct the telephone company and all
     telephone  directory  publishers  to transfer  any  telephone,  telecopy or
     facsimile  machine numbers and directory  listings relating to the PAK MAIL
     Center to the  Franchisor or its designee,  should the  Franchisee  fail or
     refuse to do so, and the  telephone  company  and all  telephone  directory
     publishers may accept such direction or this Agreement as conclusive of the
     Franchisor's  exclusive  rights in such  telephone  numbers  and  directory
     listings and the Franchisor's authority to direct their transfer;

          h. Comply  with all  applicable  provisions  of the  Software  License
     Agreement; and

          i. Abide by all restrictive  covenants set forth in Article 20 of this
     Agreement.

18.6 Acknowledgement.
- ---------------------

     In the event this  Agreement is terminated by the  Franchisor  prior to its
expiration  as set  forth  in  Sections  18.2  and 18.3  above,  the  Franchisee
acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to all other available  remedies,  the
Franchisor  shall have the right to recover  lost  future  royalties  during any
period in which the Franchisee fails to pay such royalties through and including
the remainder of the then current term of this Agreement.

18.7 State and Federal Law.
- ---------------------------

     THE PARTIES  ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IN THE EVENT THAT THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT
REGARDING  TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION ARE  INCONSISTENT  WITH APPLICABLE STATE OR
FEDERAL LAW, SUCH LAW SHALL GOVERN THE FRANCHISEE'S RIGHTS REGARDING TERMINATION
OR EXPIRATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

                                       24
<PAGE>


                           19. BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP

19.1 Independent Businesspersons.
- ---------------------------------

     The parties agree that each of them are independent businesspersons,  their
only  relationship  is by  virtue  of  this  Agreement  and  that  no  fiduciary
relationship  is created  hereunder.  Neither party is liable or responsible for
the other's  debts or  obligations,  nor shall either party be obligated for any
damages to any person or  property  directly  or  indirectly  arising out of the
operation of the other party's business  authorized by or conducted  pursuant to
this  Agreement.  The Franchisor  and the Franchisee  agree that neither of them
will hold  themselves out to be the agent,  employer or partner of the other and
that neither of them has the  authority to bind or incur  liability on behalf of
the other.

19.2 Payment of Third Party Obligations.
- ----------------------------------------

     The Franchisor shall have no liability for the Franchisee's  obligations to
pay any third parties, including without limitation, any product vendors, or any
sales, use, service,  occupation,  excise, gross receipts,  income,  property or
other tax levied upon the Franchisee,  the Franchisee's  property,  the PAK MAIL
Center or upon the  Franchisor  in  connection  with the sales made or  business
conducted by the Franchisee  (except any taxes the Franchisor is required by law
to collect from the Franchisee with respect to purchases from the Franchisor).

19.3 Indemnification.
- ---------------------

     The  Franchisee   agrees  to  indemnify,   defend  and  hold  harmless  the
Franchisor,  its subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective shareholders,
directors,   officers,   employees,   agents,  successors  and  assignees,  (the
"Indemnified   Parties")  against,   and  to  reimburse  them  for  all  claims,
obligations and damages  described in this Section 19.3, any and all third party
obligations  described  in Section  19.2 and any and all claims and  liabilities
directly or  indirectly  arising out of the  operation of the PAK MAIL Center or
arising  out of the use of the Marks and System in any manner not in  accordance
with this Agreement. For purposes of this indemnification, claims shall mean and
include all obligations,  actual and consequential  damages and costs reasonably
incurred in the defense of any claim against the Indemnified Parties, including,
without limitation, reasonable accountants', attorneys' and expert witness fees,
costs of  investigation  and  proof of  facts,  court  costs,  other  litigation
expenses and travel and living expenses.  The Franchisor shall have the right to
defend any such claim against it. This  indemnity  shall  continue in full force
and effect  subsequent to and  notwithstanding  the expiration or termination of
this Agreement.

                           20. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

20.1 Non-Competition During Term.
- ---------------------------------

     The Franchisee  acknowledges  that, in addition to the license of the Marks
hereunder,  the Franchisor has also licensed  commercially  valuable information
which  comprises  and is a part of the  System,  including  without  limitation,
operations,  marketing,  advertising  and related  information and materials and
that the value of this  information  derives not only from the time,  effort and
money which went into its compilation, but from the usage of the same by all the
franchisees  of the  Franchisor  using  the  Marks and  System.  The  Franchisee
therefore  agrees  that  other  than  the PAK MAIL  Center  licensed  herein  or
authorized by separate agreement with the Franchisor, neither the Franchisee nor
any of the Franchisee's officers,  directors,  shareholders or partners, nor any
member  of his or  their  immediate  families,  shall  during  the  term of this
Agreement:

                                       25
<PAGE>


          a. have any direct or indirect  controlling interest as a disclosed or
     beneficial owner in a "Competitive Business" as defined below;

          b.  perform  services  as  a  director,  officer,  manager,  employee,
     consultant,  representative, agent or otherwise for a Competitive Business;
     or

          c.  divert  or  attempt  to divert  any  business  related  to, or any
     customer or account of the PAK MAIL Center,  the  Franchisor's  business or
     any  other  PAK  MAIL  franchisee's   business,  by  direct  inducement  or
     otherwise, or divert or attempt to divert the employment of any employee of
     the Franchisor or another franchisee  licensed by the Franchisor to use the
     Marks and System,  to any Competitive  Business by any direct inducement or
     otherwise.

     The term  "Competitive  Business" as used in this Agreement  shall mean any
business  operating,  or granting franchises or licenses to others to operate, a
packaging,  crating,  freight  forwarding and/or mailing business or any similar
business  (excluding  operating or granting franchises or licenses to others for
PAK MAIL Centers  operated  under  franchise  agreements  with the  Franchisor).
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Franchisee  shall not be prohibited  from
owning  securities in a Competitive  Business if such securities are listed on a
stock exchange or traded on the over-the-counter market and represent 5% or less
of that class of securities issued and outstanding.

20.2 Post-Termination Covenant Not to Compete.
- ----------------------------------------------

     Upon  termination  or  expiration  of this  Agreement  for any reason,  the
Franchisee  and its officers,  directors,  shareholders,  and/or  partners agree
that, for a period of two years  commencing on the effective date of termination
or expiration,  or the date on which the Franchisee  ceases to conduct business,
whichever  is  later,   neither   Franchisee   nor  its   officers,   directors,
shareholders,  and/or  partners  shall  have any  direct  or  indirect  interest
(through a member of any  immediate  family of the  Franchisee  or its Owners or
otherwise)  as a disclosed or beneficial  owner,  investor,  partner,  director,
officer, employee, consultant,  representative or agent or in any other capacity
in any Competitive Business, defined in Section 20.1 above, located or operating
within a 25 mile  radius of the  Franchised  Location  or within 25 miles of any
other  franchised or  company-owned  PAK MAIL Center.  The  restrictions of this
Section  shall  not be  applicable  to the  ownership  of  shares  of a class of
securities listed on a stock exchange or traded on the  over-the-counter  market
that  represent  5% or less of the number of shares of that class of  securities
issued  and   outstanding.   The   Franchisee   and  its  officers,   directors,
shareholders, and/or partners expressly acknowledge that they possess skills and
abilities of a general nature and have other  opportunities  for exploiting such
skills. Consequently, enforcement of the covenants made in this Section will not
deprive them of their personal goodwill or ability to earn a living.

20.3 Confidentiality of Proprietary Information.
- ------------------------------------------------

     The Franchisee  shall treat all  information it receives which comprises or
is a part of the System licensed  hereunder as proprietary and  confidential and
will not use such information in an unauthorized  manner or disclose the same to
any  unauthorized  person  without  first  obtaining  the  Franchisor's  written
consent. The Franchisee acknowledges that the Marks and the System have valuable
goodwill  attached  to them,  that the  protection  and  maintenance  thereof is
essential to the Franchisor and that any  unauthorized  use or disclosure of the
Marks and System will result in irreparable harm to the Franchisor.

                                       26
<PAGE>


20.4 Confidentiality Agreement.
- -------------------------------

     The Franchisor reserves the right to require that the Franchisee cause each
of its officers, directors, partners, shareholders, and Principal Operator, and,
if the  Franchisee is an  individual,  immediate  family  members,  to execute a
Nondisclosure and Noncompetition Agreement containing the above restrictions, in
a form approved by the Franchisor.

                                 21. INSURANCE

21.1 Insurance Coverage.
- ------------------------

     The  Franchisee  shall  procure,  maintain  and  provide  evidence  of  (i)
comprehensive  general liability  insurance for the Franchised  Location and its
operations  with a limit of not less than  $1,000,000  combined single limit, or
such  greater  limit as may be required as part of any lease  agreement  for the
Franchised Location;  (ii) automobile liability insurance covering all employees
of the PAK MAIL Center with  authority  to operate a motor  vehicle in an amount
not less than  $1,000,000 or, with the prior written  consent of the Franchisor,
such lesser amount as may be available at a commercially reasonable rate, but in
no event less than any statutorily imposed minimum coverage;  (iii) unemployment
and worker's  compensation  insurance with a broad form  all-states  endorsement
coverage  sufficient  to meet the  requirements  of the law;  and (iv)  all-risk
personal  property  insurance  in an  amount  equal  to at  least  100%  of  the
replacement  costs of the  contents and tenant  improvements  located at the PAK
MAIL Center. All of the required policies of insurance shall name the Franchisor
as an additional  named  insured and shall provide for a 30 day advance  written
notice to the Franchisor of cancellation.

21.2 Proof of Insurance Coverage.
- ---------------------------------

     The Franchisee  will provide proof of insurance to the Franchisor  prior to
commencement of operations at its PAK MAIL Center. This proof will show that the
insurer has been  authorized to inform the  Franchisor in the event any policies
lapse or are  cancelled.  The  Franchisor  has the right to change  the  minimum
amount of  insurance  the  Franchisee  is  required  to  maintain  by giving the
Franchisee  prior  reasonable  notice,  giving  due  consideration  to  what  is
reasonable  and  customary  in the  similar  business.  Noncompliance  with  the
insurance  provisions set forth herein shall be deemed a material breach of this
Agreement;  in the event of any lapse in insurance coverage,  in addition to all
other  remedies,  the  Franchisor  shall  have  the  right  to  demand  that the
Franchisee   cease  operations  of  the  PAK  MAIL  Centers  until  coverage  is
reinstated,  or, in the alternative,  pay any  delinquencies in premium payments
and charge the same back to the Franchisee.

                          22. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

22.1 Governing Law/Consent to Venue and Jurisdiction.
- -----------------------------------------------------

         Except to the extent  governed by the United  States  Trademark  Act of
1946 (Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C.  Sections  1051 et seq.) or other  federal law, this
Agreement  shall be interpreted  under the laws of the state of Colorado and any
dispute  between the parties  shall be governed by and  determined in accordance
with the substantive laws of the state of Colorado,  which laws shall prevail in
the  event of any  conflict  of law.  The  Franchisee  and the  Franchisor  have
negotiated  regarding a forum in which to resolve any  disputes  which may arise
between them and have agreed to select a forum in order to promote  stability in
their  relationship.  Therefore,  if a claim is asserted in any legal proceeding
involving the Franchisee,  its officers or directors (collectively,  "Franchisee
Affiliates")  and the  Franchisor,  its officers,  directors or sales  employees
(collectively,  "Franchisor  Affiliates")  both parties agree that the exclusive
venue for  disputes  between  them shall be in the state and  federal  courts of
Colorado  and  each  waive  any  objection  either  may  have  to  the  personal
jurisdiction  of or venue in the  state and  federal  courts  of  Colorado.  The
Franchisor,  the  Franchisor  Affiliates,  the  Franchisee  and  the  Franchisee
Affiliates each waive their rights to a trial by jury.

                                       27
<PAGE>


22.2 Modification.
- ------------------

     The  Franchisor  and/or the  Franchisee may modify this Agreement only upon
execution  of a  written  agreement  between  the two  parties.  The  Franchisee
acknowledges that the Franchisor may modify its standards and specifications and
operating  and  marketing   techniques  set  forth  in  the  Operations   Manual
unilaterally under any conditions and to the extent in which the Franchisor,  in
its sole discretion,  deems necessary to protect,  promote, or improve the Marks
and  the  quality  of  the  System,   but  under  no  circumstances   will  such
modifications be made arbitrarily without such determination.

22.3 Entire Agreement.
- ----------------------

     This  Agreement,  including  all exhibits and addenda,  contains the entire
agreement  between  the  parties  and  supersedes  any and all prior  agreements
concerning the subject matter hereof. The Franchisee agrees and understands that
the Franchisor shall not be liable or obligated for any oral  representations or
commitments  made prior to the  execution  hereof or for claims of  negligent or
fraudulent  misrepresentation  and that no modifications of this Agreement shall
be effective except those in writing and signed by both parties.  The Franchisor
does not  authorize  and will not be bound by any  representation  of any nature
other  than  those   expressed  in  this  Agreement.   The  Franchisee   further
acknowledges  and  agrees  that no  representations  have been made to it by the
Franchisor  regarding  projected  sales  volumes,  market  potential,  revenues,
profits of the  Franchisee's  PAK MAIL Center,  or operational  assistance other
than as stated in this Agreement or in any disclosure  document  provided by the
Franchisor or its representatives.

22.4 Delegation by the Franchisor.
- ----------------------------------

         From time to time, the Franchisor  shall have the right to delegate the
performance  of any portion or all of its  obligations  and duties  hereunder to
third  parties,  whether the same are agents of the  Franchisor  or  independent
contractors  which the Franchisor has contracted  with to provide such services.
The Franchisee agrees in advance to any such delegation by the Franchisor of any
portion or all of its obligations and duties hereunder.

22.5 Effective Date.
- --------------------

     This Agreement  shall not be effective  until accepted by the Franchisor as
evidenced by dating and signing by an officer of the Franchisor.

22.6 Review of Agreement.
- -------------------------

     The  Franchisee  acknowledges  that it had a copy of this  Agreement in its
possession  for a period of time not less than ten full  business  days,  during
which  time  the  Franchisee  has  had  the   opportunity  to  submit  same  for
professional  review and  advice of the  Franchisee's  choosing  prior to freely
executing this Agreement.

22.7 Attorneys' Fees.
- ---------------------

     In the event of any default on the part of either party to this  Agreement,
in addition to all other  remedies,  the party in default will pay the aggrieved
party all amounts due and all damages, costs and expenses,  including reasonable
attorneys'  fees,   incurred  by  the  aggrieved  party  in  any  legal  action,
arbitration  or other  proceeding as a result of such default,  plus interest at
the highest rate allowable by law, accruing from the date of such default.

                                       28
<PAGE>


22.8 Injunctive Relief.
- -----------------------

     Nothing herein shall prevent the Franchisor or the Franchisee  from seeking
injunctive  relief  to  prevent  irreparable  harm,  in  addition  to all  other
remedies.  If the  Franchisor  seeks an injunction,  the Franchisor  will not be
required to post a bond or bonds in excess of $500.

22.9 No Waiver.
- ---------------

     No waiver of any  condition  or covenant  contained  in this  Agreement  or
failure to exercise a right or remedy by the Franchisor or the Franchisee  shall
be considered to imply or constitute a further  waiver by the  Franchisor or the
Franchisee of the same or any other condition, covenant, right, or remedy.

22.10 No Right to Set Off.
- --------------------------

     The  Franchisee  shall  not be  allowed  to set  off  amounts  owed  to the
Franchisor  for  Royalties,  fees or other  amounts due  hereunder,  against any
monies owed to  Franchisee,  nor shall the Franchisee in any event withhold such
amounts due to any alleged  nonperformance  by the Franchisor  hereunder,  which
right of set off is hereby expressly waived by the Franchisee.

22.11 Invalidity.
- -----------------

     If any  provision  of this  Agreement  is held invalid by any tribunal in a
final decision from which no appeal is or can be taken,  such provision shall be
deemed  modified to eliminate  the invalid  element  and, as so  modified,  such
provision  shall  be  deemed  a part  of this  Agreement  as  though  originally
included.  The remaining  provisions of this Agreement  shall not be affected by
such modification.

22.12 Notices.
- --------------

     All notices  required to be given  under this  Agreement  shall be given in
writing,  by  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  or by an  overnight
delivery service providing documentation of receipt, at the address set forth in
the first Section of this Agreement or at such other addresses as the Franchisor
or the  Franchisee  may designate  from time to time,  and shall be  effectively
given when  deposited  in the United  States  mails,  postage  prepaid,  or when
received via overnight delivery, as may be applicable.

22.13 Acknowledgement.
- ----------------------

     BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, THE FRANCHISEE SHOULD READ IT CAREFULLY WITH
THE ASSISTANCE OF LEGAL COUNSEL. THE FRANCHISEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT:

          (A) THE SUCCESS OF THE BUSINESS VENTURE  CONTEMPLATED  HEREIN INVOLVES
     SUBSTANTIAL  RISKS  AND  DEPENDS  UPON  THE  FRANCHISEE'S   ABILITY  AS  AN
     INDEPENDENT  BUSINESS  PERSON  AND ITS  ACTIVE  PARTICIPATION  IN THE DAILY
     AFFAIRS OF THE BUSINESS, AND

          (B) NO ASSURANCE OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, HAS BEEN GIVEN AS TO
     THE POTENTIAL SUCCESS OF SUCH BUSINESS VENTURE OR THE EARNINGS LIKELY TO BE
     ACHIEVED, AND

                                       29
<PAGE>


          (C) NO STATEMENT, REPRESENTATION OR OTHER ACT, EVENT OR COMMUNICATION,
     EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS DOCUMENT, AND IN ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR SUPPLIED
     TO THE  FRANCHISEE  IS BINDING ON THE  FRANCHISOR  IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE
     SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first above set forth.

PAK MAIL CENTERS OF                     FRANCHISEE
 AMERICA, INC.,
a Colorado corporation                  ________________________________________
                                        (Print Name)

By:_________________________________
Name: ______________________________    Title:__________________________________
                                        Address:________________________________
                                        City:___________________________________
                                        State:______________ Zip:_______________

                                        OR:

                                        (if a corporation or partnership)

                                        ________________________________________
                                        Company Name

                                        By:_____________________________________
                                        Name:___________________________________
                                        Title:__________________________________
                                        Address:________________________________
                                        City:___________________________________
                                        State:   ____________Zip:_______________




(2/22/99)

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT I TO
                                                             FRANCHISE AGREEMENT


                  ADDENDUM TO PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                               FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

     1. Franchised Location and Protected  Territory.  The Franchised  Location,
set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement shall be:_____________________________
________________________________________________    The   Protected    Territory
described in Section 3.2 of the Agreement, shall be:____________________________
__________________________________________________ .

     OR

     Designated  Area. The Franchisor  and the Franchisee  acknowledge  that the
Franchised  Location  cannot be  designated  in  Section  1 above as a  specific
address  because the location has not been  selected  and  approved;  therefore,
within 90 days  following the date of the Agreement,  the Franchisee  shall take
steps to choose  and  acquire a  location  for its PAK MAIL  Center  within  the
following          geographic         area         ("Designated          Area"):
________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________ .

     2. Acknowledgement.  By executing this Exhibit and/or the Rider hereto, the
Franchisee  acknowledges  that  the  Franchisor's  approval  of a site  does not
constitute a representation or warranty of any kind,  express or implied,  as to
the  suitability  of the site for a PAK MAIL Center or for any other purpose and
that the Franchisee's  acceptance of a franchise for the operation of a PAK MAIL
Center  at the  site  is  based  on its  own  independent  investigation  of the
suitability of the site.

     Fully executed this      day of                  , 19   .
                        ------      -----------------    ----

                                            PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.


                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Title:______________________________

                                            FRANCHISEE


                                            By:_________________________________
                                            Title:______________________________



<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT I-1
                                                          TO FRANCHISE AGREEMENT


                      RIDER TO ADDENDUM - LOCATION APPROVAL


     1. Franchised Location.  The Franchised Location,  set forth in Section 3.1
of the Agreement shall be:______ .
                          
     2. Legal Address.  The business  address for any notices mailed pursuant to
Section 22.12 of the Agreement shall be changed to read as follows:_____________
________________________________________________________________________________

     3. Protected Territory. The Protected Territory described in Section 3.2 of
the Agreement, shall be:________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________


     Fully executed this      day of                  , 19    .
                        ------      ------------------    ----

                                         PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                                         By:____________________________________
                                         Title:_________________________________


                                         FRANCHISEE

                                         By:____________________________________
                                         Title:_________________________________

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT II
                                                          TO FRANCHISE AGREEMENT


               GUARANTY AND ASSUMPTION OF FRANCHISEE'S OBLIGATIONS
               ---------------------------------------------------

     In  consideration  of, and as an inducement  to, the execution of the above
Franchise Agreement (the "Agreement") by Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. (the
"Franchisor"), each of the undersigned hereby personally and unconditionally:

     Guarantees to the Franchisor  and its successors and assigns,  for the term
     of this Agreement,  including renewals thereof, that the franchisee as that
     term is defined in the Agreement  ("Franchisee")  shall  punctually pay and
     perform each and every undertaking, agreement and covenant set forth in the
     Agreement; and

     Agrees to be personally bound by, and personally  liable for the breach of,
     each and every provision in the Agreement.

Each of the undersigned waives the following:

     1.   Acceptance and notice of acceptance by the Franchisor of the foregoing
          undertaking;

     2.   Notice of demand for payment of any indebtedness or  nonperformance of
          any obligations hereby guaranteed;

     3.   Protest  and  notice of  default  to any  party  with  respect  to the
          indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligations hereby guaranteed;

     4.   Any right he or she may have to  require  that any  action be  brought
          against  Franchisee  or any other person as a condition of  liability;
          and

     5.   Any and all other notices and legal or equitable  defenses to which he
          or she may be entitled.

Each of the undersigned consents and agrees that:

     1.   His or her direct and immediate liability under this guaranty shall be
          joint and several;

     2.   He or she shall render any payment or  performance  required under the
          Agreement upon demand if Franchisee fails or refuses  punctually to do
          so;

     3.   Such liability shall not be contingent or conditioned  upon pursuit by
          the Franchisor of any remedies against Franchisee or any other person;
          and

     4.   Such liability shall not be diminished, relieved or otherwise affected
          by any  extension  of time,  credit  or  other  indulgence  which  the
          Franchisor  may from time to time grant to  Franchisee or to any other
          person,  including  without  limitation  the acceptance of any partial
          payment or  performance,  or the  compromise or release of any claims,
          none of which  shall in any way modify or amend this  guaranty,  which
          shall be continuing and irrevocable  during the term of the Agreement,
          including renewals thereof.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each  of  the  undersigned  has  affixed  his or her
signature effective on the same day and year as the Agreement was executed.

WITNESS                                    GUARANTOR(S)

_____________________________________      _____________________________________

_____________________________________      _____________________________________

_____________________________________      _____________________________________

_____________________________________      _____________________________________


<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT III
                                                          TO FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

                             STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP

Franchisee:_____________________________________________________________________

Trade Name (if different from above):___________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

                                Form of Ownership
                                   (Check One)


______ Individual   ______ Partnership   ______ Corporation   ______ Liability
                                                                     Company

     If a  Partnership,  provide  name  and  address  of  each  partner  showing
percentage owned, whether active in management,  and indicate the state in which
the partnership was formed.

     If a Limited Liability Company, provide name and address of each member and
each manager showing percentage owned and indicate the state in which the Limite
Liability Company was formed.

     If a Corporation,  give the state and date of incorporation,  the names and
addresses  of each  officer and  director,  and list the names and  addresses of
every shareholder showing what percentage of stock is owned by each.

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

     Franchisee acknowledges that this Statement of Ownership applies to the PAK
MAIL Center authorized under the Franchise Agreement.

     Use  additional  sheets  if  necessary.  Any and all  changes  to the above
information must be reported to the Franchisor in writing.


____________________________________     _______________________________________
Date                                     Name

<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT IV
                                                          TO FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

                AUTHORIZATION AGREEMENT FOR PREARRANGED PAYMENTS
                                 (DIRECT DEBITS)

The undersigned  depositor  ("Depositor") hereby (1) authorizes Pak Mail Centers
of America,  Inc. ("Company") to initiate debit entries and/or credit correction
entries to the undersigned's checking and/or savings account indicated below and
(2) authorizes  the depository  designated  below  ("Depository")  to debit such
account pursuant to Company's instructions.


_______________________________________     ____________________________________
Depository                                                                Branch


_______________________________________     ____________________________________
City                                        State                       Zip Code


________________________________________________________________________________
Bank Transit/ABA Number                                           Account Number

This  authority  is to remain in full  force and  effect  until  Depository  has
received  joint  written   notification   from  Company  and  Depositor  of  the
Depositor's  termination of such authority in such time and in such manner as to
afford  Depository a reasonable  opportunity to act on it.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  Depository  shall provide  Company and Depositor with 30 days' prior
written notice of the termination of this authority. If an erroneous debit entry
is initiated to Depositor's account,  Depositor shall have the right to have the
amount of such entry  credited to such account by  Depository,  if (a) within 15
calendar  days  following  the  date on which  Depository  sent to  Depositor  a
statement of account or a written notice pertaining to such entry or (b) 45 days
after posting, whichever occurs first, Depositor shall have sent to Depository a
written notice identifying such entry,  stating that such entry was in error and
requesting Depository to credit the amount thereof to such account. These rights
are in addition to any rights Depositor may have under federal and state banking
laws.

_______________________________________     ____________________________________
DEPOSITOR (Print Name)                      DEPOSITORY (Print Name)


By:____________________________________     By:_________________________________
Its:___________________________________     Its:________________________________
Date:__________________________________     Date:_______________________________


<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT V
                                                          TO FRANCHISE AGREEMENT


                       ADDENDUM TO FRANCHISE AGREEMENT --
                                BUILD-OUT PROGRAM

     THIS ADDENDUM ("Addendum") to the Franchise Agreement dated _____ , 1999 is
made  effective as of the same date, by and between PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA,
INC. ("Franchisor") and __________________________ ("Franchisee"), to supplement
and amend certain terms of the Agreement.  To the extent not defined herein, all
initial-capitalized  references in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as
defined in the Agreement.

                                     PURPOSE

     A. The Agreement  grants the  Franchisee a franchise for the  establishment
and operation of a PAK MAIL Center in a retail location ("Center").

     B. The Franchisor provides or makes available construction, development and
build-out  services  ("Build-Out  Services") to assist qualified  franchisees in
constructing, developing and equipping a Center.

     C.  The  Franchisee  desires  to  obtain  the  Build-Out  Services  and the
Franchisor  desires to provide or make  available the Build-Out  Services to the
Franchisee under the terms and conditions which are contained in this Addendum.

     The Franchisor and the Franchisee therefore agree as follows:

     1.  Build-Out  Services.  The Franchisor  shall provide or make  available,
itself or through  arrangements  with  independent  contractors,  the  following
Build-Out  Services to the Franchisee,  for the development and  construction of
the Center:

          a. Procurement of suitable plans and specifications  conforming to the
     Franchisor's  requirements  for  dimensions,  exterior  design,  materials,
     interior design, layout, signs, counters,  equipment and decorating for the
     Center, in compliance with applicable  ordinances,  building codes,  permit
     requirements and lease requirements and restrictions.

          b. Obtaining of required construction-related permits and licenses.

          c. Procurement of fixtures,  materials,  equipment, modular furniture,
     counters  and other such  materials  required for the  construction  of the
     Center.

          d.  Securing of all  contractors  and/or  subcontractors  to construct
     improvements and install equipment and fixtures in the Center.

          e.  Completion of the  construction  of required  improvements  to the
     Center  premises and decorate the premises in compliance with the plans and
     specifications, and delivery of the completed Center.

          f. Furnish and install the required signage for the Center,  if agreed
     to by the parties and listed on the  Build-Out  Schedule,  attached to this
     Addendum as Exhibit V-I.

<PAGE>


          g. Furnish and install certain  optional  equipment,  if listed on the
     Build-Out Schedule, attached to this Addendum as Exhibit V-I.

     2.  Commencement  of  Build-Out  Services.  The  Franchisor  shall  not  be
obligated to commence the Build-Out  Services  until the  Franchisee  submits an
executed  lease or other  authority  ("Lease")  to occupy the  location  for the
Center, which Lease has been previously approved by the Franchisor, and pays the
first installment of the costs for build-out, as prescribed in Section 4.a below
("Start Date").

     3. Completion of Build-Out Obligations. Conditional upon the timely payment
of the costs for  build-out,  an  estimate of which have been  acknowledged  and
agreed to by the  parties  and which  are set  forth in the  Build-Out  Schedule
("Build-Out  Costs") and submission of an executed Lease for the location of the
Center, the Franchisor agrees to use its best efforts to complete development of
and have the Center ready to open and commence the operation of business  within
a reasonable time after the Franchisor  obtains  possession of the premises,  as
may be necessary, and to obtain all required construction permits.

     4. Build-Out  Costs and Additional  Expenses.  The Build-Out Costs shall be
calculated  in the  Build-Out  Schedule and executed by the  Franchisor  and the
Franchisee no later than the Start Date.  The Franchisee  acknowledges  that the
Build-Out  Costs do not include other charges,  costs and expenses for which the
Franchisee is responsible  and liable,  such as  construction  extras,  landlord
chargebacks  and  additional  costs and  expenses as may be incurred  due to the
Franchisee's  failure  to  tender  the  Build-Out  Costs  as  required  by  this
Agreement. The Franchisee acknowledges that the Build-Out Costs include a fee to
the Franchisor, denoted herein as the Development Fee. In addition:

          a. The  Build-Out  Costs shall be paid in two  installments,  one-half
     prior to the  commencement  of the  Build-Out  Services and  one-half  upon
     completion of the  Build-Out  Services.  The  Franchisee  acknowledges  and
     understands  that  construction  of the Center by the  Franchisor  will not
     begin  until  one-half  of  the  Build-Out  Costs  have  been  paid  to the
     Franchisor;  provided,  however, upon receipt by the Franchisor of evidence
     of a binding finance  commitment from a third party to the Franchisee,  the
     Franchisor may elect, in its sole discretion,  to commence  construction of
     the Center  without  receiving  one-half of the  Build-Out  Costs and/or to
     otherwise vary the payment schedule for the Build-Out Costs.

          b. The Franchisee is solely and exclusively responsible and liable for
     and shall pay when due all sales,  use,  property or other taxes (including
     any penalties and interest) owed due to the construction of the Center, the
     improvement of the premises where the Center is located and the purchase of
     all  materials,  equipment,  fixtures,  furniture,  labor,  or other  items
     utilized in the development and/or construction of the Center.

          c. To the extent not covered by the Build-Out  Costs,  the  Franchisee
     shall  be  responsible  for and  shall  pay when due all  other  costs  and
     expenses incurred in the development of the Center.

          d.  Franchisee  grants  to  Franchisor  a  Security  Interest  in  all
     equipment,  supplies,  furniture and inventory  located at the Center until
     such time as full payment is received by  Franchisor  and all third parties
     for the Build-Out Services provided.

          e. The Franchisee  acknowledges and agrees that the actual cost of the
     build-out shall be computed upon  completion of the Build-Out  Services and
     the  Development  Fee and the second  installment  of the  Build-Out  Costs
     estimated in the Build-Out Schedule shall be adjusted to reflect the actual
     cost of the build-out of the Center.

                                       2
<PAGE>


     5. Control of Build-Out.  The Franchisee  acknowledges that the development
of the Center,  all design  changes,  modifications  to the Center  design,  all
construction  issues, trade fixture and equipment changes, and all other matters
related to the development of the Center and the construction thereof,  shall be
within the sole discretion of the Franchisor. The Center shall be turned over to
Franchisee  ready to open for  business,  subject to a punch list of items to be
corrected within 60 days of the turnover to the Franchisee.  Franchisee shall be
responsible and liable for obtaining all business licenses, permits and the like
not  related to  construction,  required by state or local  authorities  for the
operation of the Center.

     6.  Conversion  and Design,  Signs,  Equipment  and  Permits and  Licenses.
Sections  5.3,  5.4,  5.5 and 5.6 of the  Agreement  are  amended  by adding the
following to the end of each section:

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Franchisor  acknowledges the necessary
     conversion and design of the location, if any, meets the Franchisor's plans
     and specifications;  any signs meet the standards and specifications of the
     Franchisor and comply with applicable mall  regulations,  local ordinances,
     building codes and zoning regulations;  the equipment and software meet the
     Franchisor's  standards and  specifications;  and the necessary permits and
     licenses relating to the construction of the Center have been obtained.  To
     the extent applicable, however, all of the Franchisee's covenants set forth
     in this Section apply to the Franchisee's operation of the Center.

     7.  Improvements  and  Warranties.  Within 30 days after  completion of the
Center,  the  Franchisor  shall  provide the  Franchisee a schedule  listing all
leasehold  improvements,  equipment,  furniture  and  fixtures  installed in the
Center, and any and all equipment  warranties  provided by third parties, if not
already forwarded to the Franchisee.

     8. Excuse of Performance.  Notwithstanding anything in this Addendum to the
contrary, the obligations of the Franchisor to pursue and complete the Build-Out
Services shall be excused from such delay of performance as may be caused by any
legal directive;  intervention of any governmental order, regulation, direction,
request or contingency;  acts of God; or any cause beyond the reasonable control
of the Franchisor;  provided,  however, that such excuse of performance shall be
limited to the period of delay directly related to such cause.

     9. Conflict.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Agreement
and the terms of this Addendum, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

     10. Effective Date. This Addendum shall not become effective until accepted
by the  Franchisor  as  evidenced  by dating  and  signing  by an officer of the
Franchisor.


                                       3
<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the
date first set forth above.

                                      PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.


                                      By:_______________________________________
                                      Its:______________________________________


                                      FRANCHISEE:


                                      By:_______________________________________
                                      Its:______________________________________




(2/22/99)

                                       4
<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT V-I


                               BUILD-OUT SCHEDULE
















                                         PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.


                                         By:____________________________________
                                         Its:___________________________________


                                         FRANCHISEE:


                                         By:____________________________________
                                         Its:___________________________________





                                                                   Exhibit 10(b)






                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                            AREA MARKETING AGREEMENT














                                        ________________________________________
                                        Territory

                                        ________________________________________
                                        Date

                                        ________________________________________
                                        Area Marketer


<PAGE>

                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                            AREA MARKETING AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

Section Number                                                       Page Number
- --------------                                                       -----------


1.  BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE...................................................1

2.  DEFINITIONS..............................................................1
    2.1.     Territory.......................................................1
    2.2.     Sales Year......................................................1
    2.3.     Franchise Agreement.............................................1
    2.4.     A.M. P.M. MOVERS Program........................................2
    2.5.     Franchisee......................................................2
    2.6.     System Manual...................................................2

3.  SCOPE OF APPOINTMENT.....................................................2
    3.1.     Appointment of Marketer/Scope of Operations.....................2
    3.2.     Rights and Limitations to Territory.............................2
    3.3.     Franchisor's Reservation of Rights..............................3

4.  FRANCHISE SALES PROCEDURES...............................................3
    4.1.     Sales Goals.....................................................3
    4.2.     Franchise Registration and Disclosure...........................3
    4.3.     Advertising, Recruiting and Screening...........................4
    4.4.     Franchisor's Approval of Prospective Franchisees................4

5.  PAYMENTS TO THE FRANCHISOR...............................................4
    5.1.     Initial Area Marketing Fee......................................4

6.  PAYMENTS TO THE AREA MARKETER............................................5
    6.1.     Commissions on Sales Services...................................5
    6.2.     Commissions on Transfers of Franchises..........................5
    6.3.     Service Fees....................................................5
    6.4.     Application of Payments.........................................6
    6.5.     Setoffs.........................................................6

7.  TRAINING ASSISTANCE......................................................6
    7.1.     Area Marketer Training..........................................6
    7.2.     Length of Training..............................................7
    7.3.     Additional Training.............................................7
    7.4.     Seminars and Ongoing Training...................................7

8.  FRANCHISOR'S OPERATING ASSISTANCE........................................7
    8.1.     System Manual...................................................7
    8.2.     Operating Assistance............................................8

9.  AREA MARKETER'S OBLIGATIONS..............................................8
    9.1.     Hiring and Training of Employees of Area Marketer...............8
    9.2.     Commencement of Business........................................8
    9.3.     Sales Services..................................................8
    9.4.     Pre-Opening Support Services....................................8
    9.5.     Ongoing Support Services........................................9
    9.6.     Compliance with Franchise Agreement.............................9
    9.7.     Area Marketer's Inspections.....................................10

<PAGE>



10. MARKS....................................................................10
    10.1.    Ownership and Goodwill of Marks.................................10
    10.2.    Limitations on Use..............................................10
    10.3.    Discontinuance of Use of Marks..................................11
    10.4.    Notification of Infringements and Claims........................11
    10.5.    Indemnification.................................................11

11. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.................................................11
    11.1.    Confidential Information........................................11
    11.2.    Confidentiality and Noncompetition Agreement....................12

12. EXCLUSIVE RELATIONSHIP...................................................12
    12.1.    Exclusive Relationship..........................................12

13. OPERATING STANDARDS......................................................13
    13.1.    Standards of Service............................................13
    13.2.    Compliance with Laws and Good Business Practices................13
    13.3.    Accuracy of Information.........................................13
    13.4.    Notification of Litigation......................................13
    13.5.    Ownership and Management of Business............................14
    13.6.    Conflicting Interests...........................................14
    13.7.    Insurance.......................................................14
    13.8.    Proof of Insurance Coverage.....................................14
    13.9.    Advertising in Territory........................................15
    13.10.   Approval of Advertising.........................................15
    13.11.   Accounting, Bookkeeping and Records.............................15
    13.12.   Reports.........................................................15
    13.13.   Late Charges....................................................16
    13.14.   Compliance with Third Party Agreements..........................16

14. INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS...................................................16
    14.1.    Inspections and Audits..........................................16

15. TRANSFERS................................................................16
    15.1.    Transfers by the Franchisor.....................................16
    15.2.    Transfers by the Marketer.......................................16
    15.3.    Conditions for Approval of Transfer.............................17
    15.4.    Transfer to an Entity...........................................18
    15.5.    Franchisor's Approval of Transfer...............................18
    15.6.    Death or Disability of Area Marketer............................18

16. TERM AND EXPIRATION......................................................18
    16.1.    Term............................................................18
    16.2.    Rights Upon Expiration..........................................18
    16.3.    Exercise of Option for Successor Area Marketer Rights...........19
    16.4.    Conditions of Refusal...........................................19

17. TERMINATION..............................................................19
    17.1.    By the Marketer.................................................19
    17.2.    By the Franchisor...............................................19
    17.3.    Rights and Obligations of the Area Marketer
              Upon Termination or Expiration.................................20
    17.4.    Confidential Information........................................21
    17.5.    Covenant Not to Compete.........................................21
    17.6.    No Further Right to Payment.....................................22
    17.7.    Continuing Obligations..........................................22
    17.8.    State and Federal Law...........................................22

<PAGE>


18. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES..............................................22
    18.1.    Relationship of the Parties.....................................22
    18.2.    Payment of Third Party Obligations..............................22
    18.3.    Independent Contractors.........................................23
    18.4.    Indemnification.................................................23

19. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.................................................23
    19.1.    Governing Law/Consent to Venue and Jurisdiction.................23
    19.2.    Severability....................................................23
    19.3.    Modification....................................................24
    19.4.    Attorneys' Fees.................................................24
    19.5.    Injunctive Relief...............................................24
    19.6.    No Waiver.......................................................24
    19.7.    No Right to Set Off.............................................24
    19.8.    Effective Date..................................................24
    19.9.    Review of Agreement.............................................24
    19.10.   Entire Agreement................................................25
    19.11.   Notices.........................................................25
    19.12.   Acknowledgment..................................................25


EXHIBITS
- --------

    Exhibit I     Rider to Area Marketing Agreement
    Exhibit II    Franchise Agreement
    Exhibit III   Amendment to Franchise Agreement (A.M. P.M. MOVERS Program)
    Exhibit IV    Guaranty and Assumption of Area Marketer's Obligations
    Exhibit V     Statement of Ownership


<PAGE>

                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                            AREA MARKETING AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT is made this ___ day of ________________,  199____,  between
PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA,  INC., a Colorado  corporation,  with its principal
offices  at  3033  South  Parker  Road,  Suite  1200,  Aurora,  Colorado,  80014
("Franchisor")  and  ____________________________________________________  whose
principal address is _____________________________________________ ("Marketer"),
who on the basis of the following  understandings  and in  consideration  of the
following promises, agree as follows:


                           1. BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE

1.1. The  Franchisor  has  developed  methods for  establishing,  operating  and
promoting  stores offering a variety of packaging,  shipping,  crating,  freight
forwarding, mailing, communications and information services ("PAK MAIL Centers"
or  "Centers").  These  methods  feature the use and license of the service mark
"PAK MAIL" and related  service  marks and  trademarks  (all referred to in this
Agreement  as the  "Marks")  and  the  Franchisor's  distinctive  plans  for the
establishment,  operation and promotion of PAK MAIL Centers and related licensed
methods of doing business (the "Licensed Methods").

1.2. The Franchisor grants to qualified  individuals,  or to entities with which
such  individuals are  affiliated,  the right and license to develop and operate
Centers using the Marks and Licensed Methods.

1.3. The Marketer  desires to act as a special agent to the Franchisor  within a
certain  geographic area,  enabling the Marketer to sell franchises for PAK MAIL
Centers and to develop,  support and provide services to PAK MAIL Centers within
such  geographical  area,  under the terms and conditions which are contained in
this Agreement ("Marketer Business" or "Business").

1.4.  The  Franchisor  is willing to grant the right to  Marketer to serve as an
area marketer, enabling the Marketer to sell franchises for PAK MAIL Centers and
to provide site  selection  and support  services to PAK MAIL  Centers  within a
certain  geographical  area,  under terms and conditions  which are contained in
this Agreement.


                                 2. DEFINITIONS

2.1 Territory.
- --------------

     "Territory"  shall  mean the  geographical  area  described  in  Exhibit  I
attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

2.2 Sales Year.
- ---------------

     "Sales  Year" shall mean each period of time defined as a Sales Year in the
attached Exhibit I.

2.3 Franchise Agreement.
- ------------------------

     "Franchise  Agreement"  shall  mean  the  forms of  agreements  (including,
without  limitation,  franchise agreement and any exhibits,  riders,  collateral
assignments  of lease or sublease,  and personal  guarantees  used in connection


<PAGE>


therewith)  used  by the  Franchisor  from  time  to  time  in the  granting  of
franchises for the ownership and operation of PAK MAIL Centers. Attached to this
Agreement  as  Exhibit  II  and  incorporated   herein  by  reference,   is  the
Franchisor's current form of Franchise Agreement. The Marketer acknowledges that
the Marketer will use the Franchisor's then current form of franchise  agreement
and that the Franchisor, in its sole discretion, may from time to time modify or
amend in any respect the form of  franchise  agreement  and related  agreements,
including but not limited to, modifying fees customarily charged in granting PAK
MAIL Center franchises.

2.4 A.M. P.M. MOVERS Program.
- -----------------------------

     "A.M.  P.M.  MOVERS Program" shall mean the program that the Franchisor may
offer to  Franchisees  of the  Franchisor  whereby  local  moving  services  for
individuals  and small business  customers are either provided by the Franchisee
or arranged by the  Franchisee  with a third party,  using the A.M. P.M.  MOVERS
Mark. Those Franchisees  approved to participate in the A.M. P.M. MOVERS Program
must execute the Amendment to Franchise  Agreement (A.M.  P.M. MOVERS  Program),
the  current  form of which is  attached  to this  Agreement  as Exhibit III and
incorporated  herein by reference ("A.M. P.M. MOVERS  Amendment").  The Marketer
acknowledges  that the Marketer will use the  Franchisor's  then current form of
A.M. P.M. MOVERS Amendment and that the Franchisor, in its sole discretion,  may
from time to time,  modify or amend in any respect the form of A.M. P.M.  MOVERS
Amendment.

2.5 Franchisee.
- ---------------

     "Franchisee"  shall  mean any  person,  corporation,  partnership  or other
entity who has entered into a Franchise Agreement with the Franchisor.

2.6 System Manual.
- ------------------

     "System  Manual"  means the manuals,  technical  bulletins or other written
materials  covering the proper operating and marketing  techniques of a Marketer
Business and standards and specifications for implementing the Licensed Methods.


                            3. SCOPE OF APPOINTMENT

3.1 Appointment of Marketer/Scope of Operations.
- ------------------------------------------------

     The Franchisor  appoints the Marketer,  and the Marketer  agrees to perform
its  obligations,  as a special agent of the  Franchisor in accordance  with the
terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  and only  within the  Territory,  to
solicit  prospective  Franchisees  for PAK MAIL  Centers  to be  located  in the
Territory  ("Sales  Services")  as  described  in Section 9.3 below,  to perform
certain  site  acquisition  services  and to render  support and other  services
("Support  Services") to Centers  located within the Territory as those services
are described in Sections 9.4 and 9.5 below.

3.2 Rights and Limitations to Territory.
- ----------------------------------------

     The  Franchisor  will not establish and license any other area marketers to
act as special agents to perform Sales Services or to thereafter  render Support
Services  to  Franchisees  within the  Territory;  provided,  however,  that the
Franchisor shall retain such rights in the Territory as described in Section 3.3
below.

                                       2
<PAGE>


3.3 Franchisor's Reservation of Rights.
- ---------------------------------------

     The Marketer  acknowledges  that its franchise rights granted hereunder are
nonexclusive  and the  Franchisor  (on  behalf of  itself,  its  affiliates  and
designees), retains the rights, among others:

     a. to use, and to license others to use, the Marks and Licensed Methods for
the operation of other area marketer  businesses at any location  outside of the
Territory;

     b. to solicit prospective Franchisees and to grant other persons franchises
to  operate  PAK MAIL  Centers  at such  locations  within  and  outside  of the
Territory and on such terms and conditions as the Franchisor  deems  appropriate
and to itself own and operate such PAK MAIL Centers within the Territory;

     c. to use and  license  the use of other  proprietary  marks or  methods in
connection  with  the sale of  products  and  services  similar  to those  which
Franchisees who operate PAK MAIL Centers sell,  whether in alternative  channels
of  distribution  or in  connection  with the operation of packaging and mailing
businesses  which are the same as, or  similar  to, or  different  from PAK MAIL
Centers, at any location,  within and outside of the Territory, on any terms and
conditions as the Franchisor deems advisable; and

     d. to use the Marks to identify services and products other than those sold
by Franchisees who operate PAK MAIL Centers,  promotional and marketing  efforts
or related items, or to identify  services and products similar to those offered
by Franchisees who operate PAK MAIL Centers,  made available through alternative
channels of distribution, at any location, within and outside of the Territory.


                         4. FRANCHISE SALES PROCEDURES

4.1 Sales Goals.
- ----------------

     The Marketer  agrees that during the term of this  Agreement,  the Marketer
will meet and maintain the franchise  sales goals  ("Sales  Goals") set forth in
Exhibit I to this Agreement.

4.2 Franchise Registration and Disclosure.
- ------------------------------------------

     Neither the  Marketer nor any  employee or  representative  of the Marketer
shall solicit  prospective  Franchisees of PAK MAIL Centers until the Franchisor
has registered in the applicable jurisdiction and has provided the Marketer with
the  requisite  documents,  or at any time  when  the  Franchisor  notifies  the
Marketer  that its  registration  is not then in effect or its documents are not
then in compliance with applicable law. If the Marketer's activities pursuant to
this Agreement  require the  preparation,  amendment,  registration or filing of
information  or any  disclosure  or  other  documents,  all  requisite  offering
circulars,  ancillary documents and registration  applications shall be prepared
and filed by the Franchisor or its designee, and registration secured before the
Marketer may solicit prospective  Franchisees of PAK MAIL Centers. Costs of such
registration  applicable  to the  Marketer  shall be borne by the  Marketer.  In
particular, the Marketer shall:

     a. prepare and forward to the Franchisor  verified financial  statements of
the  Marketer in such form and for such  periods as shall be  designated  by the
Franchisor,  including audited financial statements if necessary and appropriate
to comply with applicable legal disclosure, filing or other legal requirements;

     b. promptly provide all information  reasonably  required by the Franchisor
to prepare all requisite  offering  circulars  and  ancillary  documents for the
offering of franchises throughout the Territory;

                                       3
<PAGE>


     c.  execute all  documents  required by the  Franchisor  for the purpose of
registering the Marketer and the Franchisor to offer  franchises  throughout the
Territory; and

     d. pay to the  Franchisor,  or its  designee,  upon  demand,  the  costs of
registering  and preparing  those  portions of all such  offering  circulars and
ancillary documents which are applicable to the Marketer.

The  Marketer  agrees to  review  all  information  pertaining  to the  Marketer
prepared  to comply  with  legal  requirements  for  selling  franchises  in the
Territory  and  verify its  accuracy  if so  requested  by the  Franchisor.  The
Marketer  acknowledges  that the  Franchisor,  its  affiliates or its designees,
shall not be liable to the  Marketer  for any errors,  omissions or delays which
may occur in the preparation of such materials.

4.3 Advertising, Recruiting and Screening.
- ------------------------------------------

     The  Marketer  shall  be  responsible  for  advertising  for,   recruiting,
screening and interviewing  prospects for PAK MAIL Centers franchises within the
Territory.  The Marketer  shall  provide  prospective  Franchisees  with written
information regarding a PAK MAIL Center franchise approved by the Franchisor, or
via the telephone,  face-to-face  meetings or by visiting other PAK MAIL Centers
within the  Territory.  The  Marketer  shall  submit  each  qualified  applicant
("Applicant")  for a PAK MAIL Center  franchise to the  Franchisor for approval.
The Marketer  further agrees that all Applicants  submitted to the Franchisor by
the Marketer, if an individual,  or the Principal Owner of the Applicant, if the
Applicant is not an individual,  shall be individuals who are of good character,
have  adequate  financial  resources  and meet  the  Franchisor's  criteria  for
Franchisees or Principal Owners of Franchisees.  A "Principal  Owner" is defined
in Section 7.1 below. Each application for a franchise  received by the Marketer
shall be  submitted  to the  Franchisor  with  all  information  respecting  the
Applicant, the Principal Owner of the Applicant, if applicable,  the Applicant's
proposed  franchise   location,   if  known,  and  all  other  information  then
customarily  required by the Franchisor  concerning  Applicants,  including such
financial  statements  and other  information  as the  Franchisor may reasonably
require. The Marketer shall assist the Applicant in the preparation of financial
and other required information.

4.4 Franchisor's Approval of Prospective Franchisees.
- -----------------------------------------------------

     By delivery of written notice to the Marketer, the Franchisor shall approve
or disapprove  Applicants to become PAK MAIL Center Franchisees.  The Franchisor
agrees to exert its best  efforts to deliver such  notification  to the Marketer
within 30 days after the later of: (a) receipt by the  Franchisor  of a complete
application,  financial  statement and other  materials  regarding the Applicant
requested by the Franchisor;  or (b) the personal  interview of Applicant by the
Franchisor, if any. If the Franchisor,  in its sole discretion,  determines that
the Applicant possesses sufficient financial and managerial capability and meets
the other  criteria then utilized by the  Franchisor in the grant of franchises,
the  Franchisor  shall offer to the Applicant a franchise for the operation of a
PAK MAIL  Center.  The grant of the  franchise  shall be effected  only upon and
after  the  full  execution  of the  then  current  Franchise  Agreement  by the
Franchisor and the Applicant.


                         5. PAYMENTS TO THE FRANCHISOR

5.1 Initial Area Marketing Fee.
- -------------------------------

     The initial area marketing fee ("Marketing  Fee") payable to the Franchisor
by the Marketer in  consideration  for the  Marketer's  appointment as exclusive
Marketer  within the Territory shall be calculated and set forth in the attached
Exhibit I. Unless  otherwise  agreed,  the Marketing Fee is payable in full upon
execution of this Agreement. The Marketing Fee is fully earned by the Franchisor
upon receipt and is nonrefundable once paid. The Marketer  acknowledges that the
Marketing  Fee  does not  include  payment  of any  initial  franchise  fees for
individual PAK MAIL Centers.

                                       4
<PAGE>


                        6. PAYMENTS TO THE AREA MARKETER

6.1 Commissions on Sales Services.
- ----------------------------------

     During the term of this Agreement,  the Marketer shall be paid a commission
based on a percentage  of initial  franchise  fees paid by  Franchisees  for the
purchase  of a  franchise  for a  PAK  MAIL  Center  to be  located  within  the
Territory,  upon  fulfillment  of the  following  conditions  ("Franchise  Sales
Conditions"):

     a. The  Franchisee  shall have  executed  a  Franchise  Agreement  with the
Franchisor  and an  initial  franchise  fee shall  have  been paid and  actually
received by the Franchisor (the Franchisor  shall not be deemed to have received
any fees paid into escrow,  if  applicable,  until such fees have  actually been
remitted to the Franchisor);

     b. The sale for  which  the  initial  franchise  fee has been paid is not a
resale of any existing PAK MAIL Center, or any interest therein;

     c. The  Franchisee  shall  have  successfully  completed  the  Franchisor's
initial training program; and

     d. The Marketer has complied with all other of its  obligations  under this
Agreement with respect to such sale and has verified the same to the Franchisor,
in writing in a form prescribed by the Franchisor.

     Commissions  on Sales  Services shall be paid to the Marketer in the amount
of 40% of the total initial  franchise fees paid to the  Franchisor,  payable to
the  Marketer  within 45 days  after the  Franchise  Sale  Conditions  have been
fulfilled.  The Marketer  shall not receive any commission on Sales Services for
PAK MAIL  Centers  owned and  operated  by the  Franchisor,  its  affiliates  or
designees ("Company Owned Centers") in the Territory.

6.2 Commissions on Transfers of Franchises.
- -------------------------------------------

     If, during the term of this Agreement, a PAK MAIL Center located within the
Territory  or an interest  therein is resold to a different  Franchisee  and the
sale  results in the  execution  of a Franchise  Agreement  and the payment of a
transfer  fee,  then the Marketer  will not be paid a commission on any transfer
fee  paid to the  Franchisor,  but the  Marketer  will be paid  Service  Fees in
accordance with Section 6.3 below.

6.3 Service Fees.
- -----------------

     The Franchisor  shall pay to the Marketer,  within 45 days after the end of
each month, a service fee ("Service Fee")  consisting of 50% of the royalty fees
(which excludes advertising fees) which each Franchisee located in the Territory
paid to the Franchisor  during the applicable  month pursuant to their Franchise
Agreement ("Royalty Fees"). Notwithstanding the foregoing:

     a.  If the  Marketer  has  failed  to  conduct  the  quarterly  inspections
described in Section 9.5 below and file a written report or failed to perform in
any material respect the other services to be provided to Franchisees located in
the  Territory  described  in Article 9 below during any  applicable  month with
respect to one or more Franchisees located in the Territory,  the Marketer shall
not be entitled to receive Service Fees with respect to such Franchisees for the
period during which reports or services were not provided.

                                       5
<PAGE>


     b. The Marketer  shall not be entitled to share or receive any Service Fees
from any fees paid to the Franchisor by  Franchisees  in the Territory  prior to
the time the  Marketer  completes  the  initial  Marketer  training  program and
commences  full  performance  of the  services  set  forth in  Article 9 of this
Agreement.

     c. If there are franchised  Centers  operating in the Territory at the time
the Marketer signs this Agreement,  then the Marketer shall receive Service Fees
from those Centers during the term of this Agreement.

     d. The Marketer  shall not receive any Service Fees with respect to any PAK
MAIL  Centers in the  Territory  owned and  operated  by the  Franchisor  or its
affiliates,  unless those Centers are operating under  Franchise  Agreements and
pay Royalty Fees to the Franchisor.

6.4 Application of Payments.
- ----------------------------

     The  Franchisor's  payments  to the  Marketer  shall be  based  on  amounts
actually collected from Franchisees,  not on payments accrued,  due or owing. In
the event of termination  of a Franchise  Agreement for a PAK MAIL Center within
the Territory under circumstances  entitling the Franchisee to the return of all
or part of the initial  franchise  fee or Royalty Fees (or in the event that the
Franchisor  becomes  legally  obligated  or decides in its sole  discretion,  to
return part or all of the initial franchise fee or Royalty Fees), the Franchisor
may deduct the portion of the amount to be returned  to  Franchisee  in the same
proportion as the Marketer  shared in the initial  franchise fee or Royalty Fees
from any future  amounts  owed the  Marketer.  The  Franchisor  shall  apply any
payments  received  from a  Franchisee  to any  past  due  indebtedness  of that
Franchisee  for Royalty  Fees,  advertising  contributions,  purchases  from the
Franchisor  or its  affiliates,  interest  or any  other  indebtedness  of  that
Franchisee to the Franchisor or its affiliates. To the extent that such payments
are applied to a Franchisee's  overdue Royalty Fee payments,  the Marketer shall
be entitled to its pro rata share of such  payments,  less its pro rata share of
the costs of collection paid to third parties.

6.5 Setoffs.
- ------------

     The Marketer shall not be allowed to set off amounts owed to the Franchisor
for fees or other amounts due hereunder, against any monies owed to the Marketer
by the  Franchisor,  which  right of set off is hereby  expressly  waived by the
Marketer.  The  Franchisor  shall  be  allowed  to set off  amounts  owed to the
Marketer for commissions,  Service Fees or other amounts due hereunder,  against
any monies  owed to the  Franchisor  by the  Marketer,  including,  setting  off
amounts owed to the Marketer for commissions or Service Fees against monies owed
to the  Franchisor  for  commissions  on Sales  Services  which were paid to the
Marketer before the Franchisee failed to successfully  complete the Franchisor's
initial training program.


                             7. TRAINING ASSISTANCE

7.1 Area Marketer Training.
- ---------------------------

     Within  90  days  after  the  date of  execution  of  this  Agreement,  the
Franchisor shall furnish, and the Marketer (or if the Marketer is a partnership,
corporation,  or other entity, an individual designated by the Marketer who owns
at least 25% of the ownership interest in the Marketer and who has been approved
by the  Franchisor,  who shall be  designated  as the  "Principal  Owner") shall
attend, at the Marketer's sole cost and expense, an initial training program, to
consist of the training program  applicable to the Franchisor's  Franchisees and
such further  training  which may include  topics such as  marketing,  franchise
sales, franchise law compliance, site selection and store opening procedures, as
the Franchisor in its sole discretion deems  advisable,  furnished at such place
and time as the Franchisor may designate.

                                       6
<PAGE>


7.2 Length of Training.
- -----------------------

     The first portion of the initial Marketer  training program will last up to
10 days and will  consist of the  initial  training  program  applicable  to the
Franchisor's  Franchisees.  The second portion of the initial Marketer  training
consists of up to 3 days of on the job  instruction at the  Marketer's  Business
location.  Other than the Marketing  Fee, no tuition or fee shall be charged for
the initial training.  However, the Marketer shall be responsible for all travel
and living  expenses  which are incurred in  connection  with  attendance at the
initial training program.

7.3 Additional Training.
- ------------------------

     The initial  training  program  will be made  available to  replacement  or
additional  Principal Owners and other  management  personnel during the term of
this Agreement.  The Franchisor reserves the right to charge a tuition or fee in
an amount  payable in  advance,  commensurate  with the then  current  published
prices of the Franchisor for such training. The Marketer will be responsible for
all travel and living  expenses  incurred by its  personnel in  connection  with
attendance at the training  program.  Further,  the availability of the training
programs will be subject to space  considerations  and prior  commitments to new
PAK MAIL Franchisees and Marketers.

7.4 Seminars and Ongoing Training.
- ----------------------------------

     From time to time,  the  Franchisor  may present  seminars,  conventions or
continuing development programs for the benefit of the Marketer. The Marketer or
its Principal Owner shall be required to attend any ongoing mandatory  seminars,
industry  conventions  or  programs  as may be  offered by the  Franchisor.  The
Franchisor  shall give the Marketer at least 30 days prior written notice of any
seminar,  convention or program which is deemed  mandatory.  The Franchisor will
not require  that the  Marketer  attend any ongoing  training  more often than a
total of five working days each calendar  year. The Marketer will be responsible
for all travel and living  expenses which are associated  with attendance at any
ongoing training program.


                      8. FRANCHISOR'S OPERATING ASSISTANCE

8.1 System Manual.
- ------------------

     The Franchisor shall, in addition to the Marketer training program, loan to
the Marketer  during the term hereof one copy of its System Manual to assist the
Marketer and its employees in the conduct of the business  contemplated  by this
Agreement.  The Franchisor may prescribe  mandatory and suggested  standards and
operating  procedures  for the  Marketer  in the  System  Manual,  which  may be
modified from time to time by the  Franchisor.  The Marketer shall keep its copy
of the System Manual current.  In the event of a dispute  relating to the System
Manual,  the master copy that the Franchisor  maintains at its principal  office
shall be  controlling.  The  Marketer  may not at any time  copy any part of the
System Manual,  unless approved in writing by the  Franchisor.  In the event the
Marketer's copy of the System Manual is lost, destroyed or damaged, the Marketer
shall be  obligated  to obtain from the  Franchisor,  at the  Franchisor's  then
applicable  charge, a replacement  copy of the System Manual.  The System Manual
and other  writings  communicated  to the  Marketer  shall  constitute  material
provisions of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

                                       7
<PAGE>


8.2 Operating Assistance.
- -------------------------

     The Franchisor  will make available the following  services during the term
of this Agreement:

     a. Upon the reasonable  request of the Marketer,  consultation by telephone
regarding advice related to franchise sales,  Franchisee support and assistance;
and

     b. Access to franchise sales  advertising and promotional  materials as may
be developed by the  Franchisor,  which  reasonable cost may be passed on to the
Marketer at the Franchisor's option.


                         9. AREA MARKETER'S OBLIGATIONS

9.1 Hiring and Training of Employees of Area Marketer.
- ------------------------------------------------------

     The  Marketer  shall  hire  all  of  the  Marketer's  employees,  shall  be
exclusively  responsible for the terms of their  employment and compensation and
shall implement a training program for employees to ensure their compliance with
the Franchisor's  requirements;  provided that the Marketer shall not employ any
person whom the Franchisor,  in its sole discretion,  has determined to be unfit
to represent the Franchisor in the marketing of PAK MAIL Center franchises or in
furnishing services to Franchisees.

9.2 Commencement of Business.
- -----------------------------

     Unless  otherwise  agreed to in writing by the Franchisor and the Marketer,
the  Marketer  has 120  days  from the date of this  Agreement  within  which to
complete its initial  training and commence  operation of its PAK MAIL  Marketer
Business.  The Franchisor  will extend the time within which the Marketer has to
commence  operations for a reasonable  period of time, in the event that factors
beyond the Marketer's  reasonable control prevent the Marketer from meeting this
development schedule, so long as the Marketer has made reasonable and continuing
efforts to comply and the Marketer requests in writing,  an extension of time in
which to have its Business established before the development period lapses. The
obligations of the Marketer,  including  Sales  Services,  shall commence at the
earlier  of the date the  Marketer  or its  Principal  Owner has  satisfactorily
completed the Franchisor's initial training program or 120 days from the date of
this Agreement.

9.3 Sales Services.
- -------------------

     The Marketer  shall solicit and identify  prospective  franchisees  for PAK
MAIL Centers to be located within the Territory.

9.4 Pre-Opening Support Services.
- ---------------------------------

     The Marketer shall perform the following  pre-opening  Support  Services on
behalf of the Franchisor with respect to Franchisees of PAK MAIL Centers located
in the Territory:

     a. Assist with Center location  selection for each Franchisee,  which shall
consist of providing each Franchisee  with criteria for a satisfactory  site and
assisting  each  Franchisee  in  completing  a  site  report   (containing  such
demographic,  commercial and other information and photographs as the Franchisor
may reasonably  require) for each location at which the  Franchisee  proposes to
establish and operate a PAK MAIL Center and which Marketer  reasonably  believes
conform to the Franchisor's site selection criteria;

                                       8
<PAGE>


     b. Provide information about required,  recommended or acceptable terms and
conditions to be included in the Franchisee's lease for the Center premises;

     c. To the  extent  required  by the  Franchisor,  assist  a  Franchisee  in
securing financing;

     d. Provide standards and specifications for the build out, interior design,
layout, floor plan, signs, designs,  color and decor of the Center as prescribed
from time to time by the Franchisor;

     e. Provide on-site  assistance for not less than 24 hours in the opening of
PAK MAIL Centers located in the Territory; and

     f. Provide  guidance in implementing  advertising  and marketing  programs,
operating and sales procedures and bookkeeping and accounting programs.

9.5 Ongoing Support Services.
- -----------------------------

     With respect to Franchisees  of PAK MAIL Centers  located in the Territory,
the Marketer shall perform the following  ongoing Support  Services on behalf of
the Franchisor:

     a.  Initiate  not  fewer  than two  consultations  by  telephone  with each
Franchisee each month  regarding the continuing  operation and management of the
Center and advice regarding services offered and related issues;

     b.  Conduct  seminars  for  Franchisees  to  provide  on-going  updates  of
information  regarding  new services  and  products,  the  shipping  business in
general,  marketing  and  business  techniques  and  updated  Licensed  Methods,
including without limitation, information about special programs or new services
of the Franchisor, such as the A.M. P.M. MOVERS Program;

     c. Provide advice and  assistance to the Franchisee in connection  with the
development of and improvements to the Franchisee's Center;

     d.  Conduct at least one field  inspection  of each PAK MAIL  Center in the
Territory  every  calendar  quarter in the manner as required by the  Franchisor
from time to time, said inspections to be verified by written reports;

     e.  Provide  access to  advertising  and  promotional  materials  as may be
developed  by the  Franchisor  from  time  to time  and  assist  Franchisees  in
implementing advertising and promotional campaigns;

     f. At the  Franchisor's  written request,  establish a toll-free  telephone
number  for all PAK MAIL  Centers  located  in the  Territory  to  consult  with
Franchisees during regular business hours;

     g. Submit monthly reports to the Franchisor on activities in the Territory,
using procedures and forms prescribed and supplied by the Franchisor; and

     h. Use best efforts to cause Franchisees in the Territory to timely pay all
amounts due to the Franchisor and collect past due amounts from Franchisees.

9.6 Compliance with Franchise Agreement.
- ----------------------------------------

     The   Marketer   acknowledges   that   it  is   being   delegated   certain
responsibilities  of the Franchisor under the Franchise Agreement to Franchisees
in the Territory. The responsibilities to Franchisees are to be performed by the
Marketer as described  herein or as may in the future be set forth in the System

                                       9
<PAGE>


Manual or other reasonable  standards and  specifications  as may be provided by
the  Franchisor  from  time to  time,  and the  Marketer's  responsibilities  to
Franchisees will not materially change during the term of this Agreement. In the
performance  of  services  to  Franchisees  of PAK MAIL  Centers  located in the
Territory,  the  Marketer  shall  in all  respects  comply  with the  terms  and
conditions of any Franchise  Agreement or other  agreement in effect between the
Franchisee  and the  Franchisor.  The Marketer  understands,  however,  that its
rights as an area  marketer are only by virtue of this  Agreement and that it is
not in any manner a party, third party beneficiary or holder of any other right,
title or interest  in or to any  Franchise  Agreement,  unless it is a Franchise
Agreement in which the Marketer is the Franchisee.

9.7 Area Marketer's Inspections.
- --------------------------------

     The Marketer shall ascertain through field audits, reviews and inspections,
that each  Franchisee in the Territory has complied  satisfactorily  with all of
the terms and conditions of the Franchise Agreement, specifications,  standards,
operating  procedures,  and the Franchisee Operations Manual, and shall promptly
notify the  Franchisee  in  writing,  with a copy and  evaluation  report to the
Franchisor, of any deficiencies; provided, however, the Marketer understands and
acknowledges  that its  inspections  and reports are advisory  only and that the
Franchisor shall have: (a) all of the rights to inspect and ascertain compliance
of all  Franchisees as if this Agreement were not in effect;  (b) the sole right
to send notices of default to the Franchisee;  (c) the sole right to terminate a
Franchise Agreement for failure to cure such defaults (if an opportunity to cure
is granted); and (d) the sole right to take any legal action with respect to any
default or any violation of a Franchise Agreement. If the Marketer believes that
any  Franchisee  in the Territory  has breached a Franchise  Agreement  with the
Franchisor,  the  Marketer  shall  document in writing all facts  related to the
alleged breach and shall request in writing that the Franchisor investigate such
alleged  breach.  If,  as  a  result  of  the  Franchisor's  investigation,  the
Franchisor  determines that there is a breach by the Franchisee of its Franchise
Agreement with the Franchisor,  the Franchisor  shall,  in its sole  discretion,
take such action as it deems appropriate.


                                   10. MARKS

10.1 Ownership and Goodwill of Marks.
- -------------------------------------

     The  Marketer  acknowledges  that its  rights to use the Marks are  derived
solely from this  Agreement,  unless  such  rights are granted  under a separate
written  agreement  with the  Franchisor,  and are  limited to  operating  as an
Marketer pursuant to and in compliance with this Agreement. Any unauthorized use
of  the  Marks  by  the  Marketer  shall  constitute  a  breach  hereof  and  an
infringement  of the  Franchisor's  rights  in and to the  Marks.  The  Marketer
acknowledges and agrees that its usage of the Marks and any goodwill established
thereby  shall  inure  to the  Franchisor's  exclusive  benefit  and  that  this
Agreement  does not confer any goodwill or other  interest in the Marks upon the
Marketer.

10.2 Limitations on Use.
- ------------------------

     The Marketer  shall not use any Mark as part of any corporate or trade name
or with any prefix,  suffix or other modifying words, terms,  designs or symbols
(other than logos licensed to the Marketer hereunder),  or in any modified form,
nor may the Marketer use any Mark in connection  with  unauthorized  services or
products  or in any other  manner  not  expressly  authorized  in writing by the
Franchisor.  The Marketer  agrees to give such notices of trademark  and service
mark  registration  as the  Franchisor  specifies  and to use  and  obtain  such
fictitious or assumed name registrations as may be required by the Franchisor or
under  applicable  law. The Marketer  further  agrees that no service mark other

                                       10
<PAGE>


than "PAK MAIL" or such other Marks as may be specified by the Franchisor  shall
be used in the  marketing,  promotion or operation of the  Marketer's  Business.
Except as may be permitted in the System Manual,  the Marketer agrees not to use
any of the Marks as part of an  electronic  mail  address or on any sites on the
Internet or on the World Wide Web and the Marketer agrees not to use or register
any of the Marks as a domain name on the Internet.

10.3 Discontinuance of Use of Marks.
- ------------------------------------

     If it becomes  advisable at any time, in the Franchisor's  sole discretion,
for the Franchisor  and/or the Marketer to modify or discontinue use of any Mark
and/or use one or more  additional or  substitute  trade or service  marks,  the
Marketer agrees, at its own expense, to comply with the Franchisor's  directions
to do so within a reasonable time after notice thereof.

10.4 Notification of Infringements and Claims.
- ----------------------------------------------

     The  Marketer  shall  immediately  notify the  Franchisor  of any  apparent
infringement  of or challenge to the Marketer's use of any Mark, or claim by any
person of any rights in any Mark,  and the Marketer shall not  communicate  with
any person other than the Franchisor or its counsel in connection  with any such
matter.  The Marketer may not settle any claim without the Franchisor's  written
consent.  The  Franchisor  shall have sole  discretion to take such action as it
deems  appropriate and the right to control  exclusively  any  litigation,  U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office  proceeding or any other  administrative  proceeding
arising out of any such  infringement,  challenge or claim or otherwise relating
to any  Mark.  The  Marketer  agrees  to  execute  any and all  instruments  and
documents,  render such  assistance  and perform such acts as, in the opinion of
the Franchisor's  counsel, may be necessary or advisable to protect and maintain
the Franchisor's interest in the Marks.

10.5 Indemnification.
- ---------------------

     The  Franchisor  agrees to indemnify the Marketer  against and to reimburse
the  Marketer  for all  damages  for which the  Marketer  is held  liable in any
proceeding  arising  out of its  authorized  use of any Mark  pursuant to and in
compliance  with this  Agreement  and for all costs  reasonably  incurred by the
Marketer in defending any such claim or any  proceeding in which the Marketer is
named as a party,  provided that the Marketer has timely notified the Franchisor
of such claim or proceeding and has otherwise complied with this Agreement.  The
Franchisor,  at its option,  shall be entitled to defend and control the defense
of any proceeding  arising out of the Marketer's use of any Mark pursuant to and
in compliance with this Agreement.


                          11. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

11.1 Confidential Information.
- ------------------------------

     The  Franchisor  possesses  certain  proprietary  confidential  information
consisting  of the methods,  techniques,  formats,  specifications,  procedures,
information,  systems,  methods  of  business  management,  sales and  promotion
techniques and knowledge of and  experience in the operation and  franchising of
PAK MAIL Centers (the "Confidential Information"). The Franchisor shall disclose
the Confidential Information to the Marketer in the training program, the System
Manual and in guidance  furnished to the AD during the term hereof. The Marketer
will not acquire any interest in the  Confidential  Information,  other than the
right to utilize it in the Territory in the execution of the  Marketer's  duties
hereunder during the term of this Agreement,  and the Marketer acknowledges that
the use or  duplication  of the  Confidential  Information in any other business
venture  would  constitute  an  unfair  method  of  competition.   The  Marketer
acknowledges  and  agrees  that the  Confidential  Information  is  proprietary,
includes trade secrets of the Franchisor and is disclosed to the Marketer solely
on  the  condition  that  the  Marketer  agrees,   and  the  Marketer  (and  its
shareholders,  officers, directors,  partners, members, managers and equivalents
if the Marketer is an entity) does hereby agree that the Marketer: (a) shall not
use the  Confidential  Information in any other business or capacity;  (b) shall
maintain the absolute confidentiality of the Confidential Information during and
for two years after the term of this Agreement;  (c) shall not make unauthorized
copies of any portion of the  Confidential  Information  disclosed in written or
other tangible form; and (d) shall adopt and implement all reasonable procedures

                                       11
<PAGE>


prescribed  from time to time by the Franchisor to prevent  unauthorized  use or
disclosure  of the  Confidential  Information.  The  Marketer  agrees  that  the
Franchisor  shall have the perpetual  right to use and authorize  other PAK MAIL
Center  Franchisees  and area marketers to use, and the Marketer shall fully and
promptly disclose to the Franchisor, all ideas, concepts, methods and techniques
relating  to the  development  and/or  operation  of a PAK  MAIL  Center  or the
Marketer's  activities  howsoever  conceived or developed by the Marketer and/or
its employees  and/or the franchised  PAK MAIL Centers  serviced by the Marketer
during  the term of this  Agreement.  The  Marketer  acknowledges  that any such
ideas, concepts,  methods and techniques shall be the property of the Franchisor
and the  Franchisor  may utilize or disclose such  information to Franchisees or
other agents as it determines to be appropriate.

11.2 Confidentiality and Noncompetition Agreement.
- --------------------------------------------------

     The  Franchisor  reserves the right to require that the Marketer cause each
of its shareholders, officers, directors, partners, employees, members, managers
and equivalents,  or if the Marketer is an individual, the Marketer's spouse, to
execute a Confidentiality and Noncompetition Agreement in a form approved by the
Franchisor.


                           12. EXCLUSIVE RELATIONSHIP

12.1 Exclusive Relationship.
- ----------------------------

     The  Franchisor  is entering into this  Agreement  with the Marketer on the
condition  that the Marketer  will deal  exclusively  with the  Franchisor.  The
Marketer  acknowledges and agrees that the Franchisor would be unable to protect
its Confidential Information and would be unable to encourage a free exchange of
ideas and information  among area marketers and the Franchisor if area marketers
were permitted to hold interests in any Competitive  Business, as defined below.
The  Marketer  therefore  agrees  that,  during  the term  hereof,  neither  the
Marketer, the Marketer's officers, directors,  shareholders,  members, managers,
partners and equivalents who participate in the management of the Marketer,  nor
the Marketer's spouse, and, if applicable, the Principal Owner, shall:

     a. have any direct or indirect  interest as a disclosed or beneficial owner
in a "Competitive  Business," which shall be defined as a business  operating or
granting  franchises  or licenses to others to operate,  a  packaging,  crating,
freight forwarding and/or mailing business or any similar business deriving more
than 10% of its  gross  receipts  (excluding  PAK MAIL  Centers  operated  under
franchise agreements with the Franchisor) from the sale of packaging and mailing
products or services;

     b. have any direct or  indirect  controlling  interest  as a  disclosed  or
beneficial owner in a Competitive Business;

     c. perform services as a director, officer, manager, employee,  consultant,
representative, agent or the equivalent for a Competitive Business; or

     d. divert or attempt to divert any business  related to, or any customer or
account of, the Marketer  Business,  the Franchisor's  business or any other PAK
MAIL  area  marketer's  or  Franchisee's   business,  by  direct  inducement  or
otherwise,  or divert or attempt to divert the employment of any employee of the
Franchisor or another area marketer or Franchisee  licensed by the Franchisor to
any Competitive Business by any direct inducement or otherwise.

                                       12
<PAGE>


Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Marketer shall not be prohibited from owning
securities in a Competitive  Business if such  securities  are listed on a stock
exchange or traded on the  over-the-counter  market and  represent 2% or less of
that class of securities issued and outstanding.


                             13. OPERATING STANDARDS

13.1 Standards of Service.
- --------------------------

     The  Marketer  shall at all times  give  prompt,  courteous  and  efficient
service to PAK MAIL Center Franchisees in the Territory.  The Marketer shall, in
all dealings with Franchisees, prospective franchisees and the public, adhere to
the highest standards of honesty, integrity, fair dealing and ethical conduct.

13.2 Compliance with Laws and Good Business Practices.
- ------------------------------------------------------

     The Marketer  shall  secure and  maintain in force all  required  licenses,
permits and  certificates  relating to the Marketer's  activities  hereunder and
shall  operate in full  compliance  with all  applicable  laws,  ordinances  and
regulations.  The Marketer  acknowledges  being advised that many  jurisdictions
have enacted laws concerning the  advertising,  sale,  renewal,  termination and
continuing  relationship  between  parties to a franchise  agreement,  including
without limitation, laws concerning disclosure requirements. The Marketer agrees
promptly  to  become  aware  of,  and to  comply  with,  all such laws and legal
requirements  in force in the Territory  and to utilize only offering  circulars
that the Franchisor has approved for use in the applicable jurisdiction.

13.3 Accuracy of Information.
- -----------------------------

     Before it offers or sells any franchise,  the Marketer shall each time take
reasonable  steps to  confirm  that the  information  contained  in any  written
materials,  agreements  and  other  documents  related  to the  offer or sale of
franchises  is true,  correct  and not  misleading  at the time of such offer or
sale,  and the offer or sale of such franchise will not at that time be contrary
to or in violation of any applicable  state law related to the  registration  of
the  franchise  offering.  The  Franchisor  shall  provide the Marketer with any
changes to its disclosure  documents and other agreements on a timely basis, and
shall, upon request, provide the Marketer with confirmation that the information
contained in any written  materials,  agreements or documents  being used by the
Marketer  is  true,   correct  and  not   misleading,   except  for  information
specifically  relating to  disclosures  regarding the Marketer.  If the Marketer
notifies  the  Franchisor  of an error in any  information  in the  Franchisor's
documents,  the Franchisor shall have a reasonable  period of time to attempt to
correct any deficiencies, misrepresentations or omissions in such information.

13.4 Notification of Litigation.
- --------------------------------

     The Marketer shall notify the Franchisor in writing within five days of the
commencement  of any  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  investigation,  and of the
issuance of any order, writ,  injunction,  award or decree, by any court, agency
or other  governmental body which concerns the operation or financial  condition
of the Marketer, the Marketer's Business or any Franchisee in the Territory.

                                       13
<PAGE>


13.5 Ownership and Management of Business.
- ------------------------------------------

     The Marketer's Business shall at all times be under the direct, day-to-day,
full-time  supervision  of the Marketer  (or, if the Marketer is a  partnership,
corporation,  limited liability company or other entity, the Principal Owner who
shall have been  approved by the  Franchisor  and who shall have  satisfactorily
completed the Franchisor's  training  program).  The Marketer shall at all times
during  the term of this  Agreement  own and  control  the  Business  authorized
hereunder.  Upon the request of the  Franchisor,  the  Marketer  shall  promptly
provide  satisfactory proof of such ownership.  The Marketer represents that the
Statement of Ownership, attached to this Agreement as Exhibit V and incorporated
herein  by  reference,  is true,  complete,  accurate  and not  misleading.  The
Marketer shall promptly provide the Franchisor with written  notification if the
information  contained in the Statement of Ownership  changes at any time during
the  term of this  Agreement  and  shall  comply  with the  applicable  transfer
provision  contained in Article 15 of this Agreement.  If the Marketer is not an
individual,  an individual or  individuals  designated by the  Franchisor  shall
execute the Guaranty and Assumption of Marketer's Obligations attached hereto as
Exhibit IV and incorporated herein by reference.

13.6 Conflicting Interests.
- ---------------------------

     The Marketer shall at all times faithfully, honestly and diligently perform
its obligations  hereunder and  continuously  exert its best efforts to promote,
enhance and service PAK MAIL Centers in the  Territory.  The Marketer  shall not
engage in any other business or other  activity,  directly or  indirectly,  that
requires  any  significant  management  responsibility,   time  commitments,  or
otherwise may conflict with the Marketer's  obligations  hereunder,  without the
prior written approval of the Franchisor.

13.7 Insurance.
- ---------------

     The Marketer shall at all times during the term of this Agreement  maintain
in force,  at the  Marketer's  sole  expense,  comprehensive,  public  and motor
vehicle liability insurance against claims for bodily and personal injury, death
and property damage caused by or occurring in conjunction  with the operation of
the Marketer's  Business under this Agreement.  Such insurance coverage shall be
maintained under one or more policies of insurance  containing minimum liability
protection of $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily and personal injury and death
and $500,000 per occurrence  for property  damage.  All such insurance  policies
shall be issued by insurance carriers  acceptable to the Franchisor.  All of the
required insurance policies shall name the Franchisor as an additional  insured,
contain a waiver of the insurance  company's  right of  subrogation  against the
Franchisor and provide that the  Franchisor  will receive 30 days' prior written
notice of  termination,  expiration  or  cancellation  of any such  policy.  The
Franchisor  has the right to change the minimum amount of insurance the Marketer
is required to maintain by giving the Marketer prior reasonable  notice,  giving
due consideration to what is reasonable and customary in similar businesses.

13.8 Proof of Insurance Coverage.
- ---------------------------------

     The Marketer  will provide  proof of insurance to the  Franchisor  prior to
commencement of operations of its Marketer  Business.  This proof will show that
the  insurer  has been  authorized  to inform  the  Franchisor  in the event any
policies  lapse or are  cancelled.  The Marketer  shall submit to the Franchisor
annually  a copy  of the  certificates  or  other  evidence  of the  renewal  or
extension of each required  insurance policy.  Noncompliance  with the insurance
provisions set forth herein shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement;
and in the event of any lapse in  insurance  coverage,  in addition to all other
remedies,  the Franchisor shall have the right to demand that the Marketer cease
operations of the Marketer  Business until  coverage is  reinstated,  or, in the
alternative,  pay any delinquencies in premium payments and charge the same back
to the  Marketer.  The  Marketer's  obligation  to obtain and maintain  required
insurance  policies  shall not be limited in any way by reason of any  insurance
maintained  by the  Franchisor,  nor shall the  Marketer's  compliance  with the
insurance  provisions in this Agreement  relieve the Marketer of its obligations
under Section 18.4 of this Agreement.

                                       14
<PAGE>


13.9 Advertising in Territory.
- ------------------------------

     The  Marketer is required to spend during each  calendar  quarter a certain
specified amount ("Advertising  Expenditure") to advertise and promote the offer
and sale of franchises for PAK MAIL Centers in the Territory.  The amount of the
Advertising  Expenditure  shall be designated in Exhibit I attached hereto.  The
Marketer  shall  submit  to the  Franchisor  an  accounting  of its  Advertising
Expenditures  within 20 days  following the end of each calendar  quarter during
the term of this  Agreement.  The Franchisor  reserves the right to withhold the
payment of Service Fees due to the Marketer for any calendar  quarter until such
time as the Franchisor  receives the Marketer's  Advertising  Expenditure report
for all previous  quarters.  All advertising and promotion by the Marketer shall
be  completely   factual  and  conform  to  the  highest  standards  of  ethical
advertising.  The Marketer  agrees to refrain  from any business or  advertising
practice that may be injurious to the Franchisor,  the goodwill  associated with
the Marks or PAK MAIL Centers.

13.10 Approval of Advertising.
- ------------------------------

     Prior  to  their  use by the  Marketer,  samples  of  all  advertising  and
promotional  materials  not prepared or previously  approved by the  Franchisor,
including,  without  limitation,  Internet  advertising on the World Wide Web or
other similar network, shall be submitted to the Franchisor for approval,  which
approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  If written  disapproval  is not
received by the Marketer within 15 business days from the  Franchisor's  receipt
of proposed advertising materials,  the Franchisor shall be deemed to have given
its  approval.  The  Marketer  shall  not use  any  advertising  or  promotional
materials that the Franchisor has  disapproved.  The Marketer  acknowledges  and
understands   that  certain  states  require  the  filing  of  franchise   sales
advertising  materials with the appropriate state agency prior to dissemination.
The Marketer agrees to fully and timely comply with such filing  requirements at
the Marketer's own expense unless such  advertising  has been  previously  filed
with the state by the Franchisor.

13.11 Accounting, Bookkeeping and Records.
- ------------------------------------------

     The Marketer shall  maintain at its Business  premises in the Territory all
original invoices,  receipts,  checks, contracts,  licenses,  acknowledgement of
receipt forms and bookkeeping and business records as the Franchisor may require
from time to time. The Marketer shall furnish to the Franchisor,  within 90 days
after the end of the Marketer's fiscal year, a balance sheet and profit and loss
statement  for the  Marketer's  Business  for such year (or monthly or quarterly
statements if required by the Franchisor,  in which case such  statements  shall
also  reflect  year-to-date  information).  In  addition,  upon  request  of the
Franchisor, within 10 days after such returns are filed, exact copies of federal
and state income, sales and any other tax returns and such other forms, records,
books and other information as the Franchisor may periodically require regarding
the Marketer's Business shall be furnished to the Franchisor. The Marketer shall
maintain  all  records and reports of the  Business  conducted  pursuant to this
Agreement for at least two years after the date of  termination or expiration of
this Agreement.

13.12 Reports.
- --------------

     The Marketer shall, as often as required by the Franchisor,  deliver to the
Franchisor a written  report of its Business  activities  during such periods as
required in Sections 9.4, 9.5 and 9.7 above,  in such form and in such detail as
the  Franchisor  may from  time to time  specify,  including  information  about
efforts to solicit  prospective  Franchisees,  the status of pending real estate
transactions and the status of the Centers in the Territory. The Marketer shall,
as often as  required  by the  Franchisor,  during  the term of this  Agreement,
deliver to the Franchisor the field  inspection  reports required in Section 9.5
above, for each Franchisee in the Territory,  in such form and in such detail as
the Franchisor may from time to time specify.

                                       15
<PAGE>


13.13 Late Charges.
- -------------------

     The Franchisor reserves the right to automatically assess a $50 late charge
for any report or financial statement required under the terms of this Agreement
which is not timely filed by the  Marketer.  Such late charge shall  continue to
accrue each month that the late report or financial  statement  remains  unfiled
and shall be due and payable in full upon demand by the Franchisor. In the event
any late charge is not paid upon demand,  the Franchisor may elect to pursue all
of its available remedies.

13.14 Compliance with Third Party Agreements.
- ---------------------------------------------

     The Marketer shall comply with all agreements with third parties related to
the Marketer Business including,  in particular,  all provisions of any premises
lease.


                           14. INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS

14.1 Inspections and Audits.
- ----------------------------

     To determine  whether the Marketer is complying  with this  Agreement,  the
Franchisor  or its  designee  shall  have the  right at any time  during  normal
business  hours,  and without  prior notice to the  Marketer,  to enter onto the
premises in which the Marketer is then keeping its business records and inspect,
and  conduct an audit of,  the  business  records,  bookkeeping  and  accounting
records,  invoices,  payroll records,  time cards,  check stubs,  bank deposits,
receipts, sales tax records and returns and other business records and documents
of the Marketer's Business. The Marketer and its employees shall fully cooperate
with  representatives  of the  Franchisor  making,  conducting,  supervising  or
observing any such inspection or audit.  The Franchisor may require the Marketer
to purchase a computer and modem and to join and pay for an  electronic  network
connection to facilitate the  Franchisor's  communication  with the Marketer and
among  all  Marketers  and  Franchisees  and to allow the  Franchisor  unlimited
electronic access to the Marketer's Business records.


                                 15. TRANSFERS

15.1 Transfers by the Franchisor.
- ---------------------------------

     This Agreement is fully  transferable  by the Franchisor and shall inure to
the benefit of any  transferee  or other  legal  successor  to the  Franchisor's
interests herein.

15.2 Transfers by the Marketer.
- -------------------------------

     The Marketer  agrees that the rights and duties  created by this  Agreement
are  personal  to  the  Marketer  (or  its  officers,  directors,  shareholders,
managers,  members,  partners or  equivalents  if the Marketer is an entity) and
that the  Franchisor  has  entered  into this  Agreement  in  reliance  upon the
Franchisor's  perceptions  of the  individual  or collective  character,  skill,
aptitude,  attitude, business ability and financial capacity of the Marketer (or
its  officers,   directors,   shareholders,   members,  managers  or  partners).
Accordingly,  without the prior written consent of the Franchisor, which consent
will not be  unreasonably  withheld,  neither  this  Agreement  (or any interest
therein),  nor any of the  assets  of the  Business,  nor any part or all of the
ownership of the Marketer may be transferred.  Any  unauthorized  transfer shall
constitute  a  breach  hereof  and be  void  and of no  effect.  As used in this
Agreement,   the  term   "transfer"   shall  mean  and  include  the  voluntary,
involuntary,  direct or indirect assignment,  sale, subfranchise,  gift or other
disposition  by the Marketer (or any of its owners) of any interest in: (1) this
Agreement;  (2) 30% or more of the ownership  interests in the Marketer;  or (3)
the assets of the Business.

                                       16
<PAGE>


15.3 Conditions for Approval of Transfer.
- -----------------------------------------

     If  the  Marketer  (and  its  officers,  directors,  managers,  owners  and
equivalents  if the  Marketer  is an entity)  are in full  compliance  with this
Agreement,  the  Franchisor  shall not  unreasonably  withhold its approval of a
transfer  that  meets  all the  applicable  requirements  of this  Section.  The
proposed  transferee  and its officers,  directors,  managers and owners must be
individuals  of good moral  character and otherwise meet the  Franchisor's  then
applicable standards for area marketers. If the transfer is of this Agreement, a
30% or more  ("Controlling  Interest")  interest  in the  Marketer,  or all or a
substantial  portion  of the  assets of the  Business,  or is one of a series of
transfers which in the aggregate  constitute the transfer of this  Agreement,  a
Controlling  Interest  in the  Marketer or all or a  substantial  portion of the
assets of the Business,  all of the following conditions must be met prior to or
concurrently with the effective date of the transfer:

     a. The transferee shall have sufficient business  experience,  aptitude and
financial resources to act as a Marketer,  agree to be bound by all of the terms
and conditions of this Agreement and the transferee  and/or its Principal  Owner
must have  completed  the  Franchisor's  training  program  to the  Franchisor's
satisfaction;

     b. The Marketer  shall have paid all fees due  hereunder,  all amounts owed
for purchases  from the  Franchisor and all other amounts owed to the Franchisor
or its  affiliates  and third party  creditors and submit to the  Franchisor all
required reports and statements;

     c. The Marketer or the transferee shall have paid the Franchisor a transfer
fee in the  amount  of  $2,500  to  defray  expenses  the  Franchisor  incurs in
connection with the transfer;

     d. The  Marketer  (and/or  its  transferring  owners)  executes  a  general
release,  in form satisfactory to the Franchisor,  of any and all claims against
the  Franchisor and its affiliates  and their  respective  officers,  directors,
employees and agents;

     e. The  transferee  shall execute an Area  Marketing  Agreement in the form
then  currently  offered  by the  Franchisor,  the term of which will end on the
expiration date of this  Agreement,  and which shall supersede this Agreement in
all respects.  The Marketer  acknowledges that the terms of a new Area Marketing
Agreement may differ from the terms of this Agreement;

     f. The Franchisor  shall have approved the material terms and conditions of
such  transfer,  including,  without  limitation,  that the  price  and terms of
payment are not so burdensome as to affect adversely the  transferee's  business
as a Marketer of the Franchisor;

     g. If the Marketer  (and/or the  transferring  owners) finances any part of
the sale price of the transferred interest, the Marketer and/or its owners shall
have agreed that all obligations of the transferee  under any promissory  notes,
agreements  or  security  interests  shall be  subordinate  to the  transferee's
obligations to pay fees, and other amounts due to the Franchisor, its affiliates
and designees and otherwise to comply with this Agreement; and

     h. The Marketer  (and/or its  transferring  owners)  shall have  executed a
noncompetition covenant in favor of the Franchisor and the transferee with terms
the same as those set forth in Section 17.5 below.

                                       17
<PAGE>


15.4 Transfer to an Entity.
- ---------------------------

     If the Marketer is in full compliance with this Agreement, the Marketer may
transfer this  Agreement to a corporation  or other entity in which the Marketer
owns all of the ownership interest with the Franchisor's prior written approval,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The transfer fee described in
Section  15.3(c) above will be waived by the  Franchisor  and all owners of such
entity  shall sign a Guaranty  and  Assumption  of the  Marketer's  Obligations,
attached hereto as Exhibit IV.

15.5 Franchisor's Approval of Transfer.
- ---------------------------------------

     The  Franchisor  has 30 days from the date of the written notice to approve
or disapprove in writing,  of the Marketer's  proposed transfer.  Written notice
shall mean and include all  documentation  necessary to evaluate the transferee.
The Marketer  acknowledges  that the proposed  transferee shall be evaluated for
approval by the Franchisor based on the same criteria as is currently being used
to assess new marketers of the Franchisor and that the proposed transferee shall
be provided,  if appropriate,  with such disclosures as may be required by state
or federal law.

15.6 Death or Disability of Area Marketer.
- ------------------------------------------

     Upon the death or  permanent  disability  of the  Marketer  (or a Principal
Owner of or the owner of a Controlling Interest in the Marketer),  the executor,
administrator,  conservator,  guardian or other personal  representative of such
person shall  transfer his or her interest in this Agreement or such interest in
the Marketer to an approved third party.  Such  disposition of this Agreement or
such  interest   (including,   without   limitation,   transfer  by  bequest  or
inheritance)  shall be  completed  within a reasonable  time,  not to exceed six
months from the date of death or permanent  disability,  and shall be subject to
all the terms and conditions  applicable to transfers contained in this Article.
Failure to transfer  the  interest  in this  Agreement  or such  interest in the
Marketer within said period of time shall constitute a breach of this Agreement.
For purposes  hereof,  the term  "permanent  disability"  shall mean a mental or
physical  disability,  impairment or condition  that  prevents the  Marketer,  a
Principal  Owner or an owner of a  Controlling  Interest  in the  Marketer  from
performing the essential functions of the Marketer.


                            16. TERM AND EXPIRATION

16.1 Term.
- ----------

     The term of this Agreement is for a period of 5 years from the date of this
Agreement, unless sooner terminated as provided herein.

16.2 Rights Upon Expiration.
- ----------------------------

     At the end of the initial term, the Marketer shall have the option to renew
its area marketer rights for an additional term as set forth in the then current
form of Area Marketing  Agreement,  by acquiring successor area marketer rights,
if the Franchisor  authorizes a successor area marketer  franchise in accordance
with Section 16.3 below, and if the Marketer:

     a. At least 60 days prior to expiration  of the term,  executes the form of
Area  Marketing   Agreement  then  in  use  by  the  Franchisor.   The  Marketer
acknowledges  that  such  agreement  may  contain  terms  which  are  materially
different from those in this  Agreement,  including  commission  percentages and
territories;

                                       18
<PAGE>


     b. Has complied with all  provisions of this  Agreement  during the current
term,  including  the  payment  on a timely  basis  of all  fees due  hereunder.
"Compliance"  shall  mean,  at a minimum,  that the  Marketer  has not  received
written  notification  from the  Franchisor of breach  hereunder more than three
times during the term hereof;

     c. Executes a general release, in a form satisfactory to the Franchisor, of
any and  all  claims  against  the  Franchisor  and its  affiliates,  and  their
respective  officers,  directors,  employees,  successors,  assigns  and  agents
arising out of or relating to this Agreement; and

     d. Has agreed with the  Franchisor  on new Sales  Goals for the  additional
term at least 60 days prior to expiration of the term.

16.3 Exercise of Option for Successor Area Marketer Rights.
- -----------------------------------------------------------

     The Marketer may exercise its option for successor area marketer  rights by
giving  written notice of such exercise to the Franchisor not less than 120 days
nor more 180 days  prior to the  scheduled  expiration  of this  Agreement.  The
Marketer's  successor area marketer rights shall become effective by signing the
Area  Marketing  Agreement  then  currently  being  offered  by the  Franchisor;
however,  if the  Marketer  fails  to sign  the  general  release  and the  Area
Marketing  Agreement  within 60 days after  delivery  thereof  to the  Marketer,
Marketer  shall be deemed  to have  elected  not to  acquire  a  successor  area
marketing franchise.

16.4 Conditions of Refusal.
- ---------------------------

     The Franchisor shall not be obligated to offer the Marketer  successor area
marketer  rights upon the  expiration of this Agreement if the Marketer fails to
comply with any of the above  conditions of renewal.  In such event,  except for
failure to execute the then current Area  Marketing  Agreement,  the  Franchisor
shall give the  Marketer  notice of  expiration  not more than 90 days after the
Franchisor  receives the Marketer's  notice, and such notice shall set forth the
reasons for such  refusal to offer  successor  area  marketer  rights.  Upon the
expiration of this  Agreement,  the Marketer shall comply with the provisions of
Section 17.3 below.


                                17. TERMINATION

17.1 By the Marketer.
- ---------------------

     The  Marketer  may  terminate  this  Agreement  at any time during the term
hereof with 90 days advance written notice to the Franchisor.

17.2 By the Franchisor.
- -----------------------

     The Franchisor  shall have the right to terminate this Agreement  effective
upon delivery of written notice of termination to the Marketer, unless otherwise
noted below  (subject to any state laws to the  contrary,  where state law shall
prevail) if the Marketer  (and/or any of its  shareholders,  members,  managers,
Principal Owners, partners or the equivalent):

     a. Fails to  satisfactorily  complete the  training  program as provided in
Section 7.1 of this Agreement;

     b. Has made any material  misrepresentation  or omission in its application
to be a Marketer;

     c. Fails to meet the Sales Goals set forth in Exhibit I;

                                       19
<PAGE>


     d.  Fails to  comply  with any other  provision  of this  Agreement  or any
mandatory  specification,  standard or  operating  procedure  prescribed  by the
Franchisor and does not correct such failure within 30 days after written notice
of such failure to comply is delivered to the Marketer;

     e. Surrenders,  transfers  control of or makes an unauthorized  transfer of
this Agreement or an ownership interest in the Marketer;

     f. Is convicted by a trial court of or pleads no contest to a felony, or to
any other crime or offense that is, in the opinion of the Franchisor,  likely to
adversely  affect the  goodwill  associated  with the  Marks,  or engages in any
conduct  which may  adversely  affect the  reputation of PAK MAIL Centers or the
goodwill associated with the Marks;

     g. Is declared bankrupt or insolvent or voluntarily institutes a bankruptcy
proceeding  under the Bankruptcy Code or is adjudicated  bankrupt as a result of
an involuntary  petition in bankruptcy  being filed against it. (This  provision
may not be enforceable  under federal  bankruptcy law, 11 U.S.C.  ss.ss.  101 et
seq.);

     h.  Abandons or ceases to operate the Marketer  Business for a period of 15
consecutive  days or any shorter period that indicates an intent by the Marketer
to discontinue operation of the Marketer Business unless precluded from doing so
by an event beyond the Marketer's  reasonable control,  other than for financial
reasons;

     i. Has received  three notices of default from the  Franchisor  within a 12
month period, regardless of whether the defaults were cured by the Marketer;

     j.  Makes  any  unauthorized  use  of  the  Marks  or  unauthorized  use or
disclosure of the Confidential Information, or uses, duplicates or discloses any
part of the System Manual; or

     k. Has  terminated a franchise  agreement  between the  Franchisor  and the
Marketer, or if the Franchisor has terminated such a franchise agreement.

17.3 Rights and Obligations of the Area Marketer Upon Termination or Expiration.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Upon termination of this Agreement,  whether pursuant to Section 17.1, 17.2
or upon expiration of this Agreement  pursuant to Article 16 above, the Marketer
agrees:

     a.  To pay the  Franchisor  within  15 days  after  the  effective  date of
termination or expiration of this Agreement, or such later date that the amounts
due to the Franchisor are determined,  such fees,  amounts owed for purchases by
the Marketer from the Franchisor,  its affiliates or designees,  interest due on
any of the  foregoing  and  all  other  amounts  owed  to  the  Franchisor,  its
affiliates or designees which are then unpaid;

     b. To refrain  from,  directly or  indirectly  at any time or in any manner
(except  with  respect to PAK MAIL Center  franchises  owned and operated by the
Marketer)  identifying  itself or any  business  as a current or former PAK MAIL
Marketer or authorized agent of the Franchisor or its affiliates,  use any Mark,
any  colorable  imitation  thereof or other  indicia of a PAK MAIL Center in any
manner or for any purpose or utilize  for any purpose any trade name,  trademark
or  service  mark or other  commercial  symbol  that  suggests  or  indicates  a
connection or association with the Franchisor or its affiliates;

     c. To immediately  deliver to the Franchisor all past and present franchise
sales leads and  records and all  contracts,  acknowledgements  of receipt,  and
other  information  and records  related to Franchisees of the Franchisor in the
Territory;

                                       20
<PAGE>


     d. To immediately deliver to the Franchisor all advertising materials,  the
System Manual, all other manuals,  forms,  offering  circulars,  franchise sales
brochures and other  materials  containing any Mark or otherwise  identifying or
relating to the sale or service of PAK MAIL Centers;

     e. To refrain from communicating,  in any manner, with Franchisees,  except
as expressly authorized by the Franchisor;

     f. To take such  action as may be  required  to cancel  all  fictitious  or
assumed names or equivalent  registrations relating to the Marketer's use of any
Mark;

     g. To notify the telephone company and all telephone  directory  publishers
of the  termination or expiration of the  Marketer's  right to use any telephone
number  and any  regular,  classified  or  other  telephone  directory  listings
associated with any Mark and to authorize  transfer thereof to the Franchisor or
its designee.  The Marketer acknowledges that, as between it and the Franchisor,
the Franchisor has the sole rights to and interest in all telephone, telecopy or
facsimile machine numbers and directory  listings  associated with any Mark. The
Marketer  authorizes the Franchisor,  and hereby appoints the Franchisor and any
of its  officers as the  Marketer's  attorney-in-fact,  to direct the  telephone
company  and all  telephone  directory  publishers  to transfer  any  telephone,
telecopy or facsimile  machine  numbers and directory  listings  relating to the
Marketer's Business to the Franchisor at its direction, should the Marketer fail
or  refuse to do so,  and the  telephone  company  and all  telephone  directory
publishers may accept such direction or this Agreement as conclusive evidence of
the  Franchisor's  exclusive  rights in such  telephone  numbers  and  directory
listings and the Franchisor's authority to direct their transfer; and

     h.  Furnish  the  Franchisor,  within 30 days after the  effective  date of
termination or expiration,  with evidence  satisfactory to the Franchisor of the
Marketer's compliance with the foregoing obligations.

17.4 Confidential Information.
- ------------------------------

     Marketer agrees that, upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the
Marketer  shall  immediately  cease to use any  Confidential  Information of the
Franchisor  pursuant to this  Agreement in any business or otherwise  (except in
connection  with the  operation  of a PAK MAIL  Center  pursuant  to a Franchise
Agreement  with the  Franchisor)  and return to the Franchisor all copies of the
System Manual and any other confidential materials which have been loaned to the
Marketer by the Franchisor.

17.5 Covenant Not to Compete.
- -----------------------------

     Upon  termination  or  expiration  of this  Agreement  for any reason,  the
Marketer (and its shareholders,  officers,  directors,  members, managers and/or
partners if the Marketer is a  corporation,  partnership,  or limited  liability
company) agrees that for a period of two years  commencing on the effective date
of  termination  or  expiration,  or the date on which  the  Marketer  ceases to
conduct  business,  whichever  is later,  the  Marketer  (and its  shareholders,
officers,  directors,  members,  managers,  partners  and/or  equivalents if the
Marketer is an entity) shall not have any direct or indirect interest (through a
member of any immediate family of the Marketer or its affiliates,  shareholders,
officers, directors, partners, members, managers, equivalents or otherwise) as a
disclosed or beneficial owner, investor,  partner, director,  officer, employee,
consultant,  representative or agent or in any other capacity in any Competitive
Business  located or operating  within the Territory.  The  restrictions of this
Section  shall  not be  applicable  to the  ownership  of  shares  of a class of
securities listed on a stock exchange or traded on the  over-the-counter  market
that  represent  2% or less of the number of shares of that class of  securities
issued and outstanding. The Marketer (and its shareholders, officers, directors,
members, managers,  partners and/or equivalents) expressly acknowledge that they
possess  skills and abilities of a general  nature and have other  opportunities
for exploiting such skills.  Consequently,  enforcement of the covenants made in
this Section will not deprive them of their personal goodwill or ability to earn
a living.

                                       21
<PAGE>


17.6 No Further Right to Payment.
- ---------------------------------

     Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Marketer forfeits all
fees paid to the Franchisor and remains liable to the Franchisor for all amounts
due to the Franchisor on the date of  termination  or  expiration.  The Marketer
shall have no further right to receive  payment of  commissions  or Service Fees
from the  Franchisor,  except for those  commissions  or Service Fees which have
been fully  earned by the  Marketer up through the date of such  termination  or
expiration.  For purposes of this Agreement,  "fully earned"  commissions  shall
mean  commissions due on franchise  sales for which all conditions  described in
Section 6.1 of this  Agreement  have been met or fulfilled for the purchase of a
franchise  for a PAK MAIL  Center to be  located  within  the  Territory  by the
Marketer. "Fully earned" Service Fees shall mean those Service Fees which accrue
up through the date of termination which are otherwise owed to the Marketer. The
Franchisor shall have the right to immediately  assume control of and manage all
franchise  sales  in  the  Territory  and  to  receive  all  Service  Fees  from
Franchisees in the Territory. Any fully earned commissions or Service Fees which
are due to the Marketer will be paid by the  Franchisor  in accordance  with the
provisions of Article 6 of this Agreement.

17.7 Continuing Obligations.
- ----------------------------

     All  obligations of the  Franchisor and the Marketer which  expressly or by
their nature  survive the  expiration or  termination  of this  Agreement  shall
continue  in  full  force  and  effect  subsequent  to and  notwithstanding  its
expiration  or  termination  and until  they are  satisfied  or by their  nature
expire.

17.8 State and Federal Law.
- ---------------------------

     THE PARTIES  ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IN THE EVENT THAT THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT
REGARDING  TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION ARE  INCONSISTENT  WITH APPLICABLE STATE OR
FEDERAL LAW, SUCH LAW SHALL GOVERN THE MARKETER'S  RIGHTS REGARDING  TERMINATION
OR EXPIRATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

                        18. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

18.1 Relationship of the Parties.
- ---------------------------------

     It is understood  and agreed by the parties hereto that this Agreement does
not  create  a  fiduciary  relationship  between  them,  that  the  parties  are
independent  contractors  and that the  Franchisor  appoints the Marketer as its
special  agent for a particular  purpose and that  nothing in this  Agreement is
intended to make  either  party a general  agent,  subsidiary,  joint  venturer,
partner,  employee or servant of the other for any purpose.  The Marketer  shall
conspicuously  identify  itself in all dealings  with  Franchisees,  prospective
Franchisees, lessors, contractors, suppliers, public officials and others as the
owner of its own Business under an Area Marketing Agreement with the Franchisor,
and shall place such other  notices of  independent  ownership on signs,  forms,
stationery,  advertising  and other materials as the Franchisor may require from
time to time.

18.2 Payment of Third Party Obligations.
- ----------------------------------------

     Neither the  Franchisor  nor the Marketer shall make any express or implied
agreements, guaranties or representations,  or incur any debt, in the name of or
on  behalf of the other or  represent  that  their  relationship  is other  than
franchisor and special agent,  and neither the Franchisor nor the Marketer shall
be obligated by or have any liability  under any  agreements or  representations

                                       22
<PAGE>


made by the other that are not  expressly  authorized  hereunder,  nor shall the
Franchisor  be obligated  for any damages to any person or property  directly or
indirectly arising out of the operation of the Marketer's  Business,  whether or
not caused by the Marketer's negligent or willful action or failure to act.

18.3 Independent Contractors.
- -----------------------------

     The Marketer may delegate its duties  hereunder to independent  contractors
provided that the Marketer  receives  written approval from the Franchisor prior
to any such  delegation of duties and complies with all state laws which require
broker  registration  for such  persons.  The  Franchisor  reserves the right to
withdraw the approval of any independent  contractor  engaged by the Marketer to
fulfill its duties and obligations under this Agreement, at any time.

18.4 Indemnification.
- ---------------------

     The  Marketer   agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold  the  Franchisor  and  its
subsidiaries,  affiliates, stockholders,  directors, officers, employees, agents
and assignees harmless against, and to reimburse them for, any loss,  liability,
taxes or damages (actual or consequential) and all reasonable costs and expenses
of defending any claim brought against any of them or any action in which any of
them  is  named  as  a  party   (including,   without   limitation,   reasonable
accountants',  attorneys' and expert witness fees,  costs of  investigation  and
proof of facts,  court costs,  other  litigation  expenses and travel and living
expenses)  which any of them may suffer,  sustain or incur by reason of, arising
from or in connection with any acts,  omissions or activities of the Marketer or
any employee of or independent  contractor  engaged by the Marketer whether such
acts,  omissions or activities are  authorized by or are not in accordance  with
this  Agreement.  The  Franchisor  shall have the right to defend any such claim
against it. This indemnity  shall continue in full force and effect,  subsequent
to and notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement.


                          19. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

19.1 Governing Law/Consent to Venue and Jurisdiction.
- -----------------------------------------------------

     Except to the extent  governed by the United  States  Trademark Act of 1946
(Lanham  Act,  15  U.S.C.  Sections  1051 et seq.) or other  federal  law,  this
Agreement  shall be interpreted  under the laws of the state of Colorado and any
dispute  between the parties  shall be governed by and  determined in accordance
with the substantive laws of the state of Colorado,  which laws shall prevail in
the  event  of any  conflict  of  law.  The  Marketer  and the  Franchisor  have
negotiated  regarding a forum in which to resolve any  disputes  which may arise
between them and have agreed to select a forum in order to promote  stability in
their  relationship.  Therefore,  if a claim is asserted in any legal proceeding
involving  the  Marketer,  its  officers or directors  (collectively,  "Marketer
Affiliates")  and the  Franchisor,  its officers,  directors or sales  employees
(collectively,  "Franchisor  Affiliates")  both parties agree that the exclusive
venue for  disputes  between  them shall be in the state and  federal  courts of
Colorado  and  each  waive  any  objection  either  may  have  to  the  personal
jurisdiction  of or venue in the  state and  federal  courts  of  Colorado.  The
Franchisor,  the Franchisor Affiliates, the Marketer and the Marketer Affiliates
each waive their rights to a trial by jury.

19.2 Severability.
- ------------------

     If any  provision  of this  Agreement  is held invalid by any tribunal in a
final decision from which no appeal is or can be taken,  such provision shall be
deemed  modified to eliminate  the invalid  element  and, as so  modified,  such
provision  shall  be  deemed  a part  of this  Agreement  as  though  originally
included.  The remaining  provisions of this Agreement  shall not be affected by
such modification.

                                       23
<PAGE>


19.3 Modification.
- ------------------

     The  Franchisor  and/or the  Marketer may modify this  Agreement  only upon
execution  of  a  written  agreement  between  the  two  parties.  The  Marketer
acknowledges that the Franchisor may modify its standards and specifications and
operating and marketing  techniques set forth in the System Manual  unilaterally
under  any  conditions  and to the  extent  that  the  Franchisor,  in its  sole
discretion,  deems necessary to protect,  promote,  or improve the Marks and the
quality  of  the  Licensed  Methods,   but  under  no  circumstances  will  such
modifications be made arbitrarily without such determination.

19.4 Attorneys' Fees.
- ---------------------

     In the event of any default on the part of either party to this  Agreement,
in addition to all other  remedies,  the party in default will pay the aggrieved
party all amounts due and all damages, costs and expenses,  including reasonable
attorneys'  fees,  incurred by the aggrieved  party in any legal action or other
proceeding  as a result of such  default,  plus  interest  at the  highest  rate
allowable by law, accruing from the date of such default.

19.5 Injunctive Relief.
- -----------------------

     Nothing  herein shall  prevent the  Franchisor or the Marketer from seeking
injunctive  relief  to  prevent  irreparable  harm,  in  addition  to all  other
remedies.  If the  Franchisor  seeks an injunction,  the Franchisor  will not be
required to post a bond in excess of $500.

19.6 No Waiver.
- ---------------

     No waiver of any  condition  or covenant  contained  in this  Agreement  or
failure to exercise a right or remedy by the Marketer or the Franchisor shall be
considered  to imply or  constitute a further  waiver by the  Franchisor  or the
Marketer of the same or any other condition, covenant, right, or remedy.

19.7 No Right to Set Off.
- -------------------------

     The Marketer shall not be allowed to set off amounts owed to the Franchisor
for  fees or  other  amounts  due  hereunder,  against  any  monies  owed to the
Marketer,  nor will the  Marketer in any event  withhold  any amounts due to any
alleged  nonperformance by the Franchisor  hereunder,  which right of set off is
hereby expressly waived by the Marketer.

19.8 Effective Date.
- --------------------

     Regardless of the date first written  above,  this  Agreement  shall not be
effective until accepted by the Franchisor as evidenced by dating and signing by
an officer of the Franchisor.

19.9 Review of Agreement.
- -------------------------

     The Marketer  acknowledges  that it had a copy of the Franchisor's  Uniform
Franchise Offering Circular in its possession for a period of time not less than
10 full business days, and this Agreement in its possession for a period of time
not less than 5 full business  days,  during which time the Marketer has had the
opportunity  to submit the same for review and advice by a  professional  of the
Marketer's choosing prior to freely executing this Agreement.

                                       24
<PAGE>


19.10 Entire Agreement.
- -----------------------

     This  Agreement,  including  all Exhibits and addenda,  contains the entire
agreement  between  the  parties  and  supersedes  any and all prior  agreements
concerning the subject matter hereof.  The Marketer agrees and understands  that
the Franchisor shall not be liable or obligated for any oral  representations or
commitments  made prior to the  execution  hereof or for claims of  negligent or
fraudulent  misrepresentation  and that no modifications of this Agreement shall
be effective except those in writing and signed by both parties.  The Franchisor
does not  authorize  and will not be bound by any  representation  of any nature
other than those expressed in this Agreement.  The Marketer further acknowledges
and  agrees  that no  representations  have  been  made to it by the  Franchisor
regarding projected sales volumes,  market potential,  revenues,  profits of the
Marketer's  Business,  or  operational  assistance  other than as stated in this
Agreement  or in any  disclosure  document  provided  by the  Franchisor  or its
representatives.

19.11 Notices.
- --------------

     All notices  required to be given  under this  Agreement  shall be given in
writing,  by  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  or by an  overnight
delivery service providing  documentation of receipt, to the addresses set forth
in the first  paragraph  of this  Agreement,  or, with respect to notices to the
Marketer,  to the  address  of the  Area  Marketer  Business,  or at such  other
addresses as the Franchisor or the Marketer may designate from time to time, and
shall be effectively  given when  deposited in the United States mails,  postage
prepaid, or when received via overnight delivery, as may be applicable.

19.12 Acknowledgment.
- ---------------------

     BEFORE SIGNING THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE MARKETER SHOULD READ IT CAREFULLY WITH
THE ASSISTANCE OF LEGAL COUNSEL. THE MARKETER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT:

     (A) THE  SUCCESS  OF THE  BUSINESS  VENTURE  CONTEMPLATED  HEREIN  INVOLVES
SUBSTANTIAL  RISKS AND DEPENDS  UPON THE  MARKETER'S  ABILITY AS AN  INDEPENDENT
BUSINESS  PERSON  AND ITS  ACTIVE  PARTICIPATION  IN THE  DAILY  AFFAIRS  OF THE
BUSINESS, AND

     (B) NO ASSURANCE OR WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, HAS BEEN GIVEN AS TO THE
POTENTIAL  SUCCESS  OF  SUCH  BUSINESS  VENTURE  OR THE  EARNINGS  LIKELY  TO BE
ACHIEVED, AND

     (C) NO  STATEMENT,  REPRESENTATION  OR OTHER ACT,  EVENT OR  COMMUNICATION,
EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS DOCUMENT,  AND IN ANY OFFERING  CIRCULAR SUPPLIED TO
THE MARKETER IS BINDING ON THE FRANCHISOR IN CONNECTION  WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER
OF THIS AGREEMENT.

                                       25
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed,  sealed and delivered
this Agreement in counterparts on the last date written below.


PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.        AREA MARKETER:
a Colorado corporation                   _______________________________________
                                         (Print Name)



By:_______________________________       By:____________________________________
Title:____________________________       Title:_________________________________
Date:_____________________________       Date:__________________________________







(2/23/99)

                                       26
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT I
                                    ---------

                                      RIDER
                           TO AREA MARKETING AGREEMENT
                    BETWEEN PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                                       AND
                    ________________________________________

                       DATED _______________, 19 ________

     1.  Territory.  The  Territory  referred to in Section 2.1 of the Agreement
shall be the following geographic area:_________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

     2.  Marketing  Fee.  The  Marketing  Fee payable to the  Franchisor  by the
Marketer  under  Section 5.1 of the  Agreement  shall be an amount  equal to the
product  of the  estimated  population  within the  Territory  and the price per
person within the Territory,  which shall be no less than $0.06, and adjusted as
follows:________________________________________________________________________
and calculated as follows:

A.  1990 Bureau of Census Population Estimate =             _________
B.  Adjustment to Population Estimate =                     _________
C.  Current Population Within Territory (A+B =)            
                                                            =========
D.  Adjusted Price Per Person =                             _________
MARKETING FEE (DxC =)                                      
                                                                       =========

Unless otherwise agreed,  the Marketing Fee is payable in cash,  certified funds
or by wire  transfer.  The  Franchisor and the Marketer agree that the Marketing
Fee will not be subject to change for any reason, including subsequent revisions
of the Bureau of Census population estimates.

     3.  Advertising  Expenditure.  During the term of the  Agreement,  Marketer
shall be required during each calendar  quarter to spend a minimum of $_________
("Advertising  Expenditure")  to  advertise  and  promote  the offer and sale of
franchises  for PAK MAIL Centers in the  Territory,  in accordance  with Section
13.9 of the Agreement, based on the following calculation:

A.  1990 Bureau of Census Population Estimate =             _________
B.  Adjustment to Population Estimate =                     _________
C.  Current Population Within Territory (A+B =)             _________
D.  Price Per Person = $.001                               
                                                            =========

ADVERTISING EXPENDITURE (D x C =)                                      =========
                                                                                


     The Franchisor and the Marketer agree that the Advertising Expenditure will
not be subject to change for any reason,  including  subsequent revisions of the
Bureau of Census population estimates.

     4. Sales Goals.  The Marketer  shall meet the  following  cumulative  Sales
Goals by the last day of each twelve-month period ("Sales Year") during the term
of the Agreement:


<PAGE>


                            Cumulative Minimum Number
                         of New Pak Mail Centers Sold in       Last Day of Sales
                                  the Territory                       Year      
        Sales Year       _______________________________          ____________. 
        First            _______________________________          ____________. 
        Second           _______________________________          ____________. 
        Third            _______________________________          ____________. 
        Fourth           _______________________________          ____________. 
        Fifth            _______________________________          ____________. 
        TOTAL SALES GOALS
                         ===============================


The first Sales Year  commences on the date of the  Agreement and expires on the
date shown above.  Each  subsequent  Sales Year commences on the date succeeding
the last day of the  preceding  Sales Year and  expires on the  respective  date
shown above.  The sales made during the term of the  Agreement  are  cumulative.
Therefore,  if the Marketer  meets its total Sales Goals prior to the end of the
fifth Sales Year, the Marketer's Sales Goals will be satisfied.

PAK MAIL Centers  located in the  Territory  and owned by the  Franchisor do not
count toward fulfillment of the Marketer's cumulative Sales Goals.

PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.              AREA MARKETER
a Colorado corporation                         _________________________________
                                               (Print Name)



By:_________________________________           By:______________________________
Title:______________________________           Title:___________________________
Date:_______________________________           Date:____________________________




                                       2
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT II
                                   ----------

                       CURRENT FORM OF FRANCHISE AGREEMENT






<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT III
                                   -----------

                CURRENT FORM OF AMENDMENT TO FRANCHISE AGREEMENT
                           (A.M. P.M. MOVERS PROGRAM)




<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT IV
                                   ----------

                           GUARANTY AND ASSUMPTION OF
                           AREA MARKETER'S OBLIGATIONS

     In  consideration  of, and as an inducement  to, the execution of the above
Area Marketing Agreement (the "Agreement") by PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA,  INC.
("Franchisor"),   each  of  the   undersigned   ("Guarantors")   personally  and
unconditionally  (1)  guarantees to the  Franchisor and its affiliates and their
successors and assigns, for the term of the Agreement and thereafter as provided
in  the  Agreement,  that  the  Area  Marketer  defined  in the  Agreement  (the
"Marketer")  shall  punctually  pay and  perform  each  and  every  undertaking,
agreement and covenant set forth in the  Agreement and (2) agrees  personally to
be bound by, and personally  liable for the breach of, each and every  provision
in the Agreement.

     1. Waiver. Each of the undersigned waives:

          a.  acceptance  and notice of  acceptance  by the  Franchisor  and its
     affiliates of the foregoing undertakings;

          b. notice of demand for payment of any indebtedness or  nonperformance
     of any obligations hereby guaranteed;

          c.  protest  and notice of  default  to any party with  respect to the
     indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligations hereby guaranteed;

          d. any right he or she may have to  require  that an action be brought
     against the Marketer or any other person as a condition of liability; and

          e. any and all other notices and legal or equitable  defenses to which
     he or she may be entitled.

     2. Consents. Each of the undersigned consents and agrees that:

          a. his or her direct and immediate liability under this guaranty shall
     be joint and several;

          b. he or she shall render any payment or  performance  required  under
     the Agreement upon demand if the Marketer fails or refuses punctually to do
     so;

          c. such liability shall not be contingent or conditioned  upon pursuit
     by the Franchisor or its affiliates of any remedies against the Marketer or
     any other person;

          d. such  liability  shall not be  diminished,  relieved  or  otherwise
     affected by any  extension of time,  credit or other  indulgence  which the
     Franchisor or its affiliates may from time to time grant to the Marketer or
     to any other person, including,  without limitation,  the acceptance of any
     partial  payment or performance or the compromise or release of any claims,
     none of which shall in any way modify or amend this  guaranty,  which shall
     be continuing and irrevocable during the term of the Agreement; and

          e.  he or  she  shall  be  bound  by  the  restrictive  covenants  and
     confidentiality  provisions  contained  in Articles 11 and 12 and  Sections
     17.4  and  17.5  of  the  Agreement,  and  the  indemnification  provisions
     contained in Section 18.4 of the Agreement; and

<PAGE>


          f. the governing law, consent to jurisdiction  and related  provisions
     contained  in  Article  19 and  the  costs  and  attorneys  fees  provision
     contained in Section 19.4 of the  Agreement  shall govern this Guaranty and
     such provisions are incorporated into this Guaranty by this reference.


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each  of  the  undersigned  has  affixed  his or her
signature, effective as of the ____ day of ____________________, 199___.

PERCENTAGE OF OWNERSHIP                        GUARANTOR(S)
INTERESTS IN AREA MARKETER


_________________________________              _________________________________
                                               (Print Name)


                                               _________________________________
                                               Signature


                                               _________________________________

                                               _________________________________

                                               _________________________________
                                               Address

                                               _________________________________
                                               Telephone Number

_________________________________              _________________________________
                                               (Print Name)


                                               _________________________________
                                               Signature


                                               _________________________________

                                               _________________________________

                                               _________________________________
                                               Address


                                               _________________________________
                                               Telephone Number


                                       2
<PAGE>


_________________________________              _________________________________
                                               (Print Name)


                                               _________________________________
                                               Signature


                                               _________________________________

                                               _________________________________

                                               _________________________________
                                               Address

                                               _________________________________
                                               Telephone Number


                                       3

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT V
                                    ---------

                             STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP
                             ----------------------

Area Marketer:__________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

Trade name (if different from above):___________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

                                Form of Ownership
                                   (Check One)

_____ Individual _____ Partnership _____ Corporation _____ Limited Liability Co.

     If a  Partnership,  provide  name  and  address  of  each  partner  showing
percentage owned, whether active in management,  and indicate the state in which
the partnership was formed.

     If a Corporation,  give the state and date of incorporation,  the names and
addresses  of each  officer and  director,  and list the names and  addresses of
every shareholder showing what percentage of stock is owned by each.

     If a Limited Liability Company,  give the state and date of formation,  the
name and address of the  manager,  list the names and  addresses of every member
and the percentage of membership interest held by each member.


________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

     Marketer  acknowledges  that this Statement of Ownership applies to the PAK
MAIL  Marketer  Business  authorized  under the Area  Marketing  Agreement.  Use
additional  sheets if  necessary.  Any and all changes to the above  information
must be reported to the Franchisor in writing.


_________________________________              _________________________________
Date                                           Name




                                                                   Exhibit 10(c)









                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                            MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT

                                       FOR












                                            Country:
                                                     ---------------------------
                                            Master Licensee:
                                                            --------------------
                                            Office:
                                                    ----------------------------

<PAGE>

                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                            MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                     Page Number
                                                                     -----------

1.       PURPOSE...........................................................  1

2.       GRANT OF LICENSE; ASSIGNMENT......................................  1
         2.1.     Grant....................................................  1
         2.2.     Franchise and Marketer Agreements........................  2
         2.3.     Rights Reserved to Licensor..............................  2

3.       FEES PAID TO LICENSOR.............................................  2
         3.1.     License Fee..............................................  2
         3.2.     No Refundability.........................................  3
         3.3.     Initial Franchise Fees and Marketer Fees.................  3
         3.4.     Royalties................................................  3
         3.5.     Levies and Taxes.........................................  3
         3.6.     Manner of Payment........................................  3

4.       LICENSOR'S OBLIGATIONS............................................  4
         4.1.     Licensor's Duties........................................  4

5.       MASTER LICENSEE'S COVENANTS.......................................  5
         5.1.     Development of Licensed Territory........................  5
         5.2.     Development Schedule.....................................  5
         5.3.     Master License Office....................................  5
         5.4.     Initial Training Program.................................  5
         5.5.     Compliance with Policy and Procedures Manual.............  5
         5.6.     Protection and Promotion of Marks and System.............  6
         5.7.     Compliance with Laws.....................................  6
         5.8.     Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations...................  6
         5.9.     Control of Franchisees and Marketers.....................  6
         5.10.    Attendance at Licensor Conferences.......................  6
         5.11.    Written Materials........................................  6
         5.12.    Services to Franchisees and Marketers....................  7

6.       TRADE AND INDUSTRIAL SECRETS......................................  7
         6.1.     Trade and Industrial Secrets.............................  7
         6.2.     Use and Limitation on Use................................  8
         6.3.     Licensor's Rights to New Ideas...........................  8
         6.4.     Updated Information......................................  8



7.       REPRESENTATIONS OF MASTER LICENSEE................................  8
         7.1.     Representations of Master Licensee.......................  8

8.       ADVERTISING.......................................................  9
         8.1.     Standards................................................  9
         8.2.     Master Licensee's Advertising Account.................... 10

9.       SYSTEM STANDARDS.................................................. 10
         9.1.     System Standards......................................... 10
         9.2.     Incorporation of System Standards........................ 10
         9.3.     Restriction on Services and Products..................... 10

10.      MARKS AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS...................................... 11
         10.1.    Ownership and Goodwill of Marks.......................... 11
         10.2.    Trade Secrets............................................ 11
         10.3.    No Other Mark............................................ 11
         10.4.    Cessation of Use at Termination.......................... 11
         10.5.    Protection of the Marks.................................. 11
         10.6.    Master Licensee's Trade Name............................. 12
         10.7.    Change of Marks.......................................... 12
         10.8.    Registration in Licensed Territory....................... 12

11.      REPORTS AND RECORDS............................................... 12
         11.1.    Periodic Reports......................................... 12
         11.2.    Annual Reports........................................... 13
         11.3.    Maintenance of Records................................... 13
         11.4.    Inspection and Audit..................................... 13

12.      ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS.............................................. 13
         12.1.    Assignment by Master Licensee............................ 13
         12.2.    Licensor's Approval of Transfer.......................... 14
         12.3.    Right of First Refusal................................... 14
         12.4.    Types of Assignment...................................... 15
         12.5.    Assignment by Licensor................................... 15
         12.6.    Master Licensee's Death or Incapacity.................... 15

13.      TERM AND EXPIRATION............................................... 16
         13.1.    Term..................................................... 16
         13.2.    Rights Upon Expiration................................... 16
         13.3.    Exercise of Option for Successor Franchise............... 16
         13.4.    Conditions of Refusal.................................... 16

14.      DEFAULT AND TERMINATION........................................... 17
         14.1.    Termination by Licensor - Prior Notice and Cure.......... 17


                                       ii

                                       
<PAGE>



         14.2.    Post-Termination Obligations of Master Licensee.......... 17
         14.3.    Licensor's Assumption of Agreements...................... 18

15.      RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES/INDEMNIFICATION....................... 18
         15.1.    Independent Businesspersons.............................. 18
         15.2.    Indemnification.......................................... 18

16.      RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS............................................. 19
         16.1.    Non-Competition During Term.............................. 19
         16.2.    Post-Termination Covenant Not to Compete................. 19
         16.3.    No Interference.......................................... 20
         16.4.    Nondisclosure and Noncompetition Agreement............... 20

17.      INSURANCE......................................................... 20
         17.1.    Insurance Coverage....................................... 20
         17.2.    Proof of Insurance....................................... 20

18.      ENFORCEMENT....................................................... 20
         18.1.    Arbitration.............................................. 20

19.      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.......................................... 21
         19.1.    Modification............................................. 21
         19.2.    Delegation............................................... 21
         19.3.    Entire Agreement......................................... 21
         19.4.    No Right to Set-Off...................................... 21
         19.5.    Fees and Costs........................................... 21
         19.6.    Severability............................................. 22
         19.7.    Notices.................................................. 22
         19.8.    Excuse of Performance.................................... 22
         19.9.    Approval Within Licensed Territory....................... 22
         19.10.   Applicable Law........................................... 22
         19.11.   Translation of Agreement................................. 22


                                    EXHIBITS

A                 Addendum to Master License Agreement
B                 Nondisclosure and Noncompetition Agreement
C                 Mark Registrations in the Licensed Territory

                                      iii
<PAGE>

                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                            MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT


     THIS  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement")  is made  this day of ,  19___,  by and
between PAK MAIL  CENTERS OF AMERICA,  INC.,  a Colorado  corporation,  with its
principal place of business located at 3033 South Parker Rd. Suite 1200, Aurora,
Colorado  80014 (the  "Licensor")  and , with its  principal  place of  business
located at (the  "Master  Licensee")  who, on the basis of the mutual  covenants
promises and agreements contained herein, agree as follows:

1. PURPOSE
   -------

     1.1. The Licensor has developed a concept for stores  offering a variety of
packaging,  mailing and communication services known as "Pak Mail Centers" which
operate  under  distinctive  business  formats,  systems,  methods,  procedures,
designs,  layouts and  specifications  (the  "System"),  which the  Licensor may
improve,  further  develop,  or otherwise modify from time to time. The Licensor
owns, uses, promotes and licenses certain trade names, trademarks, service marks
and other  commercial  symbols,  including the trade and service mark "PAK MAIL"
and  associated  logos,  which have  public  acceptance  and  goodwill,  and may
hereafter  create,  use and license  additional  trademarks,  service  marks and
commercial symbols (collectively referred to as the "Marks") in conjunction with
the operation of Pak Mail Centers.

     1.2. The  Licensor  grants  franchises  to use the Marks and System to: (1)
individuals   and   entities   who  develop   and   operate  Pak  Mail   Centers
("Franchisees") and (2) individuals and entities who market franchises to others
to operate Pak Mail Centers within a certain geographic area ("Marketers").

     1.3. The Master  Licensee  desires to license  others to act as Franchisees
and Marketers of Pak Mail Centers  within the Countries  referenced in Exhibit A
attached  to  this  Agreement  ("Licensed  Territory"),   under  the  terms  and
conditions which are contained in this Agreement.

2. GRANT OF LICENSE; ASSIGNMENT
   ----------------------------

     2.1.  Grant.  The Licensor  grants to the Master  Licensee,  and the Master
Licensee accepts from the Licensor, the right to use the Marks and the System in
connection  with the licensing of Franchisees  and Marketers of Pak Mail Centers
within the Licensed Territory.  The rights that are hereby granted to the Master
Licensee are for the specific Licensed  Territory and cannot be transferred from
or used outside of such Licensed  Territory,  nor can the boundaries  thereof be
altered or modified,  without the prior written  approval of the  Licensor.  The
Master Licensee  acknowledges that its continued exclusivity with respect to the
licensing of Pak Mail Centers in the  Licensed  Territory is dependent  upon the
Master's  continued  compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement.
The license granted pursuant to this Agreement shall sometimes be referred to as
the "Master License".


                                       
<PAGE>


     2.2. Franchise and Marketer  Agreements.  For each Pak Mail Center and each
Area  Marketer  franchise  developed  in  the  Licensed  Territory,  a  separate
franchise   agreement   ("Franchise   Agreement")  or  area  marketer  agreement
("Marketer  Agreement")  will be executed  between the Master  Licensee and each
Franchisee or Marketer,  as applicable.  The separate  Franchise  Agreements and
Marketer  Agreements to be executed  hereunder  shall include  provisions  which
shall obligate each Franchisee or Marketer, as applicable, to protect and defend
Licensor's  rights in and to the Marks and the System and to protect and enhance
the  quality  of and  goodwill  associated  with the  Marks  and the  System  by
including  provisions  reflecting  the  comparable  obligations  as those of the
Master  Licensee  hereunder,  as are set forth in: Section 2.3  (reservation  of
rights by the Licensor);  Section 5.3 (Policy and Procedures  Manual),  Sections
5.4 and 5.5 (quality control  compliance),  Article 6 in its entirety (Trade and
Industrial Secrets),  Article 9 in its entirety (System Standards),  and Article
10 in its entirety (Marks and Proprietary  Rights). In addition,  each Franchise
Agreement  and  Marketer  Agreement  shall  contain a  provision  to enable  the
Licensor  to exercise  its rights to acquire  the rights of the Master  Licensee
under each  Franchise  Agreement and Marketer  Agreement as set forth in Section
14.3 of this  Agreement.  The Master  Licensee shall be responsible for revising
the provisions of Franchise  Agreements and Marketer  Agreements for Franchisees
and Marketers, as applicable,  if necessary to comply and be consistent with the
laws and regulations  applicable in the Licensed Territory.  The Master Licensee
agrees  to  submit  its  proposed  forms of  Franchise  Agreement  and  Marketer
Agreement to the Licensor and to obtain the Licensor's  written approval of such
forms  before the  Master  Licensee  uses any such  agreements  in the  Licensed
Territory.

     2.3.  Rights Reserved to Licensor.  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the
contrary,  the Licensor and its affiliates reserve the rights, among others: (1)
to use, and to license  others to use, the Marks and System in  connection  with
the operation of a Pak Mail Center,  at any location  other than in the Licensed
Territory;  (2) to use the Marks to identify  other  services and products other
than those which the  Franchisees  sell,  promotional  and marketing  efforts or
related items, or to identify  services and products  similar to those which the
Franchisees sell, made available through  alternative  channels of distribution,
at any location;  and (3) to use and license the use of other  proprietary marks
or methods in connection with the sale of products and services similar to those
which the Franchisees sell,  whether in alternative  channels of distribution or
in  connection  with the  operation of packaging  and mailing  businesses at any
location, which businesses are the same as, or similar to, or different from PAK
MAIL Centers, on any terms and conditions as the Franchisor deems advisable. Any
right not expressly granted is to be deemed expressly reserved.

3. FEES PAID TO LICENSOR
   ---------------------

     3.1.  License  Fee.  The Master  Licensee  acknowledges  and agrees that in
developing the System,  the Licensor has made and continues to make  substantial
investments  of  time,  capital,  and  technical  and  commercial  research.  In
consideration of the license of the System, Marks,  confidential information and
trade secrets to be provided by the Licensor,  the Master Licensee agrees to pay
to the  Licensor  the  initial  fees  ("License  Fee")  described  in Exhibit A,
attached to this Agreement.

                                       2


                                       
<PAGE>


     3.2. No Refundability. The Master Licensee acknowledges and agrees that the
License Fee  represents  payment for the initial  grant of the rights to use the
Marks and System,  for the  Licensor's  foregone  opportunity  to use or license
those rights and benefits  granted to the Master  Licensee  hereunder,  that the
Licensor  has earned the License Fee upon  receipt  thereof and that the License
Fee is under no circumstances refundable to the Master Licensee after it is paid
to the Licensor, regardless of whether the Master Licensee ever receives payment
of the full amount of any initial franchise fee from a Franchisee or Marketer or
whether the franchise  agreement between a Franchisee and the Master Licensee is
terminated for any reason.

     3.3.  Initial  Franchise Fees and Marketer Fees.  After Master Licensee has
paid the License Fee in accordance  with Section 3.1, the Master  Licensee shall
pay Licensor the amount  designated  in Exhibit A as the  "Franchise  Fee," each
time the Master  Licensee  signs a Franchise  Agreement with a Franchisee in the
Licensed  Territory  and the  Master  Licensee  shall pay  Licensor  the  amount
designated  in Exhibit A as the  "Marketer  Fee" each time the  Master  Licensee
signs a Marketer  Agreement with a Marketer in the Licensed Territory during the
term of this Agreement.  The Master Licensee shall not be entitled to a share of
the initial  franchise  fees from  individual  franchises  or fees paid for area
marketer rights, if any, sold by the Licensor in the Licensed Territory prior to
the execution of this Agreement.

     3.4.  Royalties.  The Master  Licensee  shall pay the Licensor a continuing
monthly royalty  ("Royalty"),  payable by the tenth day of the month,  for every
operating Pak Mail Center located in the Licensed  Territory  during the term of
this  Agreement.  For the  first  two  years of a Pak Mail  Center's  operation,
starting with the date of its opening for business,  the Master  Licensee  shall
pay U.S.$100.00 per month in Royalties; for the third through fifth years of the
Center's  operation,  the Master  Licensee  shall pay  U.S.$150.00  per month in
Royalties,  and; for each year thereafter the Center is in operation,  including
operation during any renewal terms of the individual  Franchise  Agreement,  the
Master Licensee shall pay U.S.$200.00 per month in Royalties.

     3.5. Levies and Taxes.  All payments by the Master Licensee to the Licensor
shall be made  without  any  deduction  for any  taxes,  except  that the Master
Licensee shall deduct and pay to appropriate taxing authority,  on behalf of the
Licensor, any amount which the Master Licensee is required to withhold under any
laws in the territory on payments  made by the Master  Licensee to the Licensor.
The Master Licensee shall transmit to the Licensor official receipts for payment
of all taxes  withheld.  If the Master  Licensee  fails to  withhold or pay such
taxes, it shall indemnify the Licensor for the full amount of such taxes and for
any loss or liability occasioned by the Master Licensee's failure to withhold as
required by law,  including,  but not limited to, any penalties,  interest,  and
expenses incurred by the Licensor.

     3.6. Manner of Payment. The fee payments made under this Agreement shall be
"net"  of  any   withholding   taxes  or  tariffs  imposed  by  governmental  or
quasigovernmental  authorities  in the Licensed  Territory or the United States.
All payments made to the Licensor  hereunder,  unless otherwise noted,  shall be
paid in United States  Dollars.  The Licensor may  designate and change  payment
instructions at any time upon prior written notice to the Master  Licensee.  The

                                       3


                                       
<PAGE>



Master  Licensee  shall be solely  responsible  for the payment of any costs and
charges  incurred in connection  with the transfer and exchange of currency over
and above any fees paid hereunder.

4. LICENSOR'S OBLIGATIONS
   ----------------------

     4.1.  Licensor's  Duties.  The duties to be  performed  by the  Licensor in
connection with the Master License Program will include the following:

          a. The Licensor will use reasonable  and diligent  efforts to register
     the service mark "PAK MAIL" in the Licensed Territory.

          b.  The  Licensor  will  provide  newsletters,  ad  slicks  and  other
     advertising  materials,  as  they  may be  available  from  time  to  time;
     provided,  however,  that they  shall be in the  English  language  and the
     Master Licensee will be required to have them accurately translated for use
     in the Licensed Territory at the Master Licensee's own expense.

          c. The Licensor will make available,  in the English language,  one or
     more manuals, technical bulletins, or other written materials, covering the
     proper  operating  and  marketing  techniques  of the Pak Mail  Center  and
     standards and  specifications  for implementing the System,  and manuals or
     other written materials covering the Master License  operations,  which may
     include  advertising,  marketing,  franchise sales,  franchisee  selection,
     franchisee  support,  budgeting  and  forecasting,  systems  and  controls,
     management of the advertising  fund,  development  schedule issues,  public
     relations,  and related business systems and methods. The manuals and other
     written  information  described herein shall collectively be referred to as
     the "Policy and Procedures  Manual." The Master Licensee  understands  that
     the Licensor  shall accept no  responsibility  for insuring that the Policy
     and Procedures Manual,  and any information  contained therein apply or are
     consistent  with the laws,  regulations and customs  prevailing  within the
     Licensed  Territory.  The Licensor  reserves the right to revise the Policy
     and  Procedures  Manual from time to time as it deems  necessary  to update
     operating and marketing techniques or standards and specifications.

          d.  Licensor  will  provide  the  Master  Licensee  with two  weeks of
     training at Licensor's National Support Center in Aurora CO.

          e. Licensor will plan the number of support mission(s) to the Licensed
     Territory in the first year of this  Agreement as are designated in Exhibit
     A. These  missions  will  address  such  issues as site  selection,  Center
     build-out,  carrier  and  vendor  negotiations,  and sales  efforts.  Every
     additional year, Licensor will visit the Licensed Territory once as long as
     the Master Licensee is in compliance with this Agreement.


                                       4
<PAGE>



5. MASTER LICENSEE'S COVENANTS
   ---------------------------

     5.1. Development of Licensed Territory. The Master Licensee shall offer and
sell  licenses  in  a  manner  consistent  with  the  Licensor's  standards  and
specifications  as may be  established  by the Licensor from time to time and in
compliance  with any  applicable  laws and  regulations  directly or  indirectly
affecting  or  relating to the offer and sale of  licenses  or  franchises.  The
Master  Licensee  shall  uphold  the  Licensor's   qualification   standards  in
soliciting,   screening,   offering  and  selling   licenses  or  franchises  to
Franchisees and Marketers.  Each party shall be solely and fully responsible for
insuring  compliance  with all  applicable  laws and  regulations  by their  own
employees, agents and/or other representatives under their control.

     5.2. Development Schedule.  The Master Licensee agrees that during the term
of this  Agreement,  the Master  Licensee  will meet and  maintain the sales and
opening  goals  ("Sales  and  Opening  Goals")  set  forth in  Exhibit A to this
Agreement.  The  Licensor  and the Master  Licensee  must agree to the Sales and
Opening  Goals for any renewal of the Master  License as set forth in Article 13
of this Agreement.

     5.3. Master License Office. The Master Licensee agrees to obtain and at all
times  during  the term of this  Agreement  maintain  office  facilities  in the
Licensed  Territory for operation of the Master License ("Master  Office").  The
Licensor shall approve the Master Office  location by its designation in Exhibit
A to this  Agreement  or by later  executing  a Rider to Exhibit A if the Master
Office location is not chosen as of the date of execution of this Agreement. The
Master  Office shall have a dedicated  phone line which shall be answered in the
name of PAK MAIL and shall  otherwise be equipped and furnished and have signage
in a manner consistent with the image and minimum standards of the Licensor.

     5.4.  Initial  Training  Program.  The  Master  Licensee  agrees  that  its
responsibilities  to Franchisees and Marketers in the Licensed Territory include
the provision of an initial Pak Mail training  program for each  Franchisee  and
Marketer, to be conducted at the Master Office, for two individuals representing
each Pak Mail Franchisee and Marketer.

     5.5.  Compliance  with Policy and Procedures  Manual.  The Master  Licensee
shall use the Marks and System only as  specified  in the Policy and  Procedures
Manual.  The Master  Licensee  agrees  that it shall  comply with the Policy and
Procedures Manual as an essential aspect of its obligations under this Agreement
and failure to substantially comply with the Policy and Procedures Manual may be
considered a breach of this Agreement.  The Policy and Procedures  Manual is the
sole  property of the  Licensor  and shall be used by the Master  Licensee  only
during the term of this  Agreement and in strict  accordance  with the terms and
conditions  hereof,  except as the same may be revised or waived to comply or be
consistent with law, regulation, or custom prevailing in the Licensed Territory.
The Master  Licensee  shall not  duplicate the Policy and  Procedures  Manual or
disclose its contents to persons other than the Marketers or  Franchisees in the
Licensed Territory, or employees or officers who have signed a Nondisclosure and
Noncompetition  Agreement  substantially  similar to that  attached as Exhibit B


                                       5


                                       
<PAGE>

hereto  and  only to the  extent  that the  disclosure  of said  information  is
required  under this  Agreement  and the Policy  and  Procedures  Manual for the
operation of the Master License  business.  The Master Licensee shall return the
Policy and Procedures Manual to the Licensor upon the expiration, termination or
assignment of this Agreement.

     5.6.  Protection  and  Promotion of Marks and System.  The Master  Licensee
shall  operate  the  Master  License  business  in  accordance  with the  System
standards  set by the  Licensor  and in such a manner as not to detract  from or
adversely  reflect upon the name and reputation of the Licensor and the goodwill
associated  with the PAK MAIL name and  Marks.  The Master  Licensee  shall make
every effort to protect,  maintain and promote the Marks and the System,  and to
prevent  imitations  and  infringements  upon the Marks and  System,  within the
Licensed Territory.

     5.7.  Compliance  with Laws.  The Master  Licensee shall conduct itself and
operate its Master License  business in compliance  with all applicable laws and
ordinances  in the  Licensed  Territory.  In  connection  therewith,  the Master
Licensee shall be solely and fully responsible for obtaining and maintaining any
and all  government  permits,  registrations,  licenses or similar  approvals to
carry on the Master License business.

     5.8.  Payment of Taxes and Other  Obligations.  The Master  Licensee  shall
promptly  pay when due all taxes  and  other  obligations  incurred  with  third
parties in the  operation of the Master  License  business,  including,  without
limitation,  value-added,   import/export,   national  insurance  contributions,
turnover taxes,  sales and withholding  taxes, and any and all accounts or other
indebtedness of every kind incurred by the Master Licensee in the conduct of the
Master  License.  In the event of a bona fide  dispute as to the  liability  for
taxes  assessed or other  indebtedness,  the Master  Licensee  shall  follow the
procedures of the appropriate  governmental authority in the Licensed Territory.
The Master  Licensee shall comply with all agreements with third parties related
to the business  including,  in  particular,  all  provisions  of any  Franchise
Agreements with Franchisees and any Marketer Agreements with Marketers.

     5.9. Control of Franchisees and Marketers. The Master Licensee shall assure
that the  standards  and  specifications  as set forth in any and all  Franchise
Agreements, Marketer Agreements and the Policy and Procedures Manual and any and
all other standards and specifications  which are part of the System established
by the Licensor are, in turn,  established and maintained by the Master Licensee
and the  Marketers and  Franchisees  with respect to all Pak Mail Centers in the
Licensed Territory.

     5.10. Attendance at Licensor Conferences.  The Master Licensee shall attend
on-going  conferences,  conventions and seminars  offered by the Licensor to PAK
MAIL Franchisees which are offered on a national basis in the United States, and
those offered on an international basis.

     5.11. Written  Materials.  The Master Licensee agrees to develop and use in
connection  with its  Master  License  business  only  such  written  materials,
training  manuals and supplies  which comply with the  Licensor's  standards and
specifications.  Unless  provided  to the Master  Licensee  in the  language  in
dominant use in the Licensed Territory,  the Master Licensee shall pay all costs


                                       6


                                       
<PAGE>

of  translation  for such  written  materials  and  training  manuals  as may be
necessary for use in the Licensed Territory.

     5.12. Services to Franchisees and Marketers.  The Master Licensee agrees to
perform its  obligations  as a special agent of the Licensor in accordance  with
the terms  and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  and only  within  the  Licensed
Territory,  to perform certain site approval and development services as defined
in this Section below ("Site  Services")  and to establish and maintain  certain
supply  services as defined in this Section  ("Supply  Services")  in accordance
with the Licensor's standards and specifications. "Site Services" are defined as
follows:  (a) Approve or disapprove of the site submittal  packages  (containing
such  demographic,  commercial  and other  information  as the  Licensor and the
Master Licensee may reasonably  require) submitted to the Master Licensee by the
Franchisees  for each  location at which a Franchisee  proposes to establish and
operate  a PAK MAIL  Center  in the  Licensed  Territory;  (b)  Perform  on-site
inspections of all PAK MAIL Centers located in the Licensed Territory, including
the  mail  boxes,  equipment,  inventory  of boxes  and  packing  materials  and
supplies,  to ensure compliance with all standards and specifications set by the
Licensor.  "Supply Services" are defined as follows:  Establish and maintain all
necessary  relationships with suppliers located within the Licensed Territory of
mail boxes,  packing and shipping  supplies and  shipping  services  used in the
operation of PAK MAIL Centers in the Licensed  Territory in accordance  with the
Licensor's  standards and specifications.  The Master Licensee shall also obtain
the Licensor's prior written approval,  which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld,  of any changes in the  Licensor's  standards and  specifications  for
supplies and materials used in and for the services  offered by PAK MAIL Centers
in the  Licensed  Territory.  Once the Master  Licensee  obtains the  Licensor's
approval therefor, the Master Licensee shall advise Franchisees and Marketers in
the Licensed  Territory  regarding  these changes and regarding the selection of
suppliers  for the purchase of such items used in  connection  with the PAK MAIL
Centers in the Licensed Territory.

6. TRADE AND INDUSTRIAL SECRETS
   ----------------------------

     6.1.  Trade and  Industrial  Secrets.  The  Master  Licensee  warrants  and
represents that the Licensor possesses certain trade and industrial secrets (the
"Trade and Industrial  Secrets")  relating to the operation of Pak Mail Centers,
which include:  (1) site selection criteria;  (2) methods,  processes,  formats,
specifications,   systems,   procedures,  sales  and  marketing  techniques  and
knowledge of and experience in the development and operation of Pak Mail Centers
including  any and  all  contents  of the  Policy  and  Procedures  Manual;  (3)
marketing programs;  (4) research and development relating to new businesses and
services; (5) knowledge of specifications for and suppliers of certain products,
services,  materials,  supplies,  equipment  and fixtures;  (6) the  proprietary
computer  software  program  and  designated  equipment;  and (7)  knowledge  of
operating results and financial  performance of Pak Mail Centers. The Licensor's
Trade and  Industrial  Secrets  shall be disclosed by the Licensor to the Master
Licensee  through  documents,  electronic  or  magnetic  means,  optical  disks,
microfilm,  film or other similar  instruments.  In view of the  foregoing,  any
unauthorized  disclosure  by the  Master  Licensee  of the Trade and  Industrial
Secrets provided by the Licensor pursuant to this Agreement,  shall be construed


                                       7


                                       
<PAGE>

as  disclosure  of the Trade and  Industrial  Secrets of the Licensor and shall,
therefore,  entitle the  Licensor to exercise all of the legal  actions  derived
from any applicable law and/or regulations the Licensor may deem convenient.

     6.2. Use and Limitation on Use. The Master Licensee acknowledges and agrees
it will not acquire any interest in Trade and Industrial Secrets, other than the
right to utilize disclosed Trade and Industrial  Secrets in operating the Master
License business during the term hereof and that use or duplication of any Trade
and Industrial  Secrets in any other business would  constitute an unfair method
of competition.  The Master Licensee  further  acknowledges  and agrees that the
Trade and  Industrial  Secrets are  proprietary,  include  trade  secrets of the
Licensor and are disclosed to the Master  Licensee  solely on the condition that
the Master Licensee agrees,  and the Master Licensee does hereby agree, that the
Master  Licensee:  (1) will not use Trade and  Industrial  Secrets  in any other
business or capacity;  (2) will maintain the absolute  confidentiality  of Trade
and Industrial Secrets during and after the term of this Agreement; (3) will not
make  unauthorized  copies  of any  portion  of  Trade  and  Industrial  Secrets
disclosed in written or other tangible  forms;  and (4) will adopt and implement
all reasonable  procedures that Licensor prescribes to prevent  unauthorized use
or disclosure of Trade and Industrial Secrets.

     6.3. Licensor's Rights to New Ideas. The Master Licensee  acknowledges that
the Licensor owns all aspects of the System,  whether now or hereafter developed
either by the  Licensor  or the Master  Licensee,  and all  know-how,  formulas,
concepts,  methods of doing business,  software and other technology  related to
the System.  All changes and  improvements  related to the System shall inure to
the benefit of and be owned by the Licensor. The Master Licensee shall fully and
promptly disclose to the Licensor, all ideas,  concepts,  methods and procedures
relating  to the  development  and/or  operations  of a  packaging  and  mailing
business  conceived or developed by the Master Licensee and/or its employees and
subfranchisees during the term of this Agreement.

     6.4. Updated Information.  The Master Licensee, within 30 days of receiving
any updated  information  regarding the Policy and Procedures  Manual,  shall in
turn update its copy of the Policy and  Procedures  Manual as  instructed by the
Licensor and shall conform its operations with the updated  provisions  within a
reasonable  time  thereafter.  The Master Licensee shall also be responsible for
ensuring that each of the  Franchisees  and Marketers in the Licensed  Territory
shall,  in turn,  update  their  copy of the  Policy  and  Procedures  Manual as
instructed by the Licensor,  and shall conform their operations with the updated
provisions  within a reasonable  period of time thereafter.  The Master Licensee
acknowledges  that a master copy of the Policy and Procedures  Manual maintained
by the Licensor at its principal  office shall be  controlling in the event of a
dispute relative to the content of any Policy and Procedures Manual.

7. REPRESENTATIONS OF MASTER LICENSEE
   ----------------------------------

     7.1. Representations of Master Licensee. The Master Licensee represents and
warrants that it has induced the Licensor to enter into this Agreement  based on
the following  representations  and warranties  made to Licensor.  The following
representations and warranties shall survive termination of this Agreement.

                                       8


                                      
<PAGE>


          a. The Master Licensee  understands and acknowledges that the Licensor
     has made no  promise or  guarantee,  express  or  implied,  that the Master
     Licensee will be able to comply with any  applicable  laws and  regulations
     concerning the sale of franchises in the Licensed Territory  throughout the
     entire term hereof,  but that the Master  Licensee is obligated to use best
     efforts to comply with the same.

          b.  The  Master   Licensee  has  no  in  no  manner  relied  upon  any
     representations or statements of actual,  average,  projected or forecasted
     sales,  profits or earnings made by the Licensor with respect to the Master
     License  business  in  the  Master  Licensee's  decision  to  execute  this
     Agreement.  The  Master  Licensee  understands  and  acknowledges  that the
     Licensor has no  experience  in developing or operating PAK MAIL Centers in
     the Licensed  Territory,  so that the Master Licensee has conducted its own
     independent  investigation  of what  operating  results  may be achieved by
     conducting the Master License business in the Licensed Territory.

          c. The Master Licensee  understands and  acknowledges  that the Policy
     and Procedures Manual provided by the Licensor  contains  information which
     may not be  applicable in the Licensed  Territory  and the Master  Licensee
     will be required to revise  those  sections  which are in turn  provided to
     Franchisees and Marketers.

          d. The Master  Licensee  acknowledges  that it has read this Agreement
     and  understands and accepts the terms contained in this Agreement as being
     reasonably  necessary to maintain the Licensor's  high standards of quality
     and service and the  uniformity  of those  standards and thereby to protect
     and preserve the goodwill of the Marks and the integrity of the System. The
     Master  Licensee   acknowledges   that  it  has  conducted  an  independent
     investigation  of the business  venture  contemplated by this Agreement and
     recognizes  that, like any other business,  the nature of this business may
     evolve and change over time,  that the investment  involves  business risks
     and that the  success of the venture is largely  dependent  upon the Master
     Licensee's  business  abilities and efforts.  The Master  Licensee  further
     represents  to the  Licensor,  as an  inducement  to its  entry  into  this
     Agreement,  that the  Master  Licensee  had made no  misrepresentations  in
     obtaining the license granted pursuant to this Agreement.

          e. The Master Licensee represents that it is familiar with and has the
     necessary managerial and financial ability to operate, develop and maintain
     the Master License business and that it has sufficient staff and offices to
     attempt to sell, train and support  prospective and future  Franchisees and
     Marketers  pursuant to the Licensor's  minimum  standards of quality and in
     accordance with the Policy and Procedures Manual.

8. ADVERTISING
   -----------

     8.1. Standards.  The Master Licensee  acknowledges that the advertising and
promotion  of the Master  License  business in  accordance  with the  Licensor's
standards and specifications regarding advertising is an essential aspect of the
System, and the Master Licensee agrees to comply with all advertising  standards
and specifications.

                                       9


                                       
<PAGE>


     8.2. Master Licensee's  Advertising Account. Any advertising fees collected
by the Master Licensee from Franchisees pursuant to the Franchise Agreements, or
from Marketers pursuant to the Marketer  Agreements,  and retained by the Master
Licensee,  shall be deposited by the Master  Licensee in separate bank accounts,
commercial  accounts or savings  accounts  ("Advertising  Account").  The Master
Licensee  will  make  available  to the  Licensor  and to  the  Franchisees  and
Marketers  in the  Licensed  Territory,  no later than 120 days after the end of
each calendar year, an annual  financial  statement for the Advertising  Account
which  indicates how deposits to the  Advertising  Account have been spent.  The
Advertising  Account will be  administered by the Master  Licensee,  in its sole
discretion,  and shall be used by the Master  Licensee on behalf of  Franchisees
and Marketers in the Licensed  Territory for  production  and placement of media
advertising,  direct response literature, direct mailings, brochures, collateral
material advertising, surveys of advertising effectiveness, or other advertising
or public relations expenditures relating to advertising.

9. SYSTEM STANDARDS
   ----------------

     9.1. System Standards. The Master Licensee acknowledges and agrees that the
development  and  operation  of the Pak  Mail  Centers  in  accordance  with the
specifications,   standards,   operating   procedures  and  rules  the  Licensor
prescribes  for the operation of Pak Mail Centers as  periodically  modified and
supplemented  by  Licensor  in its  discretion  during  the  term  (the  "System
Standards")  is the essence of this  Agreement  and  essential  to preserve  the
goodwill  of the Marks.  Therefore,  the Master  Licensee  agrees,  at all times
during the term hereof,  to maintain and operate,  and to require  Marketers and
Franchisees  to maintain and operate,  the Pak Mail Centers in  accordance  with
each and every  System  Standard.  The Master  Licensee  will  obtain PAK MAIL's
written approval prior to implementing any change to any System Standard.

     9.2.  Incorporation of System Standards.  The Master Licensee hereby agrees
that System Standards  prescribed from time to time in the Policy and Procedures
Manual,  or  otherwise  communicated  to the Master  Licensee in writing,  shall
constitute  provisions  of this  Agreement  as if fully  set forth  herein.  All
references to this Agreement shall include all System  Standards as periodically
modified.

     9.3.  Restriction  on  Services  and  Products.   The  Master  Licensee  is
prohibited  from offering or selling any services or products not  authorized by
the Licensor.  However,  if the Master  Licensee  proposes to offer,  conduct or
utilize any services,  products,  materials, forms, items or supplies for use in
connection  with or sale  through  the  Master  License  business  which are not
previously  approved by the Licensor as meeting its  specifications,  the Master
Licensee  shall first notify the Licensor in writing  requesting  approval.  The
Licensor  may,  in its  sole  discretion  for any  reason  whatsoever,  elect to
withhold  such  approval;  however,  in order to make  such  determination,  the
Licensor may require  submission of specifications,  information,  or samples of
such services, products,  materials, forms, items or supplies. The Licensor will
advise the Master  Licensee  within a reasonable  time  whether  such  services,
products or other items meet its specifications.

                                       10


                                       
<PAGE>


10. MARKS AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
    ----------------------------

     10.1.   Ownership  and  Goodwill  of  Marks.  The  Master  Licensee  hereby
acknowledges  that the  Licensor is the sole owner of the Marks and any goodwill
established  thereby and the  Licensor has the sole right to license and control
the Master  Licensee's  use of the PAK MAIL service mark and other of the Marks,
and that the use of the Marks shall remain under the sole and exclusive  control
of the Licensor.  The Master Licensee  acknowledges that it has not acquired any
right,  title or interest in the Marks  except for the right to use the Marks in
the operation of the Master License Franchise in the Licensed Territory pursuant
to this Agreement.

     10.2.  Trade Secrets.  The Master  Licensee  hereby  acknowledges  that the
Licensor owns and controls the distinctive plan for the establishment, operation
and  promotion  of Pak Mail  Centers and all related  licensed  methods of doing
business,  previously  defined as the "System",  which may include,  but are not
limited to,  distinctive  layout,  design and decoration for the Pak Mail Center
structure, other commercial symbols, written promotional materials, advertising,
and accounting  systems,  all of which constitute trade secrets of the Licensor,
and the Master  Licensee  acknowledges  that the Licensor has valuable rights in
and to such trade secrets.  The Master Licensee further acknowledges that it has
not acquired any right,  title or interest in the System except for the right to
use the System in the operation of the Master License  business as it relates to
this Agreement or as may be granted by separate agreement with the Licensor. If,
in the course of operating its Master  License  Franchise,  the Master  Licensee
develops or improves any aspect of the System, any and all plans, methods, ideas
and  systems  related to such  development  or  improvement  shall  inure to the
benefit  of the  Licensor  and shall be owned by the  Licensor  as a part of the
System.

     10.3. No Other Mark. The Master Licensee  further agrees that no Mark other
than "PAK MAIL" or such other Marks as may be specified by the  Licensor,  shall
be used in the operation of the Master License business.

     10.4.  Cessation  of Use at  Termination.  In the event this  Agreement  is
terminated for any reason, the Master Licensee shall immediately cease using any
of the PAK  MAIL  System,  Marks,  trade  names,  trade  dress,  trade  secrets,
copyrights  or any other symbols used to identify the Master  License  business,
and  all  rights  the  Master  Licensee  had to  the  same  shall  automatically
terminate.  The Master Licensee agrees to execute any documents of assignment as
may be necessary  to transfer any rights the Master  Licensee may possess in and
to the Marks to the Licensor.  Nothing herein shall affect the Master Licensee's
rights as a franchisee under any existing franchise agreement.

     10.5.  Protection  of the Marks.  The Licensor  shall have the  affirmative
obligation  to  protect  and  defend  its use of the  Marks  and the  Licensor's
proprietary  interests  therein,  which  affirmative  obligations shall include,
without  limitation,  ascertaining  on a  periodic  basis  whether  there is any

                                       11


                                       
<PAGE>

infringing or illegal use of the Marks by any  unauthorized  parties  within the
Licensed Territory.  The Master Licensee shall notify the Licensor in writing of
any possible  infringement  or illegal use by others of the Marks, or trademarks
the  same  as or  substantially  similar  to the  Marks  which  may  come to its
attention.  The Master  Licensee  acknowledges  that the Licensor shall have the
right to  determine  whether  action  will be taken on account  of any  possible
infringement  or illegal  use.  If such  action is deemed to be  necessary,  the
Licensor  will  notify  the  Master  Licensee  who will be  responsible  for the
commencement  or prosecution of such action if the Licensor  determines it to be
reasonably  necessary for the continued  protection  and quality  control of the
Marks and System. The Licensor shall bear the cost of any such action, including
reasonable  lawyer's  fees.  The Master  Licensee  agrees to cooperate  with the
Licensor in any such litigation. The Master Licensee agrees not to institute any
action on account of any  possible  infringement  or illegal use  without  first
obtaining the Licensor's prior written consent.

     10.6. Master  Licensee's Trade Name. The Master Licensee  acknowledges that
the  Licensor  has a prior and  superior  claim to the Marks and PAK MAIL  trade
name. The Master  Licensee shall not license or use any of the PAK MAIL Marks or
trade names in the legal name of its company,  partnership or any other business
entity used in  conducting  the  business  provided for in this  Agreement.  The
Master  Licensee  also agrees not to  register or attempt to register  any trade
name  using the word "PAK MAIL" in the  Master  Licensee's  name or in any other
person or  business  entity  name  without  the  prior  written  consent  of the
Licensor.  When this Agreement is terminated,  the Master Licensee shall execute
any  assignment  or other  document  the  Licensor  requires  to transfer to the
Licensor any rights the Master  Licensee  may possess in a trade name  utilizing
the mark PAK MAIL or any other Mark owned by the Licensor.

     10.7.  Change  of  Marks.  In the  event  that  the  Licensor,  in its sole
discretion, shall determine it necessary to modify or discontinue the use of any
proprietary  Marks,  or to develop  additional or substitute  marks,  the Master
Licensee shall, within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice of such
a modification or  discontinuation  from the Licensor,  take such action, at the
Master  Licensee's  sole  expense,  as may be  necessary  to  comply  with  such
modification, discontinuation, addition or substitution.

     10.8.  Registration in Licensed Territory.  The Licensor has either applied
for or received trademark  registration in the countries comprising the Licensed
Territory  for the service mark "PAK MAIL" as  described in Exhibit C.  attached
hereto and by this reference  incorporated herein. If the trademark registration
has not been  obtained  as of the date of this  Agreement,  the Master  Licensee
acknowledges  and understands that the Licensor shall use best efforts to obtain
such  registration,  but there is no assurance that the Licensor will succeed in
obtaining such registration.

11. REPORTS AND RECORDS
    -------------------

     11.1.  Periodic  Reports.  The Master Licensee shall supply to the Licensor
such  reports  in a manner  and form as the  Licensor  may,  from  time to time,
reasonably  require,  including,  but not limited  to,  monthly  sales  reports,
submitted  to the  Licensor  no later  than the tenth day of each  month for all
sales  information  from the previous  month,  which sales  reports will include
information  on sales of franchises and revenues of each of the PAK MAIL Centers
in the Licensed Territory, identified by Franchisee and by location.

                                       12


                                      
<PAGE>


     11.2. Annual Reports.  The Master Licensee shall,  within 90 days after the
end of its fiscal year,  provide to the  Licensor,  in English,  annual  audited
financial statements, tax returns relating to the Master License business, and a
certification from an independent  certified public accountant that all sums due
and owing hereunder have been paid. If the  certification  shows an underpayment
of any amounts owed to the Licensor, these amounts shall be paid to the Licensor
concurrently  with the  submission of the  statements.  In addition,  the Master
Licensee shall,  within 45 days from the end of each calendar  quarter,  provide
the  Licensor  with  copies  of  quarterly  value  added  tax  returns  or other
assessments.  In addition,  the Master  Licensee  shall,  by January 1st of each
calendar  year,  submit to the Licensor its business and marketing  plan for the
Licensed  Territory for the upcoming  year,  together with a copy of its current
Policy and Procedures Manual used in the Licensed Territory within the preceding
year,  together with every Franchise  Agreement and Marketer  Agreement executed
within the preceding year.

     11.3.  Maintenance of Records. The Master Licensee shall maintain all books
and  records  for the Master  License  business  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and preserve these records
for at least six years after the fiscal year to which they relate.

     11.4.  Inspection and Audit.  The Master Licensee shall permit the Licensor
to inspect and audit the books and records of the Master License business at any
reasonable time, at the Licensor's expense.

12. ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS
    --------------------

     12.1.  Assignment by Master  Licensee.  The Master License business granted
herein is  personal  to the  Master  Licensee  and except as stated  below,  the
Licensor  shall not allow or permit  any  transfer,  assignment,  sublicense  or
conveyance  of this  Agreement or any interest  hereunder.  The Master  Licensee
shall not sell,  transfer  or assign its  rights  under  this  Agreement  or any
interest  in it,  or any part or  portion  of the  entity  that  owns  it,  or a
substantial   portion  of  the  assets  used  in  carrying  out  this  Agreement
(including,  without limitation,  its right, title and interest to any Franchise
Agreement  to which it is a party),  unless  the  Master  Licensee  obtains  the
Licensor's  prior written  consent and the Master  Licensee  and/or the proposed
transferee comply with the following requirements:

          a. Payment of all amounts due and owing  pursuant to this Agreement by
     the Master  Licensee  to the  Licensor or to third  parties  whose debts or
     obligations  the Licensor has guaranteed on behalf of the Master  Licensee,
     if any;

                                       13

                    
<PAGE>


          b. Agreement by the proposed transferee to satisfactorily complete the
     initial training program  conducted by the Licensor,  which training may be
     completed by the transferee either prior to or immediately after assignment
     of this Agreement;

          c. An express  written  assumption  by the proposed  transferee of the
     Master Licensee's  obligations pursuant to this Agreement and all Franchise
     Agreements  executed with Franchisees and Marketer Agreements executed with
     Marketers in the Licensed Territory;

          d.  Provision by the Master  Licensee of 30 days' written notice prior
     to the proposed effective date of the transfer,  such notice to contain the
     material   terms  and  conditions  of  the  transfer,   including   without
     limitation, the price and terms of payment;

          e. Execution by the Master Licensee of a general release of all claims
     against the Licensor and an  acknowledgement  of the  termination of all of
     its rights in connection with this Agreement;

          f.  Payment by the Master  Licensee or the  proposed  transferee  of a
     transfer fee in an amount 10% of the total purchase price to be paid by the
     transferee,  whether  to be paid  in lump  sum or  financed;  this  amount,
     however, shall not exceed U.S.$25,000.00;

          g. The proposed  transferee  shall have  provided  information  to the
     Licensor  sufficient  for the Licensor to assess the proposed  transferee's
     business experience, aptitude,  creditworthiness and financial resources to
     operate the Master License business and the Licensor shall have ascertained
     that the proposed transferee meets such qualifications; and

          h.  The  proposed   transferee   shall  have  visited  the   corporate
     headquarters  of the Licensor and shall have been evaluated and approved by
     the Licensor.

     12.2.  Licensor's  Approval of Transfer.  The Licensor has 30 days from the
date of notice from the Master  Licensee to approve or  disapprove of the Master
Licensee's  proposed  assignment.  The  Master  Licensee  acknowledges  that the
Licensor may withhold approval of a proposed  assignment or proposed  transferee
for  any  justifiable  business  reason,   including  without  limitation,   the
transferee's  financial  capability or its  suitability to act as the Licensor's
special  agent in the Licensed  Territory,  irrespective  of how such  financial
capability or suitability compares to that of the Master Licensee. If the Master
Licensee and its proposed  transferee  comply with all conditions for assignment
set forth herein and the Licensor  has not given the Master  Licensee  notice of
its approval or disapproval within such period, approval is deemed granted.

     12.3.  Right of First Refusal.  In the event the Master  Licensee wishes to
sell,  transfer or assign its rights under this Agreement or any interest in it,
or any substantial  portion of the assets used in carrying out this Agreement to
a third  party,  the Master  Licensee  agrees to grant to the  Licensor a 30 day


                                       14


                                       
<PAGE>

right of first  refusal to purchase  such rights or assets on the same terms and
conditions as are  contained in the written  offer to purchase  submitted to the
Master Licensee by the proposed purchaser. The Master Licensee shall immediately
notify  the  Licensor  of such offer by  sending a written  notice via  courier,
telegram or telefax to the Licensor  enclosing a copy of the written  offer from
the proposed  purchaser  and receipt of such notice must be confirmed in writing
upon receipt by  Licensor.  Such right of first  refusal is  effective  for each
proposed  assignment.  Absence of a reply to the Master  Licensee's  notice of a
proposed assignment within the 30 day period is deemed a waiver of such right of
first refusal.  The right of first refusal period will run concurrently with the
period  in  which  the  Licensor  has to  approve  or  disapprove  the  proposed
transferee.  If the Licensor chooses not to exercise its right of first refusal,
the Master Licensee shall be free to complete the sale,  transfer or assignment,
subject to compliance  with all other  pre-conditions  for  assignment set forth
herein.

     12.4.  Types of  Assignment.  The  Master  Licensee  acknowledges  that the
Licensor's  right to  approve  or  disapprove  of a  proposed  sale or  transfer
provided for herein shall apply (1) if the Master  Licensee is a partnership  or
other business association,  to the addition or deletion of a partner or members
of the  association  or the  transfer of any  partnership  or  membership  among
existing  partners or members;  (2) if the Master Licensee is a company,  to any
proposed  transfer or assignment of 25% or more of the stock or other  ownership
interest  in the  Master  Licensee,  whether  such  transfer  occurs in a single
transaction  or  several  transactions;  and (3) if the  Master  Licensee  is an
individual,  to the transfer from such  individual or  individuals  to a company
controlled by them, in which case the  Licensor's  approval will be  conditioned
upon the continuing  personal  guarantee of the individual (or  individuals) for
the  performance  of  obligations  under this  Agreement,  and other  reasonable
conditions.

     With respect to a proposed  transfer as described in subsection (3) of this
paragraph,  the  Licensor's  right of first  refusal to  purchase,  as set forth
above,  shall not apply and the Licensor will waive any transfer fee  chargeable
to the Master Licensee for a transfer under these circumstances.

     12.5.  Assignment by Licensor.  This  Agreement is fully  assignable by the
Licensor and shall inure to the benefit of any assignee or other legal successor
in interest.  The Licensor shall also have the right to delegate the performance
of any portion or all of its obligations hereunder to third parties, whether the
same are  agents  of the  Licensor  or  independent  contractors  with  whom the
Licensor has contracted to provide such services.  The Master Licensee agrees in
advance to any such  delegation  by the  Licensor  of any part or portion of its
obligations and duties hereunder.

     12.6.  Master  Licensee's Death or Incapacity.  Upon the death or permanent
disability  of the Master  Licensee (or the  individual  controlling  the Master
Licensee entity), the executor,  administrator,  conservator,  guardian or other
personal  representative  of such person shall  transfer  the Master  Licensee's
interest in this Agreement or such interest in the Master  Licensee entity to an
approved  third party.  Such  disposition  of this  Agreement  or such  interest
(including,  without  limitation,  transfer by bequest or inheritance)  shall be
completed  within a  reasonable  time,  not to exceed  120 days from the date of

                                       15


                                       
<PAGE>

death or permanent disability,  and shall be subject to all terms and conditions
applicable to transfers  contained in this Article 12, including the granting of
a right  of first  refusal  to the  Licensor.  Provided,  however,  that for the
purposes of this  Article 12,  there shall be no fee charged by the Licensor for
the initial training program offered to the transferee.  Failure to transfer the
interest in this Agreement or such interest in the Master Licensee entity within
said  period  of time  shall  constitute  a breach  of this  Agreement.  For the
purposes hereof, the term "permanent disability" shall mean a mental or physical
disability,  impairment or condition  that is reasonably  expected to prevent or
actually does prevent the Master Licensee or the owner of a controlling interest
in the Master Licensee  entity from  supervising the management and operation of
the  Master  License  business  for a period  of 120 days from the onset of such
disability, impairment or condition.

13. TERM AND EXPIRATION
    -------------------

     13.1. Term. The term of this Agreement is for a period of 10 years from the
date of this Agreement, unless sooner terminated as provided herein.

     13.2.  Rights Upon  Expiration.  At the end of the initial  term hereof the
Master Licensee may renew the franchise rights granted hereunder for consecutive
terms of 10 years each if the Master Licensee:

          a. At least 30 days prior to expiration of the term, executes the then
     current form of Master License Agreement;

          b. Has  complied  with all  provisions  of this  Agreement  during the
     initial  term.  "Compliance"  shall  mean,  at a  minimum,  that the Master
     Licensee  has not  received  written  notification  from the  Licensor of a
     material breach hereunder more than five times during the term hereof; and

          c. Executes a general release  covering all claims the Master Licensee
     may have  against the Licensor in  connection  with the  completion  of the
     initial term of this Agreement.

     13.3. Exercise of Option for Successor  Franchise.  The Master Licensee may
exercise its renewal option by giving notice of such exercise to the Licensor at
least  120  days  prior  to the  scheduled  expiration  of  this  Agreement  and
thereafter  comply with other  conditions  of renewal  within 90 days after such
notice.

     13.4.  Conditions of Refusal.  The Licensor shall not be obligated to renew
this  Agreement  if the Master  Licensee  fails to comply  with any of the above
conditions  of  renewal.  In such  event,  the  Licensor  shall  give  notice of
nonrenewal  at  least  180  days  prior to the  expiration  of the term  (unless
nonrenewal is due to a default of Section 13.2 (a) above), and such notice shall
set forth the reasons for such refusal to renew.

                                       16


                                     
<PAGE>


14. DEFAULT AND TERMINATION
    -----------------------

     14.1.  Termination  by Licensor - Prior Notice and Cure. The Licensor shall
have the right to terminate this  Agreement,  upon 30 days prior written notice,
if  the  Master  Licensee  breaches  any  provision  of  this  Agreement.  Under
circumstances  where the breach is of the nature that it may be remedied through
the  actions  of the  Master  Licensee,  the  Licensor  shall  permit the Master
Licensee  the same 30 day period to remedy  any such  breach or  default,  after
which time,  if the breach or default has not been  remedied,  the  Licensor may
terminate  this Agreement  immediately.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the
breach is  remediable,  but is of a nature which cannot be  reasonably  remedied
within  such  30 day  period  and  the  Master  Licensee  has  commenced  and is
continuing  to make good faith  efforts to remedy the breach  during such 30 day
period, then the Master Licensee shall be given an additional  reasonable period
of time to remedy  the same and this  Agreement  shall not  terminate.  Under no
circumstances will the Licensor terminate the Agreement without good cause.

     14.2. Post-Termination  Obligations of Master Licensee. The Master Licensee
is obligated upon termination or nonrenewal of this Agreement to:

          a. Pay to the Licensor  all fees,  and any and all amounts or accounts
     payable  then  owed  the  Licensor  or  its  affiliates  pursuant  to  this
     Agreement,  or pursuant to any other  agreement,  whether  written or oral,
     between  the  parties,  within  15  days  of the  effective  date  of  such
     termination;

          b. Immediately cease to identify the Master License business as being,
     or having been,  associated with the Licensor,  and immediately cease using
     any of the Marks, or any mark in any way associated with the System for any
     purpose,  except  pursuant  to  any  other  effective  agreement  with  the
     Licensor;

          c.  Deliver  to  the  Licensor  all  signs,  sign-faces,   advertising
     materials, stationery, videotapes, forms and other materials bearing any of
     the Marks or otherwise identified with the Licensor;

          d.  Immediately  deliver to the  Licensor  the  Policy and  Procedures
     Manuals in its possession and all other  information,  documents and copies
     thereof which are proprietary to the Licensor;

          e.  Promptly  take such  action as may be required to cancel all trade
     names or equivalent  registrations  relating to its use of any Marks of the
     Licensor  or,  at the  option  of the  Licensor,  assign  the  same  to the
     Licensor;

          f. Abide by the  provisions  related to transfer of any and all of the
     Master  Licensee's  interest  under any Franchise  Agreements  and Marketer
     Agreements, as set forth below and offer to the Licensor the option to take
     assignment of the Franchise Agreements then in effect with Franchisees, and
     all  Marketer  Agreements  then in effect with  Marketers  in the  Licensed
     Territory;

                                       17


                                    
<PAGE>


          g. Deliver to the Licensor the names, addresses, telephone numbers and
     any other  information in the Master Licensee's  possession,  regarding all
     sales leads of prospective  Franchisees  and Marketers  within the Licensed
     Territory; and

          h.  Abide by all  restrictive  covenants  as set forth in  Article  16
     below.

     14.3.  Licensor's  Assumption  of  Agreements.  If this  Agreement  expires
according to its terms,  or is  terminated or not renewed by the Licensor due to
any material breach in this Agreement by the Master  Licensee,  or is terminated
by the  Master  Licensee  contrary  to the  terms  of this  Agreement,  then the
Licensor shall have the option,  but not the  obligation,  to take assignment of
any and all of the Master  Licensee's  interest as Master  Licensee  (but not as
Franchisee or Marketer)  under any Franchise  Agreements or Marketer  Agreements
then in effect with Franchisees or Marketers in the Licensed  Territory,  on its
own or its  designee's  behalf.  In the event the  Licensor  assumes  the Master
Licensee's  interest  in such  agreements,  the  Master  Licensee  shall have no
further  entitlement  to any  fees  accruing  after  the  effective  date of the
assignment,  and the  Master  Licensee  shall  also  transfer  all  funds in the
Advertising Account to the Licensor or its designee.

15. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES/INDEMNIFICATION
    -------------------------------------------

     15.1. Independent  Businesspersons.  During the term of this Agreement, the
Master  Licensee shall be an independent  businessperson  and shall in no way be
considered  as a general  agent,  partner or  employee  of the  Licensor.  It is
understood  and agreed that no general  agency or partnership is created by this
Agreement.  As  such,  the  Master  Licensee  has no  authority  of  any  nature
whatsoever  to bind the Licensor or incur any  liability for or on behalf of the
Licensor  or  to  represent   itself  as  anything  other  than  an  independent
contractor.

     15.2.  Indemnification.  The  Master  Licensee  shall  indemnify  and  hold
harmless  the  Licensor  and its  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents  and
representatives from all fines, suits,  proceedings,  claims, demands or actions
("Claims") of any kind or nature,  including  reasonable lawyers' fees, from any
third party whomsoever,  arising or growing out of, or otherwise  connected with
the Master Licensee's operation of the Master License business, or the Franchise
Agreements  or Marketer  Agreements  as may now or  hereafter  be executed  with
Franchisees or Marketers in the Licensed  Territory,  except and unless any such
Claim  arises out of the  authorized  use of, or defense or  protection  of, the
Marks in the Licensed Territory.

          a. If the Licensor seeks indemnification hereunder with respect to the
     assertion of a Claim, it shall give notice to the Master Licensee within 30
     days of the Licensor's  becoming aware of any such Claim.  The notice shall
     set forth such  information with respect to the Claim as is then reasonably
     available to the Licensor. The Master Licensee will thereafter be entitled,
     at any time  during the defense of the Claim,  if it so elects,  by written


                                       18


                                       
<PAGE>

     notice  delivered  to the  Licensor  within  30 days  after  receiving  the
     Licensor's  notice,  to  assume  the  defense  of the  Claim  with  counsel
     satisfactory  to the  Licensor.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (i)  the
     Licensor  shall have the right to employ  its own  counsel in any such case
     (but the fees and expenses of such  counsel  shall be at the expense of the
     Licensor as long as the Master  Licensee  continues to defend such matter),
     to defend such Claim, or to compromise or settle such Claim insofar as such
     compromise or  settlement  does not involve  monetary  damage or payment of
     money;  (ii) the Licensor  shall not have any obligation to give any notice
     of a Claim by a third party unless such Claim is in writing;  and (iii) the
     rights  of the  Licensor  to be  indemnified  herein  shall  not be  deemed
     forfeited  by its  failure to give  notice  unless the Master  Licensee  is
     prejudiced by such failure.

     After receipt of the aforesaid  notice of a Claim,  if the Master  Licensee
fails to assume the defense of the  Licensor  against  such Claim,  the Licensor
shall have the right to undertake  the defense and to  compromise or settle such
Claim on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Master  Licensee,  and at
the Master Licensee's expense, payable to the Licensor upon written demand.

16. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
    ---------------------

     16.1.  Non-Competition  During Term. While this Agreement is in effect, the
Master Licensee and its officers,  partners,  directors, agents or employees who
have  completed the  Licensor's  initial  training  program or had access to the
Policy and  Procedures  Manual,  including  without  limitation,  the beneficial
owners of a 5% or  greater  interest  in the Master  Licensee,  where the Master
Licensee  is a  company,  shall  not,  directly  or  indirectly,  engage  in  or
participate,  as an owner, officer,  partner,  director,  agent, franchise sales
agent, employee or otherwise in any other business which engages in, or licenses
or franchises others to engage in, a business which is the same or substantially
similar to a Pak Mail  Center  including,  without  limitation,  any  packaging,
mailing or shipping  business  without  having  first  obtained  the  Licensor's
written consent.

     16.2.  Post-Termination  Covenant Not to Compete.  The Master  Licensee has
acquired from the Licensor  confidential  information regarding Licensor's trade
secrets and System which, in the event of a termination of this Agreement, could
be used by the Master Licensee to injure the Licensor.  As a result,  the Master
Licensee and its  officers,  partners,  directors,  agents or employees who have
completed the Licensor's  initial  training  program or had access to the Policy
and Procedures Manual, including without limitation, the beneficial owners of 5%
or more of the ownership interest in a Master Licensee which is a company, shall
not for a  period  of two  years  from  the date of  termination,  transfer,  or
expiration of this Agreement,  or for a period of two years after termination or
cessation  of such  person's  relationship  with  the  Master  Licensee  in such
capacity,  whichever first occurs,  without first having obtained the Licensor's
consent,  engage in, or participate as, an owner,  officer,  partner,  director,
franchise sales agent, agent or employee in any other business which engages in,
or licenses or franchises  others to engage in, a business  which is the same or
substantially  similar to a Pak Mail Center including,  without limitation,  any


                                       19


                                       
<PAGE>

mailing,  packaging or shipping business, and which is operating, as of the date
of such  termination,  transfer or expiration,  anywhere within 50 kilometers of
any Pak Mail  Center  which  is  operating  as of the date of such  termination,
transfer  or  expiration,  unless  such right is granted  pursuant to a separate
agreement with the Licensor.

     16.3. No  Interference.  The Master Licensee agrees that during the term of
this  Agreement  and for a  period  of one year  thereafter,  it shall in no way
solicit or attempt to solicit the  employees of or the business or customers of,
or  interfere  with the  business  relationship  established  with  employees or
customers of, the Licensor or other Pak Mail Centers.

     16.4. Nondisclosure and Noncompetition Agreement. The Master Licensee shall
require that any officer,  partner,  director,  employee, or agent of the Master
Licensee,  execute a  Nondisclosure  and  Noncompetition  Agreement (in the form
substantially  similar to  Exhibit B)  containing  the  provisions  as set forth
herein,  and  further,  the Master  Licensee  shall  notify the  Licensor of the
identity of each and every above-described  person and provide the Licensor with
an  originally  executed  copy of each  such  Nondisclosure  and  Noncompetition
Agreement.

17. INSURANCE
    ---------

     17.1. Insurance Coverage.  The Master Licensee shall procure,  maintain and
provide evidence of insurance  coverage in the amount and types which are deemed
necessary by the Licensor for the Master License business operations. All of the
required  policies of insurance  shall name the Licensor as an additional  named
insured and shall provide for a 30 day advance written notice to the Licensor of
cancellation.

     17.2.  Proof of  Insurance.  The  Master  Licensee  will  provide  proof of
insurance to the Licensor prior to commencement  of the Master License  business
operations.  This proof will show that the insurer has been authorized to inform
the Licensor in the event any policies  lapse or are canceled.  The Licensor has
the right to change the  minimum  amount of  insurance  the Master  Licensee  is
required to  maintain by giving the Master  Licensee  prior  reasonable  notice,
giving  due  consideration  to what is  reasonable  and  customary  in a similar
business in the Licensed Territory.  Noncompliance with the insurance provisions
set forth herein  shall be deemed a material  breach of this  Agreement.  In the
event of any lapse in insurance coverage, in addition to all other remedies, the
Licensor  shall  have  the  right  to  demand  that the  Master  Licensee  cease
operations  until  coverage  is  reinstated,  or,  in the  alternative,  pay any
delinquencies  in  premium  payments  and  charge  the same  back to the  Master
Licensee.

18. ENFORCEMENT
    ------------

     18.1.  Arbitration.  If any dispute shall arise between the parties  hereto
concerning  the  construction,  interpretation  or  application  of  any  of the
provisions of this Agreement whether during the continuance of this Agreement or
after the termination hereof by whatever cause, such dispute shall be determined
in accordance with rules of the American  Arbitration  Association referred to a
single  arbitrator  to be  appointed by the  American  Arbitration  Association,
provided that this Section shall have no  application to terms of this Agreement

                                       20


                                       
<PAGE>

concerning  restrictions against competition and nondisclosure,  and the parties
hereto agree to be bound by the terms of such  arbitration and to bear the costs
of such  arbitration  in equal  shares.  The  arbitration  shall  be  filed  and
conducted in the United States in the city in which the Licensor's United States
headquarters are then located.

19. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
    ------------------------

     19.1.  Modification.  The  parties  may  modify  this  Agreement  only upon
execution of a written agreement between the parties;  provided,  however,  that
the  Master  Licensee  acknowledges  that this  Agreement  may be amended by the
Licensor in its sole discretion,  after it has been reviewed by legal counsel in
the Licensed  Territory in order to bring the  Agreement  into  conformity  with
applicable  laws and  regulations.  The Master  Licensee  acknowledges  that the
Licensor may modify its standards and specifications and operating and marketing
techniques set forth in the Policy and Procedures Manual  unilaterally under any
conditions  and to the  extent to which the  Licensor,  in its sole  discretion,
deems necessary to protect, promote, or improve the Marks and the quality of the
System,  but under no circumstances  will such modifications be made arbitrarily
without such determination.

     19.2.  Delegation.  The Master  Licensee may not delegate any of its duties
under this  Agreement,  unless it has received the prior written  consent of the
Licensor.

     19.3.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  contains  the entire  agreement
between the parties and supersedes any and all prior  agreements  concerning the
subject matter  hereof.  The Master  Licensee  agrees and  understands  that the
Licensor  shall not be  liable  or  obligated  for any oral  representations  or
commitments made prior to the execution hereof and that no modifications of this
Agreement shall be effective except those in writing and signed by both parties.
The Licensor does not authorize and will not be bound by any  representation  of
any nature other than those  expressed in this  Agreement.  The Master  Licensee
further  acknowledges and agrees that no representations have been made to it by
the Licensor  regarding  projected sales volumes,  market  potential,  revenues,
profits, or operational  assistance other than as stated in this Agreement or in
any disclosure  document provided in connection  herewith.  This Agreement shall
not be effective until it is signed by an officer of the Licensor.

     19.4. No Right to Set-Off.  The Master Licensee shall not be allowed to set
off  amounts  owed to the  Licensor  in respect of any  amounts  due  hereunder,
against any monies owed to the Master Licensee, which right of set off is hereby
expressly waived by the Master Licensee.

     19.5.  Fees and  Costs.  In the event of any  default on the part of either
party to this Agreement, in addition to all other remedies, the party in default
will  pay the  aggrieved  party  all  amounts  due and all  damages,  costs  and
expenses,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees and translation costs, incurred
by the aggrieved party in any legal action, arbitration or other proceeding as a
result of such  default,  plus  interest  at the lesser of 20%  annually  or the
highest rate allowable by law, accruing from the date of such default.

                                       21


                                       
<PAGE>


     19.6. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in a
final decision from which no appeal is or can be taken,  such provision shall be
deemed  modified to eliminate  the invalid  element  and, as so  modified,  such
provision  shall  be  deemed  a part  of this  Agreement  as  though  originally
included.  The remaining  provisions of this Agreement  shall not be affected by
such modification.

     19.7. Notices.  All notices required to be given under this Agreement shall
be given in writing,  by  certified  air mail,  or by hand,  or by an  overnight
delivery service providing  documentation of receipt, at the addresses set forth
in the first  paragraph  of this  Agreement  or at such other  addresses  as the
Licensor or the Master  Licensee may designate  from time to time,  and shall be
deemed to be received  seven days from the date of mailing  registered air mail,
or when received via overnight delivery, or immediately if delivered by hand, as
may be applicable.

     19.8.  Excuse of Performance.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained in this
Agreement  to the  contrary,  the  obligations  of the parties  hereto  shall be
subject to all the laws,  both  present and future,  of any requests of any such
government or any department, agency or corporation thereof, and to war, acts of
God, or any cause of like or  different  kind beyond the control of the parties,
and the parties shall be excused from performance of any obligation hereunder to
the extent  such  failure is caused by any law,  order,  regulation,  direction,
request or contingency; provided, however, that such excuse of performance shall
be limited to the period  during  which such  excuse of  performance  exists and
shall not affect the running of the term of this Agreement.

     19.9. Approval Within Licensed Territory. Any approval of this Agreement by
the  appropriate  authorities  in the  Licensed  Territory  which is required to
enable the Master Licensee to enter into this Agreement, perform under the terms
of this  Agreement,  do business with the  Licensor,  or to make payments to the
Licensor  hereunder  in United  States  dollars in the United  States of America
shall be the sole responsibility of the Master Licensee, except as otherwise set
forth herein.

     19.10.  Applicable  Law. This Agreement  shall be interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of Colorado.

     19.11.  Translation of Agreement. The English language shall be regarded as
the  authoritative and official text of this Agreement.  However,  the Agreement
will be translated into the language in dominant use in the Licensed  Territory,
at the Master Licensee's expense, in the event that translation is necessary for
the purpose of  registration  of the Agreement  with the  applicable  government
authorities.  Nevertheless,  in the event that  discrepancies  exist between the
English text and the texts in an alternative language, the English text shall be
considered the official text of the Agreement.

                                       22



<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement  effective as
of the day and year first above written.

                                      PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC:


                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                      Its:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                      Date:
                                            ------------------------------------

                                      MASTER LICENSEE:


                                      By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                      Its:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                      Date:
                                            ------------------------------------

                                       23


<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                     TO MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT

                                   ADDENDUM TO
                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                            MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT


     THIS  ADDENDUM to the Pak Mail  Centers of  America,  Inc.  Master  License
Agreement  dated , 1998  ("Agreement"),  is made and entered into as of the same
date by and between Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. ("Licensor") and ("Master
Licensee"). This Addendum modifies certain terms and conditions of the Agreement
and,  in the  event  of a  conflict  in terms  between  the  Agreement  and this
Addendum,  the terms of this Addendum  shall be  controlling.  To the extent not
otherwise  defined in this Addendum,  all  initial-capitalized  references shall
have the same definition as set forth in the Agreement.

     a. Licensed Territory. The Licensed Territory, referenced in Section 1.3 of
the Agreement, is described as: __________________________________________.

     b. License Fee. The Master  Licensee  shall pay the Licensor a License Fee,
as referenced in Section 3.1 of the Agreement,  in the amount of  U.S.$________,
which it is  acknowledged  was paid upon execution of a letter of intent between
the parties and  U.S.$__________,  payable  U.S.$_________ upon execution of the
Agreement.

     c. Franchise and Marketer Fees. The Master  Licensee shall pay the Licensor
a Franchise Fee, as referenced in Section 3.3 of the Agreement, in the amount of
U.S.  $______ each time the Master  Licensee signs a Franchise  Agreement with a
Franchisee  for a PAK MAIL Center to be located in the  Licensed  Territory.  In
addition,  the Master  Licensee  shall pay the  Licensor  a Marketer  Fee in the
amount of U.S. $_____ each time the Master  Licensee signs a Marketer  Agreement
granting area marketer rights to a Marketer in the Licensed Territory.

     d. Support  Missions.  As described in Section 4.1.e of the Agreement,  the
Licensor  plans to visit the Licensed  Territory  ____ time(s)  during the first
year of this Agreement.

     e. Development and Pay Schedule. The Development Schedule ("Development and
Pay Schedule"),  as referenced in Section 5.2 of the Agreement,  is set forth in
the following table:


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

===============================================================================================================
   Development Period - based on number of
              months from date                   Center Opening Goals during    Cumulative (Total) Centers Open
                of Agreement)                        Development Period

================================================================================================================
               <S>                                 <C>                           <C>             
              #1 - _____ Months                              ___                              ___
============================================== =============================== ================================
              #2 - _____ Months                              ___                              ___
============================================== ================================ ================================
              #3 - _____ Months                              ___                              ___
============================================== ================================ ================================
              #4 - _____ Months                              ___                              ___
============================================== ================================ ================================
              #5 - _____ Months                              ___                              ___
============================================== ================================ ================================
              #6 - _____ Months                              ___                              ___
============================================== ================================ ================================
              #7 - _____ Months                              ___                              ___
============================================== ================================ ================================
                    Total
============================================== ================================ ================================
</TABLE>

For the next ________ Centers  developed in the Licensed  Territory,  the Master
Licensee  shall pay to the  Licensor  a  License  Fee of  U.S.$________  due and
payable  upon  a  Franchisee's  execution  of a  Franchise  Agreement  for  such
additional  Center.  For any  additional  Center open in the Licensed  Territory
after the _______  Center,  no initial License Fee shall be due to the Licensor.
All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in effect as to any
such additional Centers developed during the term of the Agreement.

     f. Master License Office.  The Master Office,  as referenced in Section 5.3
of the Agreement, shall be ____________________  located  ______________________
at:____________________;  telephone number:_________________________;  facsimile
number ___________________ ; e-mail ____________________. .

     g. Effectiveness of Agreement.  To the extent not amended herein, all other
terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

                                      PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                      Its:
                                           -------------------------------------

                                      MASTER LICENSEE

                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                      Its:
                                           -------------------------------------


                                       2

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                     TO MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT
                                                                        
                                                                         

                   NONDISCLOSURE AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT


     AGREEMENT,  dated , 19___, by and between Pak Mail Centers of America, Inc.
("Licensor")  and   ________________  ,  a(n)  [directors,   officer,   partner,
principal,  employee, agent or stockholder of _____________________ (the "Master
Licensee").

     The Licensor has granted to the Master  Licensee,  pursuant to that certain
Master License  Agreement dated , 19___, (the "Master License  Agreement"),  the
right to subfranchise PAK MAIL Center franchises and Area Marketer franchises in
the countries of . The  undersigned,  in consideration of the receipt and/or use
of the Policy and  Procedures  Manual and other  information  proprietary to the
Licensor,  including  but not  limited to  methods,  strategies  and  techniques
developed  by  the  Licensor  relating  to  operations,   marketing,   training,
advertising,  trade secrets, and other confidential data (collectively  referred
to as "Proprietary Information"), agrees with the Licensor as follows:

     (1) The undersigned  acknowledges that the Policy and Procedures Manual and
other  Proprietary  Information now or hereafter  provided to Master Licensee by
the Licensor is  proprietary  to the Licensor and must be held in the utmost and
strictest confidence.

     (2) The undersigned  represents and agrees that the  undersigned  will not,
without the prior written consent of the Licensor either:

          (i) Duplicate or otherwise  reproduce the Policy and Procedures Manual
     or other Proprietary Information;

          (ii) Deliver or make  available  the Policy and  Procedures  Manual or
     other  Proprietary  Information  to any  person  other  than an  authorized
     representative of the Licensor;

          (iii)  Discuss or  otherwise  disclose  the contents of the Policy and
     Procedures Manual or other Proprietary Information to any person other than
     an authorized representative of the Licensor; or

          (iv)  Use the  Policy  and  Procedures  Manual  or  other  Proprietary
     Information  to  his,  her  or  its  commercial  advantage  other  than  in
     connection  with the operation of the franchise  created and granted by the
     Master License Agreement.

     (3)  While  the  Master  License  Agreement  is  in  effect,   neither  the
undersigned,  nor any member of his or her immediate  family,  shall directly or
indirectly  engage in,  participate  as an owner,  officer,  partner,  director,


                                       
<PAGE>

agent,  franchise sales agent,  employee,  shareholder or otherwise in any other
business  which  engages in or  licenses  or  franchises  others to engage in, a
business  which  is the same or  substantially  similar  to a Pak  Mail  Center,
including,  but not limited to, any  packaging,  mailing,  or shipping  business
("Competitive  Business")  without having first obtained the Licensor's  written
consent.

     (4) The undersigned has acquired from the Licensor confidential information
regarding Licensor's trade secrets and franchised methods which, in the event of
a  termination  of the  Master  License  Agreement,  could be used to injure the
Licensor.  As a result,  neither the  undersigned,  nor any member of his or her
immediate family, shall, for a period of two years from the date of termination,
transfer or expiration of the Master  License  Agreement,  without  having first
obtained the Licensor's  written consent,  engage in or participate as an owner,
officer, partner, director, franchise sales agent, agent, employee,  shareholder
or otherwise in any Competitive  Business which is operating,  as of the date of
such termination,  transfer or expiration,  anywhere within 50 kilometers of any
Pak Mail Center which is operating as of the date of such termination,  transfer
or  expiration,  unless such right is granted  pursuant to a separate  agreement
with the Licensor.

     (5) The  undersigned  agrees  that  during the term of the  Master  License
Agreement,  and for a period of two years thereafter,  it shall in no way divert
or attempt to divert the business of actual packaging or mailing  customers,  or
interfere  with the  business  relationship  established  with  customers of the
Master Licensee's business or of any other Pak Mail Center.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed by the undersigned as
of the date set forth above.

                                  AGREED TO BY:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                           Signature


                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Print Name

                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                 Relationship to Master Licensee


                                 PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.


                                 By:
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                 Title:
                                       -----------------------------------------

                                       2

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                                     TO MASTER LICENSE AGREEMENT

                  MARK REGISTRATIONS IN THE LICENSED TERRITORY



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10(f)



                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                            MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN
                                Fiscal Year 1998


 I.  Purpose

     The Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. Management  Incentive Plan (MIP) has
     been established for fiscal year 1998 for those covered  employees  defined
     under Section III below.

     The  purpose of this  Management  Incentive  Plan is to provide  additional
     compensation to participants  for their  contribution to the achievement of
     the objectives of the Company including:

     -    Assisting in attracting and retaining highly qualified key employees.

     -    Encouraging and stimulating superior performance by such personnel.

II. Definitions

     A.   Base Salary  equals the salary  earnings for the portion of the Fiscal
          Year  during  which  the  participant  was an active  employee  in the
          particular  level of  management  for which the  computation  is being
          made. Salary earnings do not include Plan awards,  long-term incentive
          awards,  imputed income from such programs as executive life insurance
          or  non-recurring  earnings  such as moving  expenses  and is based on
          salary  earnings  before  reductions  for such items as  contributions
          under Section 401-(K) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.

     B.   Company means Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc.,  its  successors and
          assigns.

     C.   Fiscal Year means the Company's  Fiscal Year beginning  December 1 and
          ending the last day of November.

     D.   Plan means the Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. Management Incentive
          Plan as from time to time amended.

     E.   Executive  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  which  means  the
          Executive  Committee  of the Board as  appointed  by the full Board of
          Directors of Pak Mail Centers of America, Inc.

     F.   Financial Targets are the financial goal(s) appropriate to the company
          for the Fiscal Year.  These goals are  identified in Exhibit B and are
          specifically identified by participant in Exhibit C.

     G.   Discretionary  Goals refer to the personal goals and objectives set by
          each  participant  and his/her  supervisor  at the  beginning  of each
          Fiscal Year against which performance is measured.

III. EMPLOYEES COVERED BY THIS PLAN

     The  Plan is  applicable  to  those  management  employees  and  other  key
     personnel in the management levels specified in the attached Exhibit C.

IV. FINANCIAL AWARD

     A participant  in the Plan shall be entitled to a Financial  Award computed
     in accordance with the following formula:


<PAGE>




      Base         Financial        Bonus            Financial
      Salary   x   Performance  x   Percent      =   Performance
                   Incentive        Allocated        Award
                   Earned           To Financial
                                    Targets

   Where:


     -    "Base Salary" is as defined in Section II A.

     -    "Financial   Performance   Incentive  Earned"  is  determined  by  the
          relationship  of actual  achievement  to targeted  goals and can range
          from  minimum  performance  to maximum.  Target is defined as the full
          attainment of the Company's financial goals as set forth in the annual
          business  plan.  The   relationship  of  actual   achievement  to  the
          performance   range  will  be   determined   by  using   straight-line
          interpolation between the target and the minimum or the maximum of the
          payout range as applicable (see Exhibit B). Actual  performance  below
          the minimum of the range will result in no award being  earned or paid
          on that particular financial measure.

     -    "Bonus Percent Allocated To Financial  Targets" shall range from 0% to
          100%.

     If a  participant  was in more than one  management  level  during a Fiscal
     Year, a separate computation shall be made for each level applicable to the
     participant  during such Fiscal Year; the sum of the separate  computations
     shall be the participant's Financial Performance Award.

V. Personal Performance Award

     Goals for each  participant are to be developed  jointly by the participant
     and his/her supervisor at the beginning of a Fiscal Year. It is anticipated
     that both quantifiable and non-quantifiable  goals will be developed in the
     process.  Each goal should be weighted from 0% to 100%, with the sum of the
     weights equal to 100%.

     A participant in the Plan shall be entitled to a Personal Performance Award
     computed in accordance with the following formula:

      Base         Personal         Bonus            Personal
      Salary   x   Performance  x   Percent      =   Performance
                   Incentive        Allocated        Award
                   Earned           To Personal
                                    Objectives
      Where:

     -    "Base Salary" is as defined in Section II A.

     -    "Percent of Personal  Objectives  Achieved" ranges from 0% to 100% and
          is determined by the agreed upon performance of the individual against
          pre-established individual goals.

     -    "Percent of Bonus Allocated to Personal  Objectives"  shall range from
          0% to 25%.

     It is intended that the participant and his or her supervisor will agree on
     meaningful individual goals. The following is a partial list of the type of
     goals or objectives that may be developed:


                                      
<PAGE>


     -    Achievement of royalty income goals

     -    Development of subordinates

     -    Opening of new franchise outlets

     -    Successful development of new franchise outlets

     -    Development of existing franchise outlets

     -    Improvement in product merchandising programs

     -    Attainment of self-development objectives

     -    Control or reduction of operating expenses

     At the end of a Fiscal  Year,  each  participant  will review and  evaluate
     his/her  accomplishment  of personal goals and objectives.  The participant
     and his/her supervisor will then review the preliminary rating. Thereafter,
     the  supervisor  will  assign a  Personal  Performance  %, from 0% to 100%,
     reflecting  the  participant's  achievement  of his/her  goals  during such
     Fiscal Year. The Personal  Performance %  recommendation  of the supervisor
     shall be reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company,  who shall
     recommend an appropriate  Personal Performance % to the Executive Committee
     of the Board which shall approve the final Personal  Performance % for each
     participant.

VI. Performance Measures, Targets and Payout Ranges

     The  financial  performance  measures,  targets and payout  ranges used for
     incentive  purposes shall be established by the Company based on the annual
     business plan. Those measures,  targets and payout ranges,  as appropriate,
     shall be approved by the Executive  Committee of the Board. The performance
     measures, targets and payout ranges are defined in Exhibit B.

VII. Participant Bonus Composition

     The  composition  of each  participant's  bonus shall be  determined by the
     Chief Executive Officer of the Company or his designee(s).  The composition
     may have a Discretionary  portion and a Financial portion.  The composition
     of the bonuses are established in Exhibit C.

VIII. Computation and Disbursement of Funds

     As soon as possible after the close of the Fiscal Year, the Chief Executive
     Officer of the Company will  recommend a final  personal  goal  achievement
     percentage  and incentive  award payment to the Executive  Committee of the
     Board. Once approved, payment of the awards shall be made within sixty (60)
     days after the end of the Fiscal Year.

     If the participant dies before receiving his/her award, the amount due will
     be paid to the  designated  beneficiaries  on file with the Company and, in
     the absence of such designation,  to the participant's  estate. All payment
     awards shall be reduced by amounts required to be withheld for taxes at the
     time payments are made.


                                     
<PAGE>

IX. Changes to Target

     The Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company may recommend to the Executive
     Committee  of the Board,  at any time prior to the final  determination  of
     awards,  changes to the performance  measures,  targets,  and payout ranges
     used for incentive purposes. If, in the judgment of the Executive Committee
     of the Board, such change(s) is/are desirable in the interests of equitable
     treatment of the  participants and the Company as a result of extraordinary
     or  non-recurring  events,   changes  in  applicable  accounting  rules  or
     principles,  changes in the  Company's  methods of  accounting,  changes in
     applicable   law,   changes   due  to   consolidation,   acquisitions,   or
     reorganization,  the Executive  Committee of the Board shall  authorize and
     approve such change(s) for immediate  incorporation into the Plan. Further,
     should actual performance on any one or all of the financial  measure(s) be
     less than or greater than target by twenty-five  percent (25%) or more, the
     award actually  earned under that measure(s) will be at the sole discretion
     of the  Chief  Executive  Officer  subject  to  approval  by the  Executive
     Committee of the Board.

X. Partial Awards

     A participant shall be entitled to payment of a partial Financial Award and
     a partial Personal  Objectives Award,  computed in accordance with Sections
     IV and V, and based on Base Salary in a Fiscal Year, if prior to the end of
     such Fiscal Year, a participant:

     -    Dies,

     -    Retires (is eligible to immediately  receive retirement benefits under
          a Company sponsored retirement plan),

     -    Becomes permanently disabled,

     -    Transfers  to  a  position  with  a  salary  grade  not  eligible  for
          participation in the Plan,

     -    Enters military service,

     -    Takes an approved leave of absence,

     -    Is appointed or elected to public office,

     -    Is terminated due to position elimination,

     provided that the  participant  was an active  employee for a minimum of 30
     consecutive  calendar  days during such Fiscal Year.  Such  partial  awards
     shall be paid when payments of non-deferred awards for such Fiscal Year are
     made.  Participants  hired  during the course of a Fiscal  Year and who are
     employed through the end of such Fiscal Year shall be eligible for an award
     based on their Base  Salary  during such Fiscal  Year,  provided  that such
     employees begin active service prior to December 1 of such Fiscal Year.

XI. Forfeiture of Bonus

     Except  as  provided  in  Section  X, no  participant  who  ceases to be an
     employee of the Company prior to the end of a Fiscal Year shall be entitled
     to any amounts  under this Plan for such  Fiscal Year unless the  Executive
     Committee of the Board decides otherwise.

     Participants  who cease to be an employee of the Company between the end of
     a Fiscal Year and the payment  date of awards for such Fiscal Year shall be
     entitled to awards earned during such Fiscal Year.



                                       
<PAGE>

 XII. Administration

     This Plan  shall be  administered  by the Chief  Executive  Officer  of the
     Company,  subject to the control and supervision of the Executive Committee
     of the Board.  The decision of the  Executive  Committee of the Board as to
     the facts in any case arising hereunder,  and the meaning and intent of any
     provision hereof, or its application, shall be final and conclusive.

XIII. No Employment Contract; Future Plans

     Participation  in this Plan shall not confer upon any participant any right
     to continue in the employ of the Company nor  interfere in any way with the
     right of the Company to terminate any participant's employment at any time.
     The company is under no  obligation  to continue the Plan in future  Fiscal
     Years.

XIV. Amendment or Termination

     The  Company  may at any time,  or from time to time,  (a) amend,  alter or
     modify  the  provisions  of this Plan,  (b)  terminate  this  Plan,  or (c)
     terminate  the  participation  of an employee or group of employees in this
     Plan; provided,  however, that in the event of the termination of this Plan
     or a termination  of  participation,  the Company shall provide the partial
     awards to the  affected  participant(s)  for the portion of the Fiscal Year
     during which such employee(s)  were  participants in this Plan, in a manner
     in which the Company,  in its sole judgment,  determines to be equitable to
     such participants and the Company.

XV. General Provisions

          (a)  No right under the Plan shall be assignable,  either  voluntarily
               or involuntarily by way of encumbrance, pledge, attachment, level
               or charge of any nature  (except as may be  required  by state or
               federal law).

          (b)  Nothing in the Plan shall require the Company to segregate or set
               aside any funds or other  property  for the purpose of paying any
               portion of an award. No participant,  beneficiary or other person
               shall have any right,  title or  interest  in any amount  awarded
               under the Plan prior to the close of the Fiscal  Year,  or in any
               property of the Company or its subsidiaries.





        February 10, 1998                    /s/  John E. Kelly
      ---------------------                 --------------------------------
      Final Approval Date                   Executive Committee of the Board

                                            /s/  John E. Kelly
                                            --------------------------------
                                            Chief Executive Officer



                                                                   EHXIBIT 10(g)





                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.
                            MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN
                                Fiscal Year 1999


 I.  Purpose

     The Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc. Management  Incentive Plan (MIP) has
     been established for fiscal year 1999 for those covered  employees  defined
     under Section III below.

     The  purpose of this  Management  Incentive  Plan is to provide  additional
     compensation to participants  for their  contribution to the achievement of
     the objectives of the Company including:

          -    Assisting  in  attracting  and  retaining  highly  qualified  key
               employees.

          -    Encouraging   and  stimulating   superior   performance  by  such
               personnel.

II. Definitions

          A.   Base  Salary  equals the salary  earnings  for the portion of the
               Fiscal Year during which the  participant  was an active employee
               in the particular  level of management for which the  computation
               is being  made.  Salary  earnings  do not  include  Plan  awards,
               long-term incentive awards,  imputed income from such programs as
               executive life insurance or non-recurring earnings such as moving
               expenses and is based on salary  earnings  before  reductions for
               such items as contributions under Section 401-(K) of the Internal
               Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.

          B.   Company means Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc.,  its successors
               and assigns.

          C.   Fiscal Year means the Company's Fiscal Year beginning  December 1
               and ending the last day of November.

          D.   Plan  means the Pak Mail  Centers  of  America,  Inc.  Management
               Incentive Plan as from time to time amended.

          E.   Executive  Committee  of the Board of  Directors  which means the
               Executive  Committee  of the Board as appointed by the full Board
               of Directors of Pak Mail Centers of America, Inc.

          F.   Financial  Targets are the financial  goal(s)  appropriate to the
               company  for the  Fiscal  Year.  These  goals are  identified  in
               Exhibit  B and are  specifically  identified  by  participant  in
               Exhibit C.

          G.   Discretionary  Goals refer to the personal  goals and  objectives
               set by each  participant and his/her  supervisor at the beginning
               of each Fiscal Year against which performance is measured.

III. EMPLOYEES COVERED BY THIS PLAN

     The  Plan is  applicable  to  those  management  employees  and  other  key
     personnel in the management levels specified in the attached Exhibit C.

IV. FINANCIAL AWARD

     A participant  in the Plan shall be entitled to a Financial  Award computed
     in accordance with the following formula:


<PAGE>




      Base         Financial        Bonus            Financial
      Salary   x   Performance  x   Percent      =   Performance
                   Incentive        Allocated        Award
                   Earned           To Financial
                                    Targets

     Where:

     -    "Base Salary" is as defined in Section II A.

     -    "Financial   Performance   Incentive  Earned"  is  determined  by  the
          relationship  of actual  achievement  to targeted  goals and can range
          from  minimum  performance  to maximum.  Target is defined as the full
          attainment of the Company's financial goals as set forth in the annual
          business  plan.  The   relationship  of  actual   achievement  to  the
          performance   range  will  be   determined   by  using   straight-line
          interpolation between the target and the minimum or the maximum of the
          payout range as applicable (see Exhibit B). Actual  performance  below
          the minimum of the range will result in no award being  earned or paid
          on that particular financial measure.

     -    "Bonus Percent Allocated To Financial  Targets" shall range from 0% to
          100%.

     If a  participant  was in more than one  management  level  during a Fiscal
     Year, a separate computation shall be made for each level applicable to the
     participant  during such Fiscal Year; the sum of the separate  computations
     shall be the participant's Financial Performance Award.

V. Personal Performance Award

     Goals for each  participant are to be developed  jointly by the participant
     and his/her supervisor at the beginning of a Fiscal Year. It is anticipated
     that both quantifiable and non-quantifiable  goals will be developed in the
     process.  Each goal should be weighted from 0% to 100%, with the sum of the
     weights equal to 100%.

     A participant in the Plan shall be entitled to a Personal Performance Award
     computed in accordance with the following formula:

      Base         Personal         Bonus            Personal
      Salary   x   Performance  x   Percent      =   Performance
                   Incentive        Allocated        Award
                   Earned           To Personal
                                    Objectives

     Where:

     -    "Base Salary" is as defined in Section II A.

     -    "Percent of Personal  Objectives  Achieved" ranges from 0% to 100% and
          is determined by the agreed upon performance of the individual against
          pre-established individual goals.

     -    "Percent of Bonus Allocated to Personal  Objectives"  shall range from
          0% to 25%.

     It is intended that the participant and his or her supervisor will agree on
     meaningful individual goals. The following is a partial list of the type of
     goals or objectives that may be developed:


                                       
<PAGE>


     -    Achievement of royalty income goals

     -    Development of subordinates

     -    Opening of new franchise outlets

     -    Successful development of new franchise outlets

     -    Development of existing franchise outlets

     -    Improvement in product merchandising programs

     -    Attainment of self-development objectives

     -    Control or reduction of operating expenses


     At the end of a Fiscal  Year,  each  participant  will review and  evaluate
     his/her  accomplishment  of personal goals and objectives.  The participant
     and his/her supervisor will then review the preliminary rating. Thereafter,
     the  supervisor  will  assign a  Personal  Performance  %, from 0% to 100%,
     reflecting  the  participant's  achievement  of his/her  goals  during such
     Fiscal Year. The Personal  Performance %  recommendation  of the supervisor
     shall be reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company,  who shall
     recommend an appropriate  Personal Performance % to the Executive Committee
     of the Board which shall approve the final Personal  Performance % for each
     participant.

VI. Performance Measures, Targets and Payout Ranges

     The  financial  performance  measures,  targets and payout  ranges used for
     incentive  purposes shall be established by the Company based on the annual
     business plan. Those measures,  targets and payout ranges,  as appropriate,
     shall be approved by the Executive  Committee of the Board. The performance
     measures, targets and payout ranges are defined in Exhibit B.

VII. Participant Bonus Composition

     The  composition  of each  participant's  bonus shall be  determined by the
     Chief Executive Officer of the Company or his designee(s).  The composition
     may have a Discretionary  portion and a Financial portion.  The composition
     of the bonuses are established in Exhibit C.

VIII. Computation and Disbursement of Funds

     As soon as possible after the close of the Fiscal Year, the Chief Executive
     Officer of the Company will  recommend a final  personal  goal  achievement
     percentage  and incentive  award payment to the Executive  Committee of the
     Board. Once approved, payment of the awards shall be made within sixty (60)
     days after the end of the Fiscal Year.

     If the participant dies before receiving his/her award, the amount due will
     be paid to the  designated  beneficiaries  on file with the Company and, in
     the absence of such designation,  to the participant's  estate. All payment
     awards shall be reduced by amounts required to be withheld for taxes at the
     time payments are made.



                                       
<PAGE>



IX. Changes to Target

     The Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company may recommend to the Executive
     Committee  of the Board,  at any time prior to the final  determination  of
     awards,  changes to the performance  measures,  targets,  and payout ranges
     used for incentive purposes. If, in the judgment of the Executive Committee
     of the Board, such change(s) is/are desirable in the interests of equitable
     treatment of the  participants and the Company as a result of extraordinary
     or  non-recurring  events,   changes  in  applicable  accounting  rules  or
     principles,  changes in the  Company's  methods of  accounting,  changes in
     applicable   law,   changes   due  to   consolidation,   acquisitions,   or
     reorganization,  the Executive  Committee of the Board shall  authorize and
     approve such change(s) for immediate  incorporation into the Plan. Further,
     should actual performance on any one or all of the financial  measure(s) be
     less than or greater than target by twenty-five  percent (25%) or more, the
     award actually  earned under that measure(s) will be at the sole discretion
     of the  Chief  Executive  Officer  subject  to  approval  by the  Executive
     Committee of the Board.

X. Partial Awards

     A participant shall be entitled to payment of a partial Financial Award and
     a partial Personal  Objectives Award,  computed in accordance with Sections
     IV and V, and based on Base Salary in a Fiscal Year, if prior to the end of
     such Fiscal Year, a participant:

     -    Dies,

     -    Retires (is eligible to immediately  receive retirement benefits under
          a Company sponsored retirement plan),

     -    Becomes permanently disabled,

     -    Transfers  to  a  position  with  a  salary  grade  not  eligible  for
          participation in the Plan,

     -    Enters military service,

     -    Takes an approved leave of absence,

     -    Is appointed or elected to public office,

     -    Is terminated due to position elimination,

     provided that the  participant  was an active  employee for a minimum of 30
     consecutive  calendar  days during such Fiscal Year.  Such  partial  awards
     shall be paid when payments of non-deferred awards for such Fiscal Year are
     made.  Participants  hired  during the course of a Fiscal  Year and who are
     employed through the end of such Fiscal Year shall be eligible for an award
     based on their Base  Salary  during such Fiscal  Year,  provided  that such
     employees begin active service prior to December 1 of such Fiscal Year.

XI. Forfeiture of Bonus

     Except  as  provided  in  Section  X, no  participant  who  ceases to be an
     employee of the Company prior to the end of a Fiscal Year shall be entitled
     to any amounts  under this Plan for such  Fiscal Year unless the  Executive
     Committee of the Board decides otherwise.

     Participants  who cease to be an employee of the Company between the end of
     a Fiscal Year and the payment  date of awards for such Fiscal Year shall be
     entitled to awards earned during such Fiscal Year.


                                       
<PAGE>


XII. Administration

     This Plan  shall be  administered  by the Chief  Executive  Officer  of the
     Company,  subject to the control and supervision of the Executive Committee
     of the Board.  The decision of the  Executive  Committee of the Board as to
     the facts in any case arising hereunder,  and the meaning and intent of any
     provision hereof, or its application, shall be final and conclusive.

XIII. No Employment Contract; Future Plans

     Participation  in this Plan shall not confer upon any participant any right
     to continue in the employ of the Company nor  interfere in any way with the
     right of the Company to terminate any participant's employment at any time.
     The company is under no  obligation  to continue the Plan in future  Fiscal
     Years.

XIV. Amendment or Termination

     The  Company  may at any time,  or from time to time,  (a) amend,  alter or
     modify  the  provisions  of this Plan,  (b)  terminate  this  Plan,  or (c)
     terminate  the  participation  of an employee or group of employees in this
     Plan; provided,  however, that in the event of the termination of this Plan
     or a termination  of  participation,  the Company shall provide the partial
     awards to the  affected  participant(s)  for the portion of the Fiscal Year
     during which such employee(s)  were  participants in this Plan, in a manner
     in which the Company,  in its sole judgment,  determines to be equitable to
     such participants and the Company.

XV. General Provisions

     (a)  No right under the Plan shall be  assignable,  either  voluntarily  or
          involuntarily  by way of  encumbrance,  pledge,  attachment,  level or
          charge of any nature  (except as may be  required  by state or federal
          law).

     (b)  Nothing in the Plan shall  require  the  Company to  segregate  or set
          aside any  funds or other  property  for the  purpose  of  paying  any
          portion of an award. No participant, beneficiary or other person shall
          have any right, title or interest in any amount awarded under the Plan
          prior to the  close of the  Fiscal  Year,  or in any  property  of the
          Company or its subsidiaries.





         February 5, 1999                   /s/  John E. Kelly
      ---------------------                 --------------------------------
      Final Approval Date                   Executive Committee of the Board

                                            /s/  John E. Kelly
                                            --------------------------------
                                            Chief Executive Officer



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10(h)
                                                       
                        PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.

                         1999 INCENTIVE AND NONSTATUTORY
                                STOCK OPTION PLAN


     1.  Purposes  of  the  Plan.  The  purposes  of  this  1999  Incentive  and
Nonstatutory  Employee  Stock  Option  Plan are to  attract  and retain the best
available  personnel for  positions of  substantial  responsibility,  to provide
additional incentive to the Employees and Non-Employee  Directors and to promote
the success of the Company's  business.  Options granted hereunder may be either
"incentive  stock  options," as defined in Section 422 of the  Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended,  or "nonstatutory stock options," at the discretion of
the Board and as reflected in the terms of the written stock option agreement.

     2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          A. "Board" shall mean the Committee, if one has been appointed, or the
     Board of Directors of the Company if no Committee is appointed.

          B.  "Cause,"  when  used in  connection  with  the  termination  of an
     Optionee's  employment  with or  relationship as a director of the Company,
     shall mean the termination of the Optionee's  employment by or relationship
     as a director of the  Company on account of (i) the  willful and  continued
     failure by the Optionee substantially to perform his duties and obligations
     (other than any such failure  resulting from his incapacity due to physical
     or mental  illness) or (ii) the willful  engaging by the  Optionee in gross
     misconduct  which  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  be  materially  and
     demonstrably injurious to the Company. For purposes of this Section 2.B, no
     act, or failure to act, on an Optionee's part shall be considered "willful"
     unless  done,  or  omitted  to be done,  by the  Optionee  in bad faith and
     without  reasonable  belief  that his  action or  omission  was in the best
     interests of the Company.

          C. "Change of Control" shall mean any of the following:

               (1) Any Person (an "Acquiring  Person")  becomes the  "beneficial
          owner" (as such term is defined  in Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the
          Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended)  ("Beneficial  Owner"),
          directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company representing 50%
          or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding
          securities,  other  than  beneficial  ownership  by an  Optionee,  the
          Company,  any  employee  benefit  plan of the Company or any person or
          entity  organized,  appointed or established  pursuant to the terms of
          any such benefit plan;

               (2) The Company's  stockholders  approve an agreement to merge or
          consolidate  the Company  with  another  corporation,  or an agreement
          providing  for the  sale of  substantially  all of the  assets  of the



                                       
<PAGE>

          Company to one or more corporations, in any case other than with or to
          a  corporation  50% or more of which  is  controlled  by,  or is under
          common control with, the Company; or

               (3) During any two-year  period,  individuals  who at the date on
          which the  period  commences  constitute  a  majority  of the Board of
          Directors  cease to  constitute  a majority  thereof  for any  reason;
          provided,  however,  that a  director  who was not a  director  at the
          beginning  of such  period  shall  be  deemed  to have  satisfied  the
          two-year  requirement  if such  director  was  elected  by,  or on the
          recommendation  of,  at least a  majority  of the  directors  who were
          directors at the beginning of such period (either actually or by prior
          operation  of this  provision),  other  than  any  director  who is so
          approved  in  connection  with any actual or  threatened  contest  for
          election to positions on the Board of Directors.

The  Committee  may,  in its  absolute  discretion,  define the term  "Change of
Control" to mean, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option,  the occurrence of
other events in addition to those described in clauses (1) - (3) of this Section
2.C.

          D. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          E. "Common  Stock" shall mean the $0.001 par value common stock of the
     Company.

          F. "Company" shall mean Pak Mail Centers of America,  Inc., a Colorado
     corporation.

          G.  "Committee"  shall mean the  Committee  appointed  by the Board in
     accordance  with  paragraph  (A)  of  Section  4 of  the  Plan,  if  one is
     appointed, or the Board if no committee is appointed.

          H.  "Continuous  Status as an Employee"  shall mean the absence of any
     interruption or termination of service as an Employee. Continuous Status as
     an Employee shall not be considered  interrupted in the case of sick leave,
     military  leave,  or any other  leave of  absence  approved  by the  Board;
     provided  that  such  leave  is for a period  of not  more  than 90 days or
     reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or
     statute.

          I.  "Disability"  shall mean a  condition  entitling  an  Optionee  to
     benefits under the long-term  disability  policy  maintained by the Company
     and applicable to him.

          J. "Employee" shall mean any person, including officers and directors,
     employed by the Company or any Parent or  Subsidiary  of the  Company.  The
     payment of a  director's  fee by the  Company  shall not be  sufficient  to
     constitute "employment" by the Company.

                                       2


                                       
<PAGE>



          K. "Incentive  Stock Option" shall mean an Option which is intended to
     qualify as an incentive  stock option  within the meaning of Section 422 of
     the Code and which shall be clearly identified as such in the written Stock
     Option  Agreement  provided  by the  Company  to each  Employee  granted an
     Incentive Stock Option under the Plan.

          L. "Non-Employee Director" shall mean a director who:

               (1) Is not  currently an officer (as defined in Section  16a-1(f)
          of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the Company or
          a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or otherwise currently employed
          by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

               (2) Does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly,
          from the  Company  or a  Parent  or  Subsidiary  of the  Company,  for
          services  rendered as a consultant or in any capacity  other than as a
          director,  except for an amount that does not exceed the dollar amount
          for which  disclosure  would be  required  pursuant  to Item 404(a) of
          Regulation  S-K adopted by the United States  Securities  and Exchange
          Commission; and

               (3) Does not  possess an interest  in any other  transaction  for
          which  disclosure  would  be  required  pursuant  to  Item  404(a)  of
          Regulation  S-K adopted by the United States  Securities  and Exchange
          Commission.

          M. "Nonstatutory Stock Option" shall mean an Option granted under this
     Plan which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

          N. "Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock
     Option  or  both  as  identified  in  a  written  Stock  Option   Agreement
     representing such stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          O. "Optioned Stock" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.

          P. "Optionee"  shall mean an Employee or Non-Employee  Director who is
     granted an Option.

          Q.  "Parent"  shall  mean  a  "parent  corporation,"  whether  now  or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          R.  "Person"  shall mean a "person"  as such term is used in  Sections
     13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          S. "Plan" shall mean this 1999  Incentive  and  Nonstatutory  Employee
     Stock Option Plan.

                                       3


                                      
<PAGE>


          T.   "Retirement"   shall  mean  the  termination  of  the  Optionee's
     employment  with or  relationship  as a director of the Company on or after
     (i) the  first  date on which the  Optionee  has both  attained  age 55 and
     completed 5 years of service with the Company or (ii) the date on which the
     Optionee attains age 65.

          U. "Share"  shall mean a share of the Common Stock of the Company,  as
     adjusted in accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.

          V. "Stock  Option  Agreement"  shall mean the  agreement to be entered
     into between the Company and each Optionee  which shall set forth the terms
     and  conditions  of each Option  granted to each  Optionee,  including  the
     number of Shares  underlying  such  Option and the  exercise  price of each
     Option granted to such Optionee under such agreement.

          W. "Subsidiary" shall mean a "subsidiary  corporation," whether now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3. Stock  Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 12 of
the Plan, the maximum  aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 400,000 shares of Common Stock.  The Shares may be authorized,
but unissued,  or reacquired  Common Stock. If an Option should expire or become
unexercisable  for any  reason  without  having  been  exercised  in  full,  the
unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall,  unless the Plan shall have
been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

     4. Administration of the Plan.

          A.  Procedure.  The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by the  Board or a
     Committee  appointed by the Board  consisting  of two or more  Non-Employee
     Directors to  administer  the Plan on behalf of the Board,  subject to such
     terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe.

               (1) Once  appointed,  the Committee shall continue to serve until
          otherwise  directed by the Board (which for purposes of this paragraph
          (A)(1)  of this  Section  4 shall  be the  Board of  Directors  of the
          Company).  From time to time the Board  may  increase  the size of the
          Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with
          or without  cause) and appoint new members in  substitution  therefor,
          fill vacancies  however caused, or remove all members of the Committee
          and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

               (2) Members of the Board who are granted,  or have been  granted,
          Options may vote on any matters  affecting the  administration  of the
          Plan or the grant of any Options pursuant to the Plan.


                                       4


<PAGE>



          B. Powers of the Board.  Subject to the  provisions  of the Plan,  the
     Board shall have the authority, in its discretion:

               (1) To grant Incentive Stock Options,  in accordance with Section
          422 of the Code,  and  Nonstatutory  Stock Options or both as provided
          and  identified in a separate  written Stock Option  Agreement to each
          Optionee  granted  such  Option or Options  under the Plan;  provided,
          however,  that in no  event  shall an  Incentive  Stock  Option  and a
          Nonstatutory Stock Option granted to any Optionee under a single Stock
          Option  Agreement be subject to a "tandem"  exercise  arrangement such
          that the exercise of one such Option affects the  Optionee's  right to
          exercise the other Option granted under such Stock Option Agreement;

               (2) To  determine,  upon  review of relevant  information  and in
          accordance  with  Section 9 of the Plan,  the Fair Market Value of the
          Common Stock;

               (3) To determine  the  exercise  price per Share of Options to be
          granted,  which exercise price shall be determined in accordance  with
          Section 8 of the Plan;

               (4) To determine the Employees or Non-Employee Directors to whom,
          and the time or times  at  which,  Options  shall be  granted  and the
          number of Shares to be represented by each Option;

               (5) To interpret the Plan;

               (6)  To  prescribe,  amend  and  rescind  rules  and  regulations
          relating to the Plan;

               (7) To determine the terms and  provisions of each Option granted
          (which  need not be  identical)  and,  with the  consent of the holder
          thereof, modify or amend each Option;

               (8) To accelerate or defer (with the consent of the Optionee) the
          exercise date of any Option, consistent with the provisions of Section
          7 of the Plan;

               (9) To  authorize  any person to execute on behalf of the Company
          any  instrument   required  to  effectuate  the  grant  of  an  Option
          previously granted by the Board; and

               (10)  To  make  all  other  determinations  deemed  necessary  or
          advisable for the administration of the Plan.

          C.  Effect of Board's  Decision.  All  decisions,  determinations  and
     interpretations  of the Board shall be final and  binding on all  Optionees
     and any other permissible holders of any Options granted under the Plan.

                                       5


                                       
<PAGE>



     5. Eligibility.

          A.  Persons  Eligible.  The  persons  who shall be eligible to receive
     Incentive Stock Options pursuant to the Plan shall be such Employees of the
     Company  who  are  largely  responsible  for  the  management,  growth  and
     protection  of the business of the Company  (including  without  limitation
     Employee officers of the Company,  whether or not they are directors of the
     Company,  but excluding J.S. Corcoran,  F. Edward Gustafson,  and Donald P.
     Kelly)  as the  Committee  shall  select  from  time to time.  Non-Employee
     Directors  shall be eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance  with
     Section 8.

          B. No Effect on  Relationship.  The Plan  shall  not  confer  upon any
     Optionee  any right with respect to  continuation  of  employment  or other
     relationship  with the Company nor shall it  interfere  in any way with his
     right  or  the  Company's  right  to  terminate  his  employment  or  other
     relationship at any time.

     6. Term of Plan.  The Plan became  effective  on January 1, 1999.  It shall
continue in effect until  December  31, 2008,  unless  sooner  terminated  under
Section 14 of the Plan.

     7. Term of Option.  The term of each Option shall be 10 years from the date
of grant  thereof or such  shorter  term as may be provided in the Stock  Option
Agreement.  However, in the case of an Option granted to an Optionee who, at the
time the Option is granted,  owns stock  representing more than 10% of the total
combined  voting  power of all  classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or
Subsidiary,  if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option,  the term of the Option
shall be five years from the date of grant  thereof or such  shorter time as may
be provided in the Stock Option Agreement.

     8.  Options.  The  Committee  may  grant  Options  pursuant  to the Plan to
Optionees,  which  Options  shall be evidenced by agreements in such form as the
Committee  shall from time to time  approve.  Options  shall  comply with and be
subject to the following terms and conditions:

          A. Identification of Options. All Options granted under the Plan shall
     be clearly  identified in the agreement  evidencing  such Options as either
     Incentive Stock Options or as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

          B. Exercise Price. The exercise price of any Nonstatutory Stock Option
     granted under the Plan shall be such price as the Committee shall determine
     on the date on which such Nonstatutory  Stock Option is granted;  provided,
     that such price may not be less than the minimum price required by law. The
     exercise  price of any Incentive  Stock Option granted under the Plan shall
     be not less than 100% of the Fair Market  Value of a share of Common  Stock
     on the date on which such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

          C. Term and Exercise of Options.

               (1)  Each  Option  shall  become   exercisable  with  respect  to
          one-third  of the  number of shares of Common  Stock  subject  to such
          Option upon the first  anniversary of the date on which such Option is
          granted and with respect to an  additional  one-third of the number of


                                       6


                                       
<PAGE>

          shares of Common Stock subject thereto on each subsequent  anniversary
          of such date.  Subject to the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  each
          Option shall be exercisable on such date or dates,  during such period
          and for such number of shares of Common  Stock as shall be  determined
          by the  Committee  on the day on which such  Option is granted and set
          forth in the Stock  Option  Agreement  with  respect  to such  Option;
          provided,  however,  that no  Option  shall be  exercisable  after the
          expiration  of ten years from the date such Option was  granted;  and,
          provided,  further,  that each  Option  shall be  subject  to  earlier
          termination,  expiration or cancellation as provided in the Plan or in
          the agreement evidencing such Option.

               (2)  Each  Option  shall  be  exercisable  in  whole  or in part;
          provided,  that no  partial  exercise  of an  Option  shall  be for an
          aggregate  exercise price of less than $1,000. The partial exercise of
          an Option shall not cause the expiration,  termination or cancellation
          of the remaining portion thereof.

               (3) An Option  shall be  exercised  by  delivering  notice to the
          Company's  principal  office,  to the attention of its Chief Financial
          Officer,  no less than three business days in advance of the effective
          date of the proposed exercise. Such notice shall specify the number of
          shares of  Common  Stock  with  respect  to which the  Option is being
          exercised and the effective date of the proposed exercise and shall be
          signed by the  Optionee.  The Optionee may withdraw such notice at any
          time prior to the close of business on the  business  day  immediately
          preceding the  effective  date of the proposed  exercise.  Payment for
          shares of Common Stock  purchased upon the exercise of an Option shall
          be made on the effective date of such exercise  either (a) in cash, by
          certified check,  bank cashier's check or wire transfer or (b) subject
          to the approval of the  Committee,  in shares of Common Stock owned by
          the Optionee  and valued at their Fair Market  Value on the  effective
          date of such  exercise,  or partly in shares of Common  Stock with the
          balance in cash,  by certified  check,  bank  cashier's  check or wire
          transfer.  Any payment in shares of Common  Stock shall be effected by
          the  delivery  of such  shares to the Chief  Financial  Officer of the
          Company,  duly endorsed in blank or  accompanied  by stock powers duly
          executed in blank,  together with any other documents and evidences as
          the Chief Financial  Officer of the Company shall require from time to
          time.

               (4)  Certificates  for shares of Common Stock  purchased upon the
          exercise of an Option  shall be issued in the name of the Optionee and
          delivered  to the  Optionee  as  soon  as  practicable  following  the
          effective date on which the Option is exercised.

          D. Limitations on Grant of Incentive Stock Options.

               (1) The  aggregate  Fair Market  Value of shares of Common  Stock
          with respect to which "Incentive Stock Options" (within the meaning of
          Section  422 of the Code)  are  exercisable  for the first  time by an
          Optionee  during any calendar  year under the Plan and any other stock
          option plan of the Company (or any "subsidiary" of the Company as such


                                       7


                                       
<PAGE>

          term is defined in Section 425 of the Code) shall not exceed $100,000.
          Such Fair  Market  Value shall be  determined  as of the date on which
          each such  Incentive  Stock  Option is granted.  In the event that the
          aggregate  Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock with respect to
          such Incentive  Stock Options exceeds  $100,000,  then Incentive Stock
          Options granted hereunder to such Optionee shall, to the extent and in
          the order required by regulations  promulgated  under the Code (or any
          other authority  having the force of  regulations),  automatically  be
          deemed to be  Nonstatutory  Stock  Options,  but all  other  terms and
          provisions of such Incentive Stock Options shall remain unchanged.  In
          the absence of such regulations (and authority),  or in the event such
          regulations  (or  authority)  require or permit a  designation  of the
          options  which  shall cease to  constitute  incentive  stock  options,
          Incentive Stock Options shall, to the extent of such excess and in the
          order in which  they  were  granted,  automatically  be  deemed  to be
          Nonstatutory Stock Options, but all other terms and provisions of such
          Incentive Stock Options shall remain unchanged.

               (2) No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to an individual if,
          at  the  time  of the  proposed  grant,  such  individual  owns  stock
          possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of
          all  classes  of stock  of the  Company  or any of its  "subsidiaries"
          (within the meaning of Section 425 of the Code),  unless the per share
          exercise price of such Incentive  Stock Option is at least one hundred
          and ten percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at
          the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

          E. Effect of Termination of Employment.

               (1) In the event that the Optionee's  employment with the Company
          or  relationship  as a director  shall  terminate for any reason other
          than  Disability,  Retirement,  Cause or death (i) Options  granted to
          such Optionee, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of
          such termination,  shall remain  exercisable until the sixtieth (60th)
          day following such termination,  on which date they shall expire,  and
          (ii) Options  granted to such  Optionee,  to the extent that they were
          not exercisable at the time of such  termination,  shall expire at the
          close of business on the date of such termination;  provided, however,
          that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

               (2) In the event that the Optionee's  employment with the Company
          or  relationship  as a  director  shall  terminate  on  account of the
          Disability,  Retirement or death of the Optionee,  such Optionee shall
          be  entitled to  exercise,  at any time or from time to time until the
          first  anniversary  of  such  termination,   Options  granted  to  him
          hereunder to the extent that such Options were exercisable at the time
          of  such  termination  or  would  have  become   exercisable  had  his
          employment or other relationship continued until the first anniversary
          of such  termination;  provided,  however,  that no  Option  shall  be
          exercisable after the expiration of its term.

                                       8


                                       
<PAGE>


               (3) In the event of the termination of a Optionee's employment or
          other relationship for Cause, all outstanding  Options granted to such
          Optionee shall expire at the  commencement  of business on the date of
          such termination;  provided, however, that no Optionee shall be deemed
          to have been terminated for Cause during the two year period following
          any Change of Control.

               (4) In  addition  to any  other  acceleration  of  exercisability
          provided  under this Plan, an Option shall be deemed to be exercisable
          on the date of the termination of the employment or other relationship
          of an Optionee  with the Company to the extent that the  Committee  so
          provides in writing,  provided that such acceleration  occurs prior to
          the first  anniversary  of such  termination  of  employment  or other
          relationship.

          F.  Consequences  Upon Change of  Control.  Upon the  occurrence  of a
     Change of Control,  each Option  granted under the Plan and  outstanding at
     such time shall become fully and  immediately  exercisable and shall remain
     exercisable until its expiration,  termination or cancellation  pursuant to
     the terms of the Plan.  Options that are granted at such time as there is a
     pre-existing   Acquiring   Person  shall  not  be  fully  and   immediately
     exercisable  pursuant  to the  preceding  sentence  unless and until  there
     occurs  a  later  Change  of  Control  (including  without  limitation  the
     existence of a new Acquiring Person).

     9. Fair Market Value.  The fair market value per Share on the date of grant
shall be determined as follows ("Fair Market Value"):

          A. If the Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock  Exchange,  the
     American Stock Exchange or such other securities exchange designated by the
     Board, or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on any such exchange,  or
     if the  Common  Stock is quoted on a  National  Association  of  Securities
     Dealers,  Inc. system that reports  closing  prices,  the Fair Market Value
     shall be the closing price of the Common Stock as reported by such exchange
     or system on the day the Fair Market  Value is to be  determined,  or if no
     such price is reported for such day, then the determination of such closing
     price  shall  be as of the last  immediately  preceding  day on  which  the
     closing price is so reported;

          B. If the  Common  Stock is not so  listed  or  admitted  to  unlisted
     trading privileges or so quoted, the Fair Market Value shall be the average
     of the last reported  highest bid and the lowest asked prices quoted on the
     National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  Automated  Quotations
     System or, if not so quoted, then by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. on
     the day the Fair Market Value is determined; or

          C. If the  Common  Stock is not so  listed  or  admitted  to  unlisted
     trading privileges or so quoted, and bid and asked prices are not reported,
     the Fair Market Value shall be determined in such reasonable  manner as may
     be prescribed by the Board.

     10. Exercise of Option.  Any Option granted  hereunder shall be exercisable
at such times and under such  conditions as  determined by the Board,  including
performance  criteria with respect to the Company  and/or the  Optionee,  and as
shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan.

                                       9


                                       
<PAGE>


     An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

     Until the issuance (as evidenced by the  appropriate  entry on the books of
the  Company or of the duly  authorized  transfer  agent of the  Company) of the
stock certificate  evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends
or any other  rights as a  shareholder  shall exist with respect to the Optioned
Stock,  notwithstanding  the exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will be made
for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the
stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

     Exercise  of an Option in any  manner  shall  result in a  decrease  in the
number of Shares which  thereafter  may be  available,  both for purposes of the
Plan and for sale  under  the  Option,  by the  number of Shares as to which the
Option is exercised.

     11.  Nontransferability  of Options.  Unless  permitted by the Code, in the
case  of an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  the  Option  may not be  sold,  pledged,
assigned, hypothecated,  transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the
lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

     12.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization  or Merger.  Subject to any
required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares covered
by each outstanding  Option, and the number of Shares which have been authorized
for issuance  under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or
which have been  returned to the Plan upon  cancellation  or  expiration  of any
Option, as well as the price per Share covered by each such outstanding  Option,
shall be proportionately  adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of
issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend,
combination or  reclassification  of the Common Stock,  or any other increase or
decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt
of  consideration  by the Company;  provided,  however,  that  conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of  consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board,
whose  determination  in that respect  shall be final,  binding and  conclusive.
Except as  expressly  provided  herein,  no issuance by the Company of shares of
stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class,
shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
the number or price of Shares subject to an Option.

     In the event of the  proposed  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the Company
other than in  connection  with a Change in Control,  the Option will  terminate
immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action,  unless otherwise
provided by the Board.  The Board may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in
such  instances,  declare that any Option shall  terminate as of a date fixed by
the Board and give each  Optionee  the right to exercise his Option as to all or
any part of the Optioned  Stock,  including  Shares as to which the Option would
not  otherwise  be  exercisable.  In the  event of the  proposed  sale of all or
substantially  all of the assets of the  Company,  or the merger of the  Company
with or into another  corporation  in a transaction  in which the Company is not
the  survivor,  the Option  shall be assumed or an  equivalent  option  shall be
substituted by such successor corporation,  subject to the provisions of Section
8.F above.

                                       10


                                      
<PAGE>


     13. Time of Granting Options. The date of grant of an Option shall, for all
purposes,  be the date on which the Board makes the determination  granting such
Option.  Notice of the  determination  shall be given to each Optionee  within a
reasonable time after the date of such grant. Within a reasonable time after the
date of the grant of an Option, the Company shall enter into and deliver to each
Optionee a written  Stock  Option  Agreement  as provided in Sections 2.V and 17
hereof,  setting forth the terms and  conditions  of such Option and  separately
identifying  the portion of the Option which is an Incentive Stock Option and/or
the portion of such Option which is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

     14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

          A.  Amendment  and  Termination.  The Board may amend or terminate the
     Plan from time to time in such  respects  as the Board may deem  advisable;
     provided that, the following revisions or amendments shall require approval
     of the shareholders of the Company in the manner described in Section 18 of
     the Plan:

               (1) An increase in the number of Shares subject to the Plan above
          400,000  Shares,  other than in connection  with an  adjustment  under
          Section 12 of the Plan;

               (2) Any  change  in the  designation  of the  class of  Employees
          eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options; or

               (3) Any material  amendment  under the Plan that would have to be
          approved by the  shareholders of the Company for the Board to continue
          to be able to grant Incentive Stock Options under the Plan.


          B.  Effect  of  Amendment  or  Termination.   Any  such  amendment  or
     termination of the Plan shall not affect Options  already  granted and such
     Options  shall  remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not been
     amended  or  terminated,  unless  mutually  agreed  otherwise  between  the
     Optionee and the Board,  which  agreement  must be in writing and signed by
     the Optionee and the Company.

     15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued pursuant
to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance
and  delivery of such Shares  pursuant  thereto  shall  comply with all relevant
provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended,  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  the  rules  and
regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  applicable state securities laws, and the
requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and
shall be further  subject to the approval of legal  counsel for the Company with
respect to such compliance.

                                       11


                                     
<PAGE>


     As a condition to the  existence of an Option,  the Company may require the
person  exercising  such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such
exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any
present   intention   to  sell  or   distribute   such  Shares  and  such  other
representations  and  warranties  which in the opinion of legal  counsel for the
Company,  are  necessary or  appropriate  to  establish  an  exemption  from the
registration  requirements  under  applicable  federal and state securities laws
with respect to the acquisition of such Shares.

     16. Reservation of Shares. The Company,  during the term of this Plan, will
at all  times  reserve  and keep  available  such  number  of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.  Inability of the Company to
obtain authority from any regulatory body having  jurisdiction,  which authority
is deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary for the lawful issuance
and sale of any Share  hereunder,  shall  relieve the  Company of any  liability
relating to the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such  requisite
authority shall not have been obtained.

     17. Stock Option  Agreement.  Each Option  granted to an Optionee  shall be
evidenced by a written  Stock  Option  Agreement in such form as the Board shall
approve.

     18.  Shareholder  Approval.  Continuance  of the Plan  shall be  subject to
approval by the shareholders of the Company on or before December 31, 1999. Such
shareholder  approval and any shareholder  approval required under Section 14 of
the Plan, may be obtained at a duly held shareholders meeting by the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of the voting stock
of the Company,  who are present or represented and entitled to vote thereon, or
by  unanimous  written  consent  of the  shareholders  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of the Colorado Business Corporation Act.

     19.  Information to Optionees.  The Company shall provide to each Optionee,
during the period for which such  Optionee has one or more Options  outstanding,
copies of all annual  reports and other  information  which are  provided to all
shareholders  of the Company.  The Company shall not be required to provide such
information  if the  issuance  of  Options  under  the  Plan is  limited  to key
employees  whose duties in  connection  with the Company  assure their access to
equivalent information.

     20.  Gender.  As used herein,  the  masculine,  feminine and neuter genders
shall be deemed to include the others in all cases where they would so apply.

     21. CHOICE OF LAW. ALL QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION,  VALIDITY AND
INTERPRETATION  OF THIS  PLAN AND THE  INSTRUMENTS  EVIDENCING  OPTIONS  WILL BE
GOVERNED BY THE  INTERNAL  LAW,  AND NOT THE LAW OF  CONFLICTS,  OF THE STATE OF
COLORADO.

                                       12

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused its duly authorized  officer to
execute this Plan effective as of February 8, 1999.

                                    PAK MAIL CENTERS OF AMERICA, INC.,
                                    a Colorado corporation



                                    By: /s/  John E. Kelly
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        John E. Kelly, President


                                       13






                                                                      Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
- ------------------------------


                                                    Jurisdiction
      Subsidiary                                  of Incorporation
- --------------------------                        ----------------
Pak Mail Crating & Freight                             Delaware
Service, Inc.






<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                                            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                               12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          NOV-30-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               NOV-30-1998
<CASH>                                         234,844
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  435,258
<ALLOWANCES>                                    69,981
<INVENTORY>                                     56,237
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               968,858
<PP&E>                                         545,119
<DEPRECIATION>                                 434,950
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               2,389,627
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          511,049
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                  2,216,668
<COMMON>                                         2,990
<OTHER-SE>                                 (1,045,215)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 2,389,627
<SALES>                                        749,071
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             4,615,467
<CGS>                                          672,451
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                2,090,656
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             2,094,125
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,692
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                430,686
<INCOME-TAX>                                 (138,900)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            569,586
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                      133,000
<NET-INCOME>                                   436,586
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.15
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.12
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission